null  null
Annex A, RFP/2014/602
DATE: 26/09/2014
Calendar of activities
Task
Due date
RFP sent to bidders
10/09/2014
Deadline to receive questions from bidders
10/10/2014
Supplier video-conference
16/10/2014
Answers to questions are published
22/10/2014
Deadline for receipt of proposals
30/10/2014
Short-listing of bidders based on technical proposal
26/11/2014
Meeting with short-listed bidders on technical proposal
01-02/12/2014
Finalization of technical and financial evaluations
20/12/2014
Estimate date of contract awarding
15/01/2014
Page 1 of 1
Annex B, RFP/2014/602
Updated on 22/10/2014
Terms of Reference (TORs)
DESCRIPTION OF THE REQUIRED INSPECTION SERVICES
Inspection services required by UNHCR are intended to validate the compliance of its procured goods
in accordance with their technical specifications. UNHCR will request the Inspection Company to
follow the sampling procedures for inspection on goods in accordance with International Standards to
verify that the manufacturer submits consignments/lots of quality and quantity that meet or exceed
their expectations.
The clear and formal implementation of UNHCR sampling procedures for inspection of goods aims to
guarantee a high probability of acceptance of the consignment/lot from the manufacturer/supplier.
These procedures shall lead to less inspection work; lower service-cost and secure the quality on
goods delivered by the manufacturer/supplier upon decreasing the volume of non-conformities.
The Inspection Company is authorized to render to UNHCR the services listed in this ToRs. In the
event that any UNHCR offices request another service not listed below the inspection company shall
request the authorization and consent of UNHCR Quality Management and Product Development
Unit (QM&PD).
I.
Inspection at Manufacturing Site
The purpose of Inspection at Manufacturing location is primarily to assess the manufacturing capacity
and available infrastructure of potential suppliers to meet UNHCR quality requirements.
The inspector will carry out, scheduled short notice visits to validate its compliance with
manufacturing standards suitable for the goods procured by UNHCR, the inspection at manufacturing
location would include, but is not limited to, the following:
1. Report any damage(s) to the goods and /or non-optimum aspects observed. The general
information about the manufacturing plant and its capacity to consistently meet UNHCR’s
requirement of the specified product in quantity, quality and time.
2. Certificate/Declaration of the Manufacturer’s Quality Unit/Department, stating the
compliance of the goods under production is in accordance with UNHCR requirements.
3. The details of skilled, semi-skilled or unskilled workers, including qualification of key staff.
4. Verification of manufacturing processes according to international standards, plant and
equipment, machinery and the production infrastructure to ensure that products are likely to
meet prescribed quality standards and subsequent inspection and tests.
5. Verification of industrial licenses, factory lay-out, working environment, safety, ventilation
and pollution control system. Issue a summary of valid licenses or certificates to guarantee
the factory operations.
6. Verification of Quality Management system, adherence to BIS/ISO or international standards.
7. Verification of laboratory, inspection tools, testing equipment and the accuracy of testing
methods and apparatus (Review reports of tools calibrated updated by a recognized local or
international authority).
Page 1 of 10
Annex B, RFP/2014/602
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Handling and Storage facilities/warehousing of raw materials and semi-finished products.
Previous successful orders and a short list of customers/buyers.
Customer Complaint’s report and record of corrective actions.
Packing and Shipping department lay-out and capacity.
Validation of compliance with Corporate Social Responsibility Policy and review of audit
reports.
13. Non-employment of Child labor in any area of operation
14. Verification of no connections with production of anti-personnel land mines.
15. Verification of compliance with company’s Environmental Policy.
Deliverables
The inspection report at manufacturing site shall provide the results of the full assessment on the
manufacturer’s capacity and infrastructure to supply UNHCR goods in accordance with the terms and
conditions laid down in the relating purchase order and particularly with regard to compliance to the
technical specifications of the goods, the manufacturing standards ruling in the industry. In the event
that the findings of the inspector could jeopardize the operations/reputation of UNHCR due to
violation of manufacturing standards and policies agreed with UNHCR the inspector must
immediately report to PMCS for its consideration.
II. Inspection at Production Line
The purpose of inspection works at production line is primarily to verify and validate the quality of
finished goods to ensure that the product is compliant with the technical specifications and
requirements of UNHCR.
The inspector will carry out, visits as per Purchase Order where services will be specified, on goods
that would include, but is not limited to, the following:
1. Report any non-conformity to UNHCR specifications and /or non-optimum operational
aspects observed during production that could jeopardize the production capacity of the
manufacturer to fulfil the purchasing order on goods requested by UNHCR. The general
information about the manufacturing plant and its capacity to consistently meet UNHCR’s
requirement of the specified product in quantity, quality and time.
2. A report or certificate of the Manufacturer’s Quality Unit/Department, stating the goods
under production are compliant with the suitable manufacturing standards national or
international and in accordance with UNHCR requirements.
3. Verification and validation of test results performed on finished goods in accordance with the
requirements defined in the technical specifications of the product.
4. Verification of laboratory, inspection tools, testing equipment and the accuracy of testing
methods and apparatus (Review reports of tools calibrated updated by a recognized local or
international authority).
5. Validation of the product design and manufacturing technology used in the production line.
Deliverables
All non-conformities of the activities mentioned above shall be immediately reported to UNHCR
PMCS with clear explanation of its impact on production operations, procurement and delivery of
goods. The inspector shall inform UNHCR on any additional factors that may be prejudicial to the
purpose of the order especially when it is subject to impact the time of delivery and delays that it
could generate to UNHCR operations.
Page 2 of 10
Annex B, RFP/2014/602
The inspection report at production line shall provide the final advice to the manufacturer and
UNHCR regarding corrective actions to be considered to prevent potential production shutdowns and
inform immediately UNHCR of its potential risk on production operations.
III. Inspections on Finished Goods
A.
PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION
The purpose of Pre-delivery inspection is to identify non-conformities or manufacturing defects, so
that corrective actions are taken in due time and prior delivery, so that delays and waste arising out
of deficient supplies reaching consignee are eliminated/minimized.
The manufacturer/supplier shall coordinate with the inspector the time and place of inspection to
ensure the timely production and delivery of commodities for shipments and their availability and to
enable the Inspector to carry out the necessary inspection and analysis to fulfill the services
undertaken to be performed by the Inspector under this Agreement. Any apparent delay or failure in
production and delivery time shall be reported to the supplier and to UNHCR immediately. The
inspector shall clearly state in their inspection report the causes of delays incurred by the
manufacturer/supplier and its implication on the delivery time.
The inspections and inspection sampling plan shall be conducted as per provisions of ISO 28591:1999; inspection sampling plan shall be on the full consignment size and not on split lots. UNHCR
reserves the rights to propose new sampling plans and will notify the inspection company.
The inspector shall verify that goods are compliant with the technical specifications shown in UNHCR
Supply Catalogue and as stated in corresponding purchase order to the manufacturer/supplier. PreDelivery/Pre-shipment inspections are to be conducted at manufacturer’s site or supplier’s site, or as
defined in corresponding purchasing order.
Where the contract does not specify, the inspection will use best endeavors to ensure packing and
marking are appropriate for the goods, means of transport and destination and take into account the
international general guidelines specified in note onei (packaging) and note twoii (marking).
The Pre-Delivery Inspection will be carried out as per Purchase Order where services will be specified
and will include, but not be limited to, the following functions:
1. Check quality of the consignment, with samples drawn on the batch size and sampling plan as
per ISO 2859-1:1999; or as specified and agreed with UNHCR.
2. Check items/equipment against the technical specifications, technical drawings and other
relevant documents/standards.
3. Check the workmanship and finish of the items/ equipment.
4. Weight and Dimensional checks.
5. Verify manufacturer’s test reports of raw materials or if required, witness the testing of the
raw materials. Only tests performed at UNHCR’s approved laboratories should be accepted.
6. Check the packing of goods, pallet size, shipping marks against instructions specified in the
UNHCR Supply Catalogue and as per Purchase Order and approve/stamp the supplies for
shipment and also verify the quantity of supplies ready in all respect to shipment.
Page 3 of 10
Annex B, RFP/2014/602
7. Random selection and delivery of sample(s) for laboratory tests to UNHCR approved/selected
laboratories and UNHCR QM&PD unit for visual inspection.
8. Report any damage(s) and/or non-optimum aspects observed on goods and potential delays
incurred due to the findings of the pre-delivery inspection.
9. Perform on behalf of UNHCR the needed tests on goods as per its tests guidelines for certain
Core Relief Items.
10. Register the rate of nonconformities found during the pre-delivery inspection works for
manufacturer’s/supplier’s performance records that should be submitted to UNHCR in
quarterly basis.
11. The inspector shall add drawings to the inspection report to support the results of their
findings in order to validate the compliance of the goods against UNHCR requirements. In
cases where the UNHCR technical specifications miss an important parameter to be
controlled the inspector shall inform to UNHCR to consider it in the technical specifications.
12. All inspection samples selected shall be marked with permanent marker or sticker (i.e. “QC”).
13. The inspector will verify chemical/mechanical properties of materials and components, to the
extent appropriate to the order, by review of UNHCR approved laboratory tests, material
certificates and the manufacturer/supplier’s traceable system.
14. The Inspection Company will notify UNHCR PMCS by e-mail with results of the analysis before
the consignment is removed from the storage area. The inspection report must be completed
and issued within 48 hours of completion of the inspection.
B.
INSPECTION AND SUPERVISION OF LOADING (MANUFACTURER’S SITE) AND/OR UNLOADING
The Inspection at unloading will be carried out as per Purchase Order where services will be specified
and will include, but not be limited to, the following functions:
1. Quantity inspection, the Inspector shall inspect the quantities by random checking of weight
or volume as applicable of a representative number of full and empty bags, bottles, boxes,
aluminum sachets or such other type of packaging used in accordance with the contractual
specifications to determine the net weight or volume. Such inspections shall include spot
checks of the filling scale to verify the correspondence of the filling-in weights or volume with
the found net weight or volume.
2. The inspector shall verify the accuracy of the Quantity Certificate provided to UNHCR.
3. Quality inspection, visual appraisal of the packing and/or palletized supplies before loading or
conditioning.
4. Ensure that shipping marks correspond in color, dimensions and size to the requirements in
UNHCR Supply Catalogue or purchase order.
5. Sampling during loading and analysis.
6. Confirm that the items received are in accordance with the UNHCR’s purchase order. The
Inspector shall inspect bags, aluminum sachets, outer cartons, rolls etc. and verify their
correspondence to the contractual specifications in terms of material, size, weight and
suitability and verify that packaging is well sealed.
7. Inspection of containers and holds of carrier vessels before loading to ensure that they are in
certified sea worthy condition and to ensure that they are fit to load items as per
international standards.
8. Witness handling of all loading operations.
9. The inspector shall ensure that containers with any holes or defects are not accepted and
that the containers are Stamped and Sealed, both consignment and container, as required.
10. Ensure the stowing, fastening and wedging on all transport is adequate to withstand the
conditions likely to the encountered during shipment. Report any non-conformities and /or
non-optimum aspects observed.
11. Check all relevant documents.
Page 4 of 10
Annex B, RFP/2014/602
Deliverables
Inspection Reports is among the Visit Report, Graphic Evidence Record and on-site test results the
most important report to be considered for the Acceptance or Rejection of UNHCR Purchasing Order
at UNHCR.
C. Inspection at UNHCR Warehouse/Final Destination
Inspections at UNHCR Warehouse or Final Destination shall be performed on the same basis of
inspection on finished goods. The inspector shall immediately inform to UNHCR the condition of the
goods upon arrival and validate that the cargo has been fully secured for safety transportation and
unloading in its final destination.
The Inspections will be carried out as per Purchase Order where services will be specified and will
include, but not be limited to, the following functions:
C.1.
INSPECTION AT FINAL DESTINATION
1. The inspector shall report on the timely arrival of commodities at port of discharge or UNHCR
warehouses and shall coordinate the time and place of inspection.
2. Witness and survey handling of all unloading operations.
3. Quantity inspection against Quantity Certificate and purchase order – by count and/or
weighing.
4. Quality inspection, visual appraisal of the packing and/or palletized supplies after shipment.
5. Report all damages observed at the consignee’s site, including the extent, nature and cause of
damage for future preventive measure.
C.2
INSPECTION AT UNHCR WAREHOUSES
1. Quality inspection and field observation on the durability of supplies (to be done only upon
request by UNHCR).
2. Confirm storage of the items is in accordance with the conditions stipulated by the client or
manufacturer.
3. UNHCR may request the Inspector to conduct periodic testing and to draw and analyze
samples from UNHCR warehouses.
4. Upon extraction, samples for analysis should be submitted to a laboratory approved by
UNHCR in order to validate its compliance with the technical requirements.
5. The laboratory test/analysis report shall include details of the visual appearance and grading
of the product.
6. The Inspector shall submit an inspection report to UNHCR after approval of the inspection
plan to be used at UNHCR warehouses.
Deliverables
Inspection Reports and additional documents submitted to UNHCR shall be furnished as the
deliverable requirements of Inspection on Finished Goods. However, since the goods have been
already delivered to UNHCR warehouses/Final destination the finished goods are subject to the same
validation of compliance with technical requirements and the acceptability criteria will serve for
Page 5 of 10
Annex B, RFP/2014/602
UNHCR to apply compensation measures on manufacturers/suppliers depending on the results of the
inspection reports.
D. Reporting
All the Inspection Reports requested by UNHCR shall be sent in Excel (with the records of parameters
controlled) via e-mail and its final version converted into PDF format duly signed and stamped by the
inspector and witness (es) of the inspection process.
1. The general References of Supply (Purchase Order and Service Contract numbers), Item
Name, Item Code, Country of destination, Inspection Report, Reference, Lot/Consignment
Size, Date of Inspection requested, Inspection Dates, Loading Dates, Inspector Information,
Inspection Location Details, Supplier Information, Laboratory Identification, Port of loading.
2. All Inspection Reports made on goods shall include clearly the Inspection Plan and
Acceptance Criteria( Acceptance Quality Limit; AQL) as per ISO 2859-1:1999 or UNHCR
guidelines unless the Inspection Company proposes a more suitable one in accordance with
the manufacturer’s/supplier’s performance on goods.
3. Results of visual appearance/condition of the product concerned based on the Inspection by
Attributes Guidelines within the Inspection Report Tool Instructions document to be supplied
by UNHCR for each product.
4. The report shall include the approved and updated Laboratory Test Reference Information
from the manufacturer/supplier.
5. Verify that the Laboratory Test Report has been issued by UNHCR approved laboratories and
is still valid (one year validity, as per UNHCR policy).
6. Inspection Company to send to UNHCR the results of the testing done by UNHCR approved
laboratories that cannot be performed by the inspector on-site. The parameters used by the
laboratories can be found on Annex M. The Report shall clearly show the rate of defective
goods found in the consignment.
7. The inspection report shall include corrective actions to be considered by the
manufacturer/supplier in future consignments.
8. The packing conditions (including sealing and marking; UNHCR visibility logo, list of item,
manufacturer’s marking) of the goods inspected during the loading stage shall be summarized
after the selection of a representative sample as per ISO 2859-1.
9. The quantity, quality and condition of the product concerned with details of the packing and
markings used.
10. The time of delivery of the product for inspection shall be shown in the report.
11. The validity of the shipping documents and the accuracy of the information provided therein.
12. Photos in the inspection report shall represent a proof of defect found during the inspection
performed by the Inspection Company surveyor.
13. Visit Reports shall be submitted alongside with the Inspection Report (or Preliminary
Inspection Report) as proof of all the parameters controlled/measured by the inspector in
accordance with UNHCR technical specifications described in the UNHCR Supply Catalogue
and the inspection plan as per ISO 2859-1.
14. Graphic Evidences of non-conformities found during the inspections shall be duly labeled and
referenced in a separate record of pictures representative to parameters that are not
compliant with UNHCR requirements.
15. The final inspection report shall clearly indicate if the consignment should be “Accepted”
(Totally or Partially) or “Rejected” according to which UNHCR makes the final decision.
16. Visit reports shall be duly signed, stamped (by the inspector) and witnessed by a
representative of the manufacturer/supplier.
17. Final inspection reports shall be duly signed and stamped by the inspector representative
before its submission to UNHCR.
Page 6 of 10
Annex B, RFP/2014/602
18. The graphic evidence report shall contain the pictures of representative defects found on
goods and cannot be sent to the purchaser unless the full inspection on goods is completed.
The resolution shall clearly show the defect, and saved in a resolution and size that shall be
portable and delivered via e-mail to UNHCR.
19. The inspection report shall summarize the corrective actions and non-compliance against
contractual requirements. All non-conformances shall be immediately reported to UNHCR
PMCS. The inspector will inform UNHCR of any observed additional factors that may be
prejudicial to the purpose of the order.
Inspection Report at port of discharge shall be sent by e-mail to UNHCR PMCS. UNHCR shall require
the following additional information and reports specifying:
1. The general References of Supply (Purchase Order and Service Contract numbers), name of
supplier, location, port of discharge, date of inspection and date of report .
2. Visual appearance of the product concerned.
3. Grading of the product concerned.
4. Analysis of the product concerned as per UNHCR specifications in the Purchase Order (see
Annex J for specifications at UNHCR Supply Catalogue) with a minimum of one laboratory
certificate from a certified laboratory approved by UNHCR.
5. The quantity, quality and conditions of the product concerned with details of the packing and
markings used.
6. The inspector shall inspect the containers in case any damage to the commodities is found
upon arrival of the containers and report the conditions of the containers at the port of
discharge.
7. The time of delivery of the product concerned at port of discharge.
8. The validity of the shipping documents and the accuracy of the information provided therein.
All certification, including Inspection and Laboratories certificates must be recognized by and comply
with current requirements of the Authorities in the country of importation. If the consignment has
successfully passed inspection, a release note may be issued so as not to delay the departure or handover of the goods. The Inspection Report must be completed and issued within 48 hours of
completion of inspection.
E. Required Standard of Services
All Inspection Services shall be delivered by the Inspector in a professional and workmanlike manner
in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Contract. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing:
1. The Inspection provider shall perform the Inspection Services and conduct its operations
associated with this Contract with due diligence and efficiency, in accordance with sound
technical, financial and managerial practices and the highest applicable industry standards,
and in a manner that at all times protects the interests of UNHCR.
2. The supplier (Inspection Company) shall ensure that its employees, agents, contractors and
subcontractors possess the technical and professional qualifications, licenses, competencies
and skills necessary to deliver the Inspection Services and to perform the obligations of the
Contractor under this Contract.
3. The Inspection Company is to take full liability for the performed services.
4. The provider should commit to attending any procurement stakeholder meetings at its own
cost with at least one representative (half-yearly/yearly; locations varying between e.g.
Budapest, Dubai, and geographic center of most suppliers, e.g. South East Asia).
Page 7 of 10
Annex B, RFP/2014/602
5.
The provider could also deliver periodic trend reports of compliance of suppliers with PO
requirements (by product, manufacturing site), e.g. 6 monthly or yearly. This would provide
valuable information on the performance of suppliers.
Note i
PACKAGING INSPECTION
The quality of packaging must be carefully examined per product and according to the UNHCR Supply
Catalogue (Annex L) prior to the release of shipments. In addition to normal good practices in
packaging methods and materials, the following factors should be taken into account when inspecting
packaging:
GENERAL CARGO (NOT CONTAINERIZED)
a]
Because of atmospheric conditions prevailing during shipment and at final destination, assume
that goods/commodities will be exposed to rain, high humidity, condensation, high temperature, mold,
dust and seawater spray.
b]
Goods/commodities, where appropriate, should be sealed off from the atmosphere by packing
in moisture/vapor-proof sealed packages with a suitable and adequate desiccant.
c]
Goods/commodities being shipped by conventional methods should be packed in wooden
crates as outlined in [e] and securely strapped with steel trapping. The number of straps should be
proportionate to the size/weight of the goods.
d]
Except for the containerization, where pre-packing in strong cartons will suffice, seaworthy
wooden cases are normally used for sea freight. The climatic conditions should be taken into
consideration as mentioned above and also the fact that cargo handling in transit points and at final
destination will usually be far rougher than at the port of embarkation.
e]
Cases should be lined with weatherproof bitumen paper or polythene sheeting.
f]
Cases should be seaworthy and strapped with steel bands to withstand stacking pressures
and other vertical, horizontal and/or combined forces without causing distortion or breaking open, when
stacking up to three meters high.
g]
Wherever possible, the weight of individual triple corrugated wall cartons should not exceed 35
kilograms. Four carrying slings should be attached to seaworthy cases of up to 200 kilograms.
h]
For bulk goods, consumables and capital equipment, UNHCR reserves the right to waive size
prescriptions and/or accept suppliers standard export packing.
CONTAINERIZED CARGO
a]
Goods should be suitably packed to sustain multiple handling and enable maximum utilization
of the container without compromising the condition of the commodities being transported. Wherever
possible, the weight of individual triple corrugated wall cartons should not exceed 35 kilograms.
b]
All shipments to UNHCR Central Emergency Stockpiles (CES) should be shipped according to
the UNHCR instructions in the UNHCR Supply Catalogue (Annex J)
c]
Goods should be securely lashed and stowed in the container to avoid movement during
transportation.
d]
Photos of inspection findings are to be included in the inspection reports.
Page 8 of 10
Annex B, RFP/2014/602
AIR SHIPMENTS
a] All goods should be securely packed and strapped with either steel or polypropylene strapping and
in accordance with IATA regulations. Wherever possible, the weight of individual triple corrugated wall
cartons should not exceed 35 kilograms.
b] All shipments to UNHCR Central Emergency Stockpiles (CES) should be shipped according to the
UNHCR instructions in the UNHCR Supply Catalogue (Annex J).
CERTIFICATE/REPORT
a] The total weight and volume of the consignment should be independently verified and noted on the
certificate/report.
Note ii:
MARKING INSPECTION
The marking should be examined prior to release of shipments and generally conform to the following:
NON-HAZARDOUS CARGO:
1]
Shipping marks shall comply strictly with the instructions given in the purchase order.
2]
Markings shall be made with waterproof ink. Seaworthy cases cartons or containers shall be
marked with stencils. Letters shall be clearly legible and their size shall be determined by the
size of the case. Markings are to appear on cases as
specified to suppliers in the purchase order;
3]
All packages shall bear in addition special handling information, warnings and special labels as
may be required under the existing rules and regulations governing the acceptance of cargo for
transportation by sea, rail, road or air.
HAZARDOUS CARGO:
4]
All dangerous/hazardous cargo shall be packed in accordance with relevant packing
instructions for the mode of transport involved (IATA - Air, IMDG - Sea, ARD - Road) and
strictest safety measures must be adhered to;
5]
Marking and symbols on cases, packages or containers shall comply with relevant instructions
for the mode of transport involved (IATA – Air, IMDG – Sea, ARD – Road). A commercial
description shall not appear on any cases, packages or containers.
6]
Marking on inspected goods as per the number of samples selected after applying the ISO
2859-1 shall be present as a proof of inspector surveillance services. UNHCR reserves the
rights to validate the presence of the marking on inspected goods and apply compensation
measures in the event of its absence on goods. Inspected goods can be marked with
permanent marker, QC sticker or any other sort of labeling method proposed by the inspection
company or upon request of UNHCR QM&PD unit.
Page 9 of 10
Annex B, RFP/2014/602
ANNEX B.1
Acceptance Quality Limits (AQL)
Table of ISO 2859-1:1999 used by UNHCR for inspection level II, where Sampling Plan and AQL
range will be used during the inspection services on finished goods.
1,0
1,5
Consignment
Size
Sample
Size
Ac
Re
Ac
1201-3200
3201-10000
10001-35000
35001-150000
150001-500000
125
200
315
500
800
3
5
7
10
14
4
6
8
11
15
5 6
7 8
10 11
14 15
21 22
Re
Acceptance Quality Limit, AQL
2,5
4,0
6,5
Ac
10
15
Re
Ac
Re
Ac
Re
Ac Re
Ac
Re
7
8
10 11
14 15
21 22
21 22
10
14
21
21
21
11
15
22
22
22
14
21
21
21
21
15
22
22
22
22
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
Table 1. Single Sampling Pan for Normal Inspections as per ISO 2859-1:1999
1,0
Consignment
Size
Sample
Size
1201-3200
3201-10000
10001-35000
35001-150000
150001-500000
50
80
125
200
315
Ac
Re
1,5
Ac
Re
Acceptance Quality Limit, AQL
2,5
4,0
6,5
Ac
Re
Ac
Re
Ac
Re
15
Ac Re
Ac
Re
2
3
3
4
5
6
6
7
8
10
11
10
11
3
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
10
11
10
11
6
9
5
9
10
6
7
8
10
11
10
11
10
11
10
11
6
7
8
9
10
11
10
11
10
11
10
11
10
11
8
9
10
10
11
10
11
10
11
10
11
10
11
11
Table 2. Single Sampling Pan for Reduced Inspections as per ISO 2859-1:1999
Page 10 of 10
Annex C1, RFP/2014/602
Financial Proposal Form C1 for Inspection Services
Company name:
Currency:
Date of proposal:
Output of number of goods inspected per region / per unit of measure / for 36 items (numbering as per Annex K)
Region no.
#1
Region
(as per country reference list
attached to Annex C1)
Northern Africa
Unit of Measure
Fee
(Inspection Services
as per Annex B*)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Fee per man-day (8 hrs)
Fee per half man-day (4 hrs)
Fee per man-hour (1 hr)
Minimum fee if any
#2
Eastern Africa
Fee per man-day
Fee per half man-day
Fee per man-hour
Minimum fee if any
#3
Middle Africa
Fee per man-day
Fee per half man-day
Fee per man-hour
Minimum fee if any
#4
Southern Africa
Fee per man-day
Fee per half man-day
Fee per man-hour
Minimum fee if any
#5
Western Africa
Fee per man-day
Fee per half man-day
Fee per man-hour
Minimum fee if any
#6
Central Asia
Fee per man-day
Fee per half man-day
Fee per man-hour
Minimum fee if any
#7
Eastern Asia
Fee per man-day
Fee per half man-day
Fee per man-hour
Minimum fee if any
#8
South-Eastern Asia
Fee per man-day
Fee per half man-day
Fee per man-hour
Minimum fee if any
#9
Southern Asia
Fee per man-day
Fee per half man-day
Fee per man-hour
Minimum fee if any
#10
Western Asia
Fee per man-day
Fee per half man-day
Fee per man-hour
Minimum fee if any
#11
Latin America and the
Caribbean
Fee per man-day
Fee per half man-day
Fee per man-hour
Minimum fee if any
#12
Eastern Europe
Fee per man-day
Fee per half man-day
Fee per man-hour
Minimum fee if any
#13
Western Europe
Fee per man-day
Fee per half man-day
Fee per man-hour
Minimum fee if any
#14
Other
(Australia, Canada, Japan,
New Zealand, USA)
Fee per man-day
Fee per half man-day
Fee per man-hour
Minimum fee if any
* Please use Annex C2 for Laboratory testing services
Page 1 of 7
Annex C1, RFP/2014/602
Financial Proposal Form C1 for Inspection Services
Output per region / per unit of measure / for 36 items (numbering as per Annex K)
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Comments
Page 2 of 7
Table Country / Region reference list to Annex C1
List of countries, areas and geographical groupings
Africa
Asia
Latin America and the Caribbean
Europe, North America, Japan, New Zealand
Northern Africa
Central Asia
Caribbean
Eastern Europe
Algeria
Kazakhstan
Aruba
Albania
Egypt
Kyrgyzstan
Bahamas
Belarus
Libyan Arab Jamahiriya
Tajikistan
Barbados
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Morocco
Turkmenistan
Cuba
Bulgaria
Tunisia
Uzbekistan
Dominican Republic
Croatia
Grenada
Czech Republic
Western Sahara
Eastern Asia
Guadeloupe
Estonia
Sub-Saharan Africa
China
Haiti
Greece
Eastern Africa
China, Hong Kong Special Administrative Region
Jamaica
Hungary
Burundi
China, Macao Special Administrative Region
Martinique
Latvia
Comoros
Democratic People's Republic of Korea
Netherlands Antilles
Lithuania
Djibouti
Mongolia
Puerto Rico
Montenegro
Eritrea
Republic of Korea
Saint Lucia
Poland
Ethiopia
Saint Vincent and the Grenadines
Republic of Moldova
Kenya
South-Eastern Asia
Trinidad and Tobago
Romania
Madagascar
Brunei Darussalam
United States Virgin Islands
Russian Federation
Malawi
Cambodia
Mauritius
Indonesia
Central America
Slovakia
Mayotte
Lao People's Democratic Republic
Belize
Slovenia
Mozambique
Malaysia
Costa Rica
The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia
Réunion
Myanmar
El Salvador
Ukraine
Rwanda
Philippines
Guatemala
Somalia
Singapore
Honduras
Western Europe
Sudan
Thailand
Mexico
Austria
Uganda
Timor-Leste
Nicaragua
Belgium
United Republic of Tanzania
Viet Nam
Panama
Channel Islands
Serbia
Zambia
Denmark
Zimbabwe
Southern Asia
South America
Finland
Middle Africa
Afghanistan
Argentina
France
Angola
Bangladesh
Bolivia
Germany
Cameroon
Bhutan
Brazil
Iceland
Central African Republic
India
Chile
Ireland
Chad
Iran (Islamic Republic of)
Colombia
Italy
Congo
Maldives
Ecuador
Luxembourg
Democratic Republic of the Congo
Nepal
French Guiana
Malta
Equatorial Guinea
Pakistan
Guyana
Netherlands
Gabon
Sri Lanka
Paraguay
Norway
Peru
Portugal
Sao Tome and Principe
Southern Africa
Western Asia
Suriname
Spain
Botswana
Armenia
Uruguay
Sweden
Lesotho
Azerbaijan
Venezuela
Switzerland
Namibia
Bahrain
South Africa
Cyprus
Swaziland
Georgia
Other more developed regions
Western Africa
Iraq
Australia
Benin
Israel
Canada
Burkina Faso
Jordan
Japan
Cape Verde
Kuwait
New Zealand
Côte d'Ivoire
Lebanon
United States of America
Gambia
Occupied Palestinian Territory
Ghana
Oman
Guinea
Qatar
Guinea-Bissau
Saudi Arabia
Liberia
Syrian Arab Republic
Mali
Turkey
Mauritania
United Arab Emirates
Niger
Yemen
Nigeria
Senegal
Sierra Leone
Togo
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland
Annex C2, RFP/2014/602
Financial Proposal Form C2 for Laboratory Services
Company name:
Currency:
Date of proposal:
Product
1. UNHCR Family Tent for Cold Weather
Item No. 05353
2. UNHCR Family Tent for Cold Weather with Fire Retardant
Item No. 07283
3. UNHCR Family Tent for Hot Climate
Item No. 07242
4.UNHCR Family Tent for Hot Climate with Fire Retardant
Item No. 07282
5. Framed Tent
Item No. 06642
Type of Test
Standard
Max. leadtime
to provide text results
(no. of working days)
Cost
A. Outer Roof Canvas
A.1 Composition
A.2 Specific Weight
A.3 Colour
A.4 Water vapor permeability
A.5 Tensile strength on 10 test pieces of plain canvas
A.6 Tensile strength on 5 test pieces with seam
ISO 1833
ISO3801
A.7 Tear resistance
A.8 Water penetration resistance of plain canvas
A.9 Rain penetration resistance on complete outer tent
A.10 Dimensional variation when soaking in water
A.11 Resistance to micro-organisms on tensile strength after soil burial (28 days)
A.12 Tensile tests on 10 pieces of plain canvas and 10 pieces with seam
A.13 Efficiency of water-repellent treatments after soaking in water
A.14 Efficiency of fungicides product after soaking in water
A.15 Tensile strength after exposure of UV and moisturizing (exposure for 360 hours in climatic
chamber, UVA)
A.16 Tensile test on 3 pieces in warp and 3 pieces in weft
ISO9037-4
ISO811
ISO5912
ISO7771
BS6085
ISO13934-1
ISO811
BS6085
ISO17229
ISO13934-1
ISO13934-1
ISO4892-2
ISO13934-1
Subtotal A
B. Outer Wall Canvas
B.1 Composition
B.2 Specific Weight
B.3 Colour
B.4 Water vapor permeability
B.5 Tensile strength on 10 test pieces of plain canvas
B.6 Tensile strength on 5 test pieces with seam
B.7 Tear resistance
B.8 Water penetration resistance of plain canvas
B.9 Dimensional variation when soaking in water
B.10 Resistance to micro-organisms on tensile strength after soil burial (28 days)
B.11 Tensile tests on 10 pieces of plain canvas and 10 pieces with seam
B.12 Efficiency of water-repellent treatments after soaking in water
B.13 Efficiency of fungicides product after soaking in water
B.14 Tensile strength after exposure of UV and moisturizing (exposure for 360 hours in climatic
chamber, UVA)
B.15 Tensile test on 3 pieces in warp and 3 pieces in weft
Subtotal G
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ISO17229
ISO13934-1
ISO9073-4
BS6085
ISO13934-1
ISO 1833
ISO3801
ISO13934-1
ISO13934-1
ISO 9073-4
ASTM G53/94
ISO1421
ISO3801
ISO 1421
ISO 4674 (A2)
ISO811
ASTMG53/94
ISO 1421
ISO1833
ISO8388
ISO5077
Subtotal F
G. Guying Points Outer Tent
G.1 Material
G.2 Tensile strength
G.3 UV resistance : 360 hours of ISO 14892-2, Type A
G.4 UV resistance: stregth loss
-
ISO 1833
ISO3801
Subtotal E
F. Mosquito Nets
F.1 Material
F.2 Fabric
F.3 Denier
F.4 Filament
F.5 Mesh size
F.6 Weight
F.7 Shrinkage
F.8 Bursting strength
F.9 Insecticide
-
ISO4892-2
ISO13934-1
Subtotal D
E. PE Ground Sheet
E.1 Composition
E.2 Specific Weight
E.3 Tensile Strength
E.4 Tear resistance
E.5 Resistance to micro-organisms
E.6 Water penetration resistance of plain canvas
E.7 Resistance to UV in percentage of tensile strength loss after 300 hours UVB 313 nm (5 pieces in
warp and 5 pieces in weft)
E.8 Tensile strength of 5 pieces in warp and 5 pieces in weft
E.9 Color
-
ISO17229
ISO13934-1
ISO13934-1
ISO9037-4
ISO811
ISO7771
BS6085
ISO13934-1
ISO811
BS6085
Subtotal C
D. PE Mud Flaps
D.1 Composition
D.2 Specific Weight
D.3 Tensile strength on PE fabric: 10 pieces (5 warp, 5 weft) of plain PE fabric
D.4 Tensile strength on PE fabric: 5 test pieces with seams, perpendicular to the seam
D.5 Tear resistance
D.6 Resistance to micro-organisms
D.7 Resistance to UV in percentage of tensile strength loss after 1500 hours UVB 313 nm
D.8 Tensile test (5 pieces in warp and 5 pieces in weft)
D.9 Colour
-
ISO 1833
ISO3801
Subtotal B
C. Inner Canvas
C.1 Composition
C.2 Specific Weight
C.3 Colour
C.4 Water vapor permeability
C.5 Tensile strength
C.6 Tear resistance
C.7 Resistance to micro-organisms on tensile strength after soil burial (14 days)
C.8 Tensile tests on 10 pieces of plain canvas and 10 pieces with seam
-
ISO1833
ISO13934
ISO14892-2
ISO13934
Page 4 of 7
Annex C2, RFP/2014/602
H. Hammer
H.1 Type of hammer
H.2 Handle
H.3 Pull apart test
6. Shade Net for the standard Family Tent
Item No. 7223
7. Winterization Kit for Family Tent
Item No. 06648
ISO15601
ISO3130
Subtotal H
Grand total A to H (1,2,3,4,5)
A. Material
B. Weight
C. Shade Rate
D. Color
E. Tensile strength
F. Tear resistance
Subtotal (6)
A. Insulating Mat
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
A.1 Length of the insulating mat (cm)
A.2 Witdh of the insulating mat (cm)
A.3 Visual inspection
Subtotal A
B. First Layer, Plastic Mat
B.1 Weave - woven twill structure, double thickness 3/1
B.2 Warp material
B.3 Weft material
B.4 Yarn numbering in warp
B.5 Number of tubes/m
B.6 Weight of the plastic mat (Kg/sqm)
B.7 Color
B.8 CPA84 section 5 as received
B.9 CPA84 section 5 after leaching
B.10 Fireproof agents
B.11 Fireproof agents
B.12 Cadmium on polymers
B.13 Lead chromate content
REACH 1907-2006 Annex XIV
REACH 1907-2006 Annex XVII
EN 1122
Subtotal B
C. Second Layer, Aluminised canvas
C.1 Warp material
C.2 Weft material
C.3 Weave - plain weave
C.4 CPA84 section 5 as received
C.5 CPA84 section 5 after leaching
Subtotal C
D. Third Layer, Fleece Blanket
D.1 Content
D.2 Weight
D.3 Thickness
D.4 Tensile Strength
D.5 Tensile Strength loss after washing
D.6 Shrinkage
D.7 Weight loss after washing
D.8 Thermal resistance
D.9 Resistance to air flow
D.10 PH Organoleptic test
D.11 CPA84 section 5 as received
D.12 CPA84 section 5 after leaching
D.13 Colors
D.14 Fireproof agents
D.15 Fireproof agents
D.16 Dimethylfumarate
D.17 Allergic dyes
D.18 Azo dye
ISO 1833
ISO 5048
ISO 13934-1
ISO 13934-1, ISO 6330
ISO 6330
ISO 5085-1
ISO9237
REACH 1907-2006 Annex XIV
REACH 1907-2006 Annex XVII
Regulation 2001-95-CE
REACH 1907-2006 Annex XVII
Subtotal D
E. Floor Protective
E.1 Number of plaques
E.2 Total surface
E.3 Material
Subtotal E
F. Flue Pipe Protective Sleeve
F.1 Dimension
F.2 Material
F.3 Tear Resistance
F.4 Tensile strength of the seams
F.5 Waterproof canvas
F.6 CPA84 section 6 as received
F.7 CPA84 section 6 after leaching
ISO 9073-4
ISO 13935-1
Subtotal F
G. Inner Liner
G.1 Dimension
G.2 Visual Inspection
G.3 Material weight
G.4 Tensile strength
G.5 Tear resistance
G.6 Color
G.7 CPA84 section 6 as received
G.8 CPA84 section 6 after leaching
G.9 Fireproof agents
G.10 Fireproof agents
G.11 Dimethylfumarate
G.12 PFOS/PFOA
ISO 3801
ISO13934-1
ISO9073-4
REACH 1907-2006 Annex XIV
REACH 1907-2006 Annex XVII
Subtotal G
Grand total A to G (7)
8. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin with eyelets (sheet 4x5 m)
Item No. 02617
9. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin with eyelets and fire retardant (sheet
4x5 m)
Item No. 07197
10.
Reinforced Plastic Sheet (4x50 m)
Item No. 03153
11. Reinforced Plastic Sheet with fire retardant (4x50 m)
Item No. 07186
12.
Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin with reinforced bands (sheet 4x6 m)
Item No. 07188
13. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin with reinforced bands and fire
retardant (sheet 4x6 m) Item No. 07189
14. Reinforced Plastic Sheet with reinforced bands (4x60 m)
Item No. 07185
15.
Reinforced Plastic Sheet with reinforced bands and fire retardant
(4x60 m)
Item No. 07187
A. Material
B. Dimensions
C. Weight
D. Tensile Strength
E. Tear Strength
F. UV Resistance (Tensile strength after 1500 hours of UV-ageing)
G. Welding Strength
H. Flammability (CPAI-84,1995, section 6) before and after UV-ageing (1500 hours)
Subtotal (8,9,10,11,12,13,14, 15)
ISO1833
NF_EN_ISO_1421
ISO_4674-A2
ASTM_G53/94
ISO1421
-
-
Page 5 of 7
Annex C2, RFP/2014/602
17. Canvas Roll Material for Hot and Dry Climate Conditions
Item No. 07072
A. Composition
B. Canvas sheet size
C. Weight (g/m2)
D. Weave density
E. Color
F. Water vapor permeability
G. Tensile strength (N)
H. Tear resistance (N)
I. Water penetration resistance
J. Resistance to micro-organisms on tensile strength
K Efficiency of water-repellent treatments after soaking in water
L. Efficiency of fungicides product after soaking in water
M. Tensile strength after exposure to UV and moisturizing (climatic simulation)
18. Kitchen Set Type B
Item No. 06933
ISO 1833
ISO 7771
ISO 3801
ISO17229
ISO 13934-1 (BS 13934-1)
ISO 9073-4
ISO 811
ISO 13934-1 after BS6085 (soil burial - 12
days)
Exposure in a climatic chamber under ISO
4892-2, type A, 360 hours, followed by tensile
test under ISO 13934-1.
-
Subtotal (17)
A. Cooking Pot
-
A.1 Material (%)
A.2 Capacity (l)
A.3 Diameter (cm)
A.4 Thickness (mm): Bottom/walls
A.5 Design/Finishing
Subtotal A
B. Frying Pan
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
B.1 Material (%)
B.2 Capacity (l)
B.3 Thickness (mm): Bottom
B.4 Design/Finishing
Subtotal B
C. Handle Frying Pan
C.1 Material (%)
C.2 Design/Finishing
Subtotal C
D. Cooking Pot
D.1 Material (%)
D.2 Capacity (l)
D.3 Diameter (cm)
D.4 Thickness (mm): Bottom/walls
D.5 Design/Finishing
Subtotal D
E. Lid Cooking Pot 5L
E.1 Material (%)
E.2 Thickness (mm): Bottom
E.3 Design/Finishing
Subtotal E
F. Bowl
F.1 Material (%)
F.2 Capacity (l)
F.3 Height (cm)
F.4 Thickness (mm): Bottom
F.5 Design/Finishing
Subtotal F
G. Plate
G.1 Material (%)
G.2 Capacity (l)
G.3 Diameter (cm)
G.4 Thickness (mm): Bottom
G.5 Design/Finishing
Subtotal G
H. Cup
H.1 Material (%)
H.2 Capacity (l)
H.3 Thickness (mm): Bottom
H.4 Design/Finishing
Subtotal H
I. Table Spoon
I.1 Material (%)
I.2 Capacity (ml)
I.3 Length (cm)
I.4 Thickness (mm)
I.5 Design/Finishing
Subtotal I
J. Table Fork
J.1 Material (%)
J.2 Length (cm)
J.3 Thickness (mm)
J.4 Design/Finishing
Subtotal J
K. Table Knife
K.1 Material (%)
K.2 Length (cm)
K.3 Thickness (mm): blade/handle
K.4 Design/Finishing
Subtotal K
L. Kitchen Knife
L.1 Material (%): blade/handle
L.2 Length (cm): blade
L.3 Thickness (mm): blade/handle
L.4 Design/Finishing
Subtotal L
M. Wooden Spoon
M.1 Material (%)
M.2 Length (cm)
M.3 Thickness (mm): handle
M.4 Design/Finishing
Subtotal M
N. Serving Spoon
N.1 Material (%)
N.2 Capacity (ml)
N.3 Length (cm)
N.4 Thickness (mm):
N.5 Design/Finishing
Subtotal N
O. Scouring Pad
O.1 Material
P. General conditions of the Kitchen Set
P.1 The manufacturer of the kitchen sets ensures that the raw material used radioactivity content was
below the values provided in the tables 1 and 2 of the IAEA Safety Standards Series Safety Guide Nº RSG-1.7 "Application of the Concepts of exclusion, Exemption and Clearance" and certifies that the items
manufactured were radiation checked prior to shipment and were found free from radioactivity. A
certificate will have to be issued for each lot supplied.
P.2 Item finishing (this applies to every single item of the Kitchen Set) – The product must be washed
and polished and should not contain any residuals, dust and it must be clean.
P.3 Bending test (for spoons, forks, knives, serving spoon, kitchen knife and ladle): Put a weight of
4kg, at the middle of the item. Additionally for forks: The distance between the point where the tines
rest on their support and the point where the handle rest on its support must be 170mm.
-
Subtotal P
Grand total (18)
19. Heavy Duty Plastic Bucket 14L
Item No. 07071
A. Material
B. Food Grade/no toxic components
C. Weight and capacity
D. Droptest
E. Handle and lid
EN 1186-3-9
Subtotal (19)
20. Semi-Collapsible Jerry Can 10L
Item No. 00096
A. Material
B. Food Grade/no toxic components
C. Weight and capacity
D. Droptest
E. Stability
F. Temperature range
G. Thickness
H. Handle and cap
Subtotal (20)
-
-
-
-
-
EN 1186-3-9
Page 6 of 7
Annex C2, RFP/2014/602
A. Content
B. Dimensions and Weight
C. Thickness
D. Tensile Strength
E. Tensile Strength loss after washing
F. Shrinkage
G. Weight loss after washing
H. Thermal resistance
I. Resistance to air flow
J. Finish
K. Organoleptic test
L. Fire Resistance
M. Dimensional change to washing
N. PH of the aqueous extract
O. Ignition test by smouldering cigarette for bedding items
P. Ignition test by small open flame for bedding items
22. Blanket, Synthetic (Fleece) Medium Thermal
Item No. 05787
23. Blanket, Synthetic (Fleece) High Thermal
Item No. 05786
24. Blanket, Woolen, Medium Thermal
Item No. 06720
ISO 1833
ISO 5048
ISO 13934-1
ISO 13934-1, ISO 6330
ISO 6330
ISO 6330
ISO 5085-1
ISO9237
ISO12952-1 and ISO12952-2
NF_EN_ISO_5077
NF_EN_ISO_3071
NF_EN_ISO_12952-2
NF_EN_ISO_12952-4
Subtotal (22,23,24)
A. Identification of materials
B. Visual inspection (identification of structure of warp, weft, weave, bias-binding tape)
C. Determination of g/m2
D. Determination of dimensions
25. Synthetic Sleeping Mat
Item No. 02020
A. Composition
B. Size and Weight
C. Construction, denier, filament, mesh size
D. Shrinkage after laundering
E. Bursting strength of net and seam
F. Fire safety
G. Insecticide
H. Determination of the knitting bonding
I. Yarn count
J. Normal surface density
K. Washing
A. Material
B. Weight
C. Thickness
D. Width
E. Number threads per unit lentgh (warp and weft)
F. Yarn count
G. pH
H. Normal surface density of fabric
Subtotal (27)
-
-
-
-
-
ISO1833
NF_EN_ISO_5077
NF_EN_ISO_13938-1
16 CFRpart 1610
ISO7211/5
ISO_3801
NF_EN_ISO_6330+A1
ISO1833
ISO3081-5
ISO5084
ISO_7211/2
ISO_7211/5
ISO3071
ISO_3801
Item A. Fatty Acid %
28. Soap - Body and Laundry
No. 01511
B. Moisture %
C. NaOH content
D. NaCI content
E. Mercury content
-
-
Subtotal (32,33,34,35,36,37,38)
-
-
GRAND TOTAL:
-
Subtotal (28)
32. UNHCR Solar Lamp with integrated design
Item No. 07192
33. UNHCR Solar Lamp with separated charging device
Item No. 07221
34. UNHCR Solar Street Light
Item No. 07190
35. UNHCR Street Light with mobile phone charger hub
Item No. 07222
UNHCR Solar Personal Light with integrated design
Item No. 07191
UNHCR Solar Personal Light with separated charging device
Item No. 07220
UNHCR Solar Mobile Phone Charger
Item No. 07193
-
ISO3801-5
ISO3932
Subtotal (26)
27. Cloth for Sanitary Material
Item No. 02098
-
ISO 1833
Subtotal (25)
26. Mosquito Nets - LLIN
Item No. 01998
-
A. Battery type
B. Light output (Lux/distance)
C. Autonomous time
D. Viewing angle
E. Light color
F. Operational conditions (IP certificate)
G. Working temperature
H. Drop test
36.
37.
38.
Page 7 of 7
UNHCR VENDOR REGISTRATION FORM – (Rev. Feb 10)
Section 1: Company Details and General Information
1. Name of Company:
2. Street Address:
3. P.O. Box and Mailing Address:
Postal Code:
City:
Country:
4. Tel:
5. Fax:
6. Email:
7. WWW Address:
8. Contact Name and Title:
9. Email:
10. Parent Company (Full legal / officially registered company name):
11. Subsidiaries, Associates - name, city, country (attach a List if necessary):
12. International Offices/Representation (Countries where the Company has local Offices/Representation):
13. Type of Business (Mark one only):
Corporate/ Limited:
Partnership:
Other (specify):
14. Nature of Business:
Manufacturer:
Authorised Agent:
Trader:
Consulting Company:
Other (specify):
15. Year Established:
16. Number of Full-time Employees:
17. Licence no./State where registered:
18. VAT No./Tax I.D:
19. Technical Documents available in:
English
French
Spanish
Russian
Arabic
Chinese
Other (specify) _________________
Spanish
Russian
Arabic
Chinese
Other (specify) _________________
20. Working Languages:
English
French
Section 2: Banking Information
21. Bank Name:
22.
Branch Name:
23. Branch Address:
24.
Tel. number:
25.
Fax number:
26. Bank Account Number:
27.
Account Name:
28. Account currency:
29.
Swift/Bank Identifier Code (BIC):
30. International Bank Account Number (IBAN):
31. Routing Bank details (if applicable): full details to be provided as per above
If multiple bank accounts exist that may be relevant to UNHCR, please provide details for each account.
1
Section 3: Technical Capability and Information on Goods / Services Offered
32.. Quality Assurance Certification (e.g. ISO 9000 or Equivalent) (please provide a Copy of your latest Certificate):
33. For Goods only, do those offered for supply conform to National/International Quality Standards?
Yes
No
34. List below up to a maximum of ten (10) of your core Goods/Services offered:
Description (one Line for each Item)
National/International Quality Standard to which Item conforms
Section 4: Experience
35. Annual Value of Total Sales for the last 3 Years:
Year ______: USD___________
Year ______: USD___________
Year ______: USD___________
36. Annual Value of Export Sales for the last 3 Years:
Year ______: USD___________
Year ______: USD___________
Year ______: USD___________
37. If available, please provide a copy of the company's latest annual or audited Financial Report. Please note that the latest audited financial report
may be requested in case of a contract with UNHCR.
Do you have outstanding bankruptcy, judgment or pending legal action that could impair operating as a going concern? Yes
No
If available, please provide Credit Rating by Dun and Bradstreet or equivalent:
38. Recent Contracts with the UN and/or other International Aid Organizations:
Organization:
Value:
Year:
Goods/Services Supplied:
USD
________________________
USD
________________________
USD
________________________
USD
________________________
Destination:
_
39. To which Countries has your Company exported and/or managed Projects over the last 3 Years?
2
Section 5: UN Global Compact Initiative
40. Is your company aware of the UN Secretary General‟s Global Compact initiative, which can be viewed at http://www.unglobalcompact.org?
Yes
No
If yes, have you signed up to this initiative or are you going to sign up to? Please state:
Section 6: Environment
41. Does your Company have a written Statement of its Environmental Policy? (If yes, please attach a Copy)
Yes
No
42. Write down the name, qualification and contact details of your company‟s environmental focal point.
Name: ______________________
Qualification: ____________
Telephone: ______________________ Email: _________________
43. Does your organisation hold any accreditation such as ISO 14001 related to the environment?
Yes
No
If yes, please attach a copy.
Section 7: Anti Personnel Mines
44. By signing this VRF, potential vendor warrants and represents that neither it, its parent entities (if any), nor any of its subsidiary
or affiliated entities (if any) is engaged in the sale or manufacture, either directly or indirectly, of anti-personnel mines or any components produced
primarily for the operation thereof. Please confirm by answering Yes or No below.
Yes
No
Any breach of this clause may lead to the termination of all contracts your Company may have with
UNHCR and removal from the approved vendor database.
Section 8: Child Labour
45. By signing this VRF, potential vendor warrants and represents that it is not engaged in any practice inconsistent with the Rights set forth in the
Convention on the Rights of Child which requires that a child shall be protected from performing any work that is likely to be hazardous or to interfere
with the child‟s education or to be harmful to the child‟s health and physical, mental, spiritual, moral or social development. Do you agree with this?
Yes
No
Any breach of this clause may result in the termination of all contracts your Company may have with
UNHCR and removal from the approved vendor database.
Section 9: Official not to benefit
46. By signing this VRF, potential vendors confirm that they have read, understood and will comply with the UNHCR policy on the “zero tolerance” that
strictly prohibits the acceptance of any type of gift and/or hospitality by UN staff members participating in the procurement process. Please confirm.
Yes
No
Any breach of this clause may lead to the termination of all contracts your Company may have with
UNHCR and removal from the approved vendor database.
Section 10: Others
47. Please list any Disputes your Company has been involved in with UN Organizations over the last 3 Years:
48. List any National or International Trade or Professional Organizations of which your Company is a Member.
49. Is your company already registered with the United Nations Global Marketplace (UNGM)? If so, please provide registration number.
50. Certification:
I, the undersigned, hereby accept the UNHCR General Conditions, a copy of which has been provided to me, and warrant that the information
provided in this form is correct and, in the event of changes, details will be provided as soon as possible:
51. Self Declaration: I, the undersigned, declare that:
(a) Our company is not involved in any fraudulent or corrupt activities and has not been in the past, and is not currently under any investigation for
any such activities which would render our company unsuitable for business dealing with UNHCR.
(b) Our company is not on, or associated with a company or individual, groups, undertakings and entities that are on the consolidated list
established and maintained by the committee established by the UN Resolution No. 1267 (www.un.org/sc/committees/1267/consolist.html).
(c) Our company is not on, or associated with a company or individual that are subject to the list of Independent Inquiry Committee into United
Nations Oil-for-food programme (www.iic-offp.org).
(d) Our company is not currently removed, invalidated or suspended by any other UN Headquarters, or Field Offices or any other UN Agencies
(including the World Bank)
Name:
Signature:
Functional Title:
Date:
3
Please mail completed form to*:
United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees
Supply Management Service HQSF00
Chief, Procurement & Contracts Section
Ipoly utca 5a/b/c
1133 Budapest
Hungary
*Registration form to be returned to the relevant UNHCR Office
Companies that are registered with UNHCR and that have no purchase history over three years shall beinactivated. UNHCR may require new
registration documentation from suppliers in case new business opportunity appears.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETION
The form should be typewritten in uppercase and completed clearly and accurately ensuring that all questions are answered. The numbers below
correspond to item numbers on the registration form:
Section 1:
1. Full name of company.
2. Full street address.
3. Full mailing address (including P.O. Box, if any).
4. Telephone number, including correct country and area codes.
5. Fax number, including country and area codes.
6. Email address.
7. WWW Address.
8. Provide name of person (including title) or department to whom correspondence should be addressed.
9. Provide email address of contact person.
10. Full legal name of parent company, if any.
11. Please provide, on a separate sheet if necessary, names and addresses of all subsidiaries & associates if any.
12. Please provide countries where the company has local offices or representation.
13. Please tick one box. If other; please specify.
14. Please tick one box. If other; please specify. If the company is a manufacturer of some products and a trader/agent of others which they do not
manufacture, both boxes should be ticked.
15. Indicate the year in which the organization was established under the name shown in Item 1.
16. Indicate the total number of full-time personnel in the company.
17. Provide the license number under which the company is registered, or the State where it is registered.
18. Provide the VAT number or Tax I.D. of the company.
19. Please tick the boxes for which languages the company is able to provide technical documents. Please specify other languages.
20. Please tick the boxes for which languages the company is able to work in. Please specify other languages.
Section 2:
21. Full name of bank.
22. Name of branch.
23. Address where branch is located.
24. Telephone number, including correct country and area codes.
25. Fax number, including country and area codes.
26. Number of the company account.
27. Name in which the account is held (important: tis should be the company name).
28. Currency of the account.
4
29. Swift code for the account.
30. International Bank Account Number (IBAN).
31. Should a routing be required for international payments, please provide full details of intermediate bank(s).
Section 3:
32. List any Quality Assurance Certificates (e.g. ISO 9000 series) that have been issued to your company and provide a copy of the latest certificates.
33. Indicate whether the company's products conform to national/international standards. If yes please attach copies of the certificates.
34. Please list up to 10 of the core goods/services offered. For each item, list the National/International Quality Standard to which it conforms.
Section 4:
35. Provide the total annual sales for the organization for the last 3 financial years in USD.
36. Provide the total export sales for the organization for the last 3 financial years in USD.
37. Please provide a copy of your most recent annual report or audited financial report. Please tick „yes‟ or „no‟ to reflect whether your company has
any outstanding bankruptcy, judgment or pending legal action that could impair operating as a going concern? If available, provide a rating by Dun
and Bradstreet or equivalent (specify which).
38. Enter the name(s) of UN organizations which your company has dealt with recently. Provide the value and the year of the contract, the
goods/services supplied and the country of destination of each contract. If you have had more than 5 of such contracts, please attach a separate
sheet indicating the others. Documentary evidence of such contracts may be required, e.g. copies of purchase orders.
39. List export markets, in particular, all developing countries to which your company has exported over the last 3 years.
Section 5:
40. Please confirm if your company is aware of the UN Global Compact Initiatives – ten universally accepted principles of Human Rights, Labour,
Environment and Anti-Corruption – by marking Yes or No. Also, please state if you have signed up to this initiative or you intend to do so.
Section 5:
41. The Earth Summit, held in Rio de Janeiro in 1992, emphasised the necessity to protect and renew the earth's limited resources. Agenda 21 was
adopted by 178 governments and lays an emphasis for the UN to exercise leadership, i.e. towards promoting environmental sensitive procurement
policies for goods and services. Please indicate whether your company has a written statement of its Environmental Policy and, if so, please
provide a copy.
42. Provide the name, qualification and contact details (e-mail and telephone) of your environmental focal point.
43. Please indicate if your organisation holds any accreditation such as ISO 14001 related to the environment. If so, please enclose copies of such
certification.
Section 7:
44. UNHCR expects all suppliers with whom it does business with to obey with the non-engagement in the sale or manufacture of anti-personnel mines
or components utilized in the manufacture of anti-personnel mines. Please mark yes if you are in agreement and no if otherwise.
Section 8:
45. UNHCR expects all suppliers with whom it does business with to obey with the non-engagement in any practice inconsistent with the rights set forth
in the Convention on the Rights of the Child, the International Labour Organization (ILO) Minimum Age Convention or the Prohibition and
Immediate Elimination of the Worst Forms of Child Labour Convention. Please mark yes if you are in agreement and no if otherwise.
Section 9:
46. Official benefits: UNHCR adopted “zero tolerance” policy that strictly prohibits the acceptance of any type of gift and/or hospitality by UN staff
members participating in the procurement process. Please confirm your acceptance by answering Yes or No if otherwise.
Section 10:
47. List all disputes with UN organizations which your organization has been involved in over the last 3 years. If more space is required, please use a
separate sheet.
48. Provide details of all national and international trade or professional organizations to which your company belongs.
49. UNHCR accepts UNGM-registered companies into its database, subject to submitting a hardcopy of a complete set of vendor registration form with
necessary attachments. The registration number provided by UNGM should be given.
50. Please read carefully the enclosed UNHCR General Term and Conditions, as signing of the form signifies acceptance. The form should be signed
by the person completing it and their name and title should be typed, along with the date.
5
51. Please sign a self declaration stating that:
(a) Your company is not involved in any fraudulent and corrupt activities and has not been in the past, and is not currently under any investigation
for such activities which would render your company unsuitable for business dealing with UNHCR.
(b) Your company is not on, or associated with a company or individual, groups, undertakings and entities that are on the consolidated list
established and maintained by the committee established by the UN Resolution No. 1267 (www.un.org/sc/committees/1267/consolist.html)
(c) Your company is not on, or associated with a company or individual that are subject to the list of Independent Inquiry Committee into United
Nations Oil-for-food programme (www.iic-offp.org)
(d) Your company is not currently removed, invalidated or suspended by the UN Headquarters or any of its field offices or any other UN agency
Headquarters or any of their field offices.
6
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
CONTRACTS FOR THE PROVISION OF GOODS AND SERVICES
1.
LEGAL STATUS OF THE PARTIES: The United Nations Office of the High Commissioner for Refugees
(“UNHCR”) and the Contractor shall also each be referred to as a “Party” hereunder, and:
1.1 Pursuant, inter alia, to the Charter of the United Nations and the Convention on the Privileges and Immunities
of the United Nations, UNHCR, as a subsidiary organ of the United Nations, has full juridical personality and
enjoys such privileges and immunities as are necessary for the independent fulfillment of its purposes.
1.2 The Contractor shall have the legal status of an independent contractor vis-à-vis UNHCR, and nothing
contained in or relating to the Contract shall be construed as establishing or creating between the Parties the
relationship of employer and employee or of principal and agent. The officials, representatives, employees, or
subcontractors of each of the Parties shall not be considered in any respect as being the employees or agents of
the other Party, and each Party shall be solely responsible for all claims arising out of or relating to its
engagement of such persons or entities.
2.
SOURCE OF INSTRUCTIONS: The Contractor shall neither seek nor accept instructions from any authority external
to UNHCR in connection with the performance of its obligations under the Contract. Should any authority external to
UNHCR seek to impose any instructions concerning or restrictions on the Contractor’s performance under the Contract,
the Contractor shall promptly notify UNHCR in writing and provide all reasonable assistance required by UNHCR. The
Contractor shall not take any action in respect of the performance of its obligations under the Contract that may
adversely affect the interests of UNHCR, and the Contractor shall perform its obligations under the Contract with the
fullest regard to the interests of UNHCR.
3.
RESPONSIBILITY FOR EMPLOYEES: To the extent that the Contract involves the provision of any services to
UNHCR by the Contractor’s officials, employees, agents, servants, subcontractors and other representatives
(collectively, the Contractor’s “personnel”), the following provisions shall apply:
3.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the professional and technical competence of the personnel it assigns to
perform work under the Contract and will select reliable and competent individuals who will be able to
effectively perform the obligations under the Contract and who, while doing so, will respect the local laws and
customs and conform to a high standard of moral and ethical conduct.
3.2 Such Contractor personnel shall be professionally qualified and, if required to work with officials or staff of
UNHCR, shall be able to do so effectively. The qualifications of any personnel whom the Contractor may
assign or may propose to assign to perform any obligations under the Contract shall be substantially the same,
or better, as the qualifications of any personnel originally proposed by the Contractor.
3.3 At the option of and in the sole discretion of UNHCR:
3.3.1 the qualifications of personnel proposed by the Contractor (e.g., a curriculum vitae) may be
reviewed by UNHCR prior to such personnel’s performing any obligations under the Contract;
3.3.2 any personnel proposed by the Contractor to perform obligations under the Contract may be
interviewed by qualified staff or officials of UNHCR prior to such personnel’s performing any
obligations under the Contract; and,
3.3.3 in cases in which, pursuant to Article 3.3.1 or 3.3.2, above, UNHCR has reviewed the qualifications
of such Contractor’s personnel, UNHCR may reasonably refuse to accept any such personnel.
3.4 Requirements specified in the Contract regarding the number or qualifications of the Contractor’s personnel
may change during the course of performance of the Contract. Any such change shall be made only following
written notice of such proposed change and upon written agreement between the Parties regarding such change,
subject to the following:
3.4.1 UNHCR may, at any time, request, in writing, the withdrawal or replacement of any of the
Contractor’s personnel, and such request shall not be unreasonably refused by the Contractor.
CONTRACTS FOR THE PROVISION OF GOODS AND SERVICES
REV.: JANUARY 2010
3.4.2 Any of the Contractor’s personnel assigned to perform obligations under the Contract shall not be
withdrawn or replaced without the prior written consent of UNHCR, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld.
3.4.3 The withdrawal or replacement of the Contractor’s personnel shall be carried out as quickly as
possible and in a manner that will not adversely affect the performance of obligations under the
Contract.
3.4.4 All expenses related to the withdrawal or replacement of the Contractor’s personnel shall, in all
cases, be borne exclusively by the Contractor.
3.4.5 Any request by UNHCR for the withdrawal or replacement of the Contractor’s personnel shall not be
considered to be a termination, in whole or in part, of the Contract, and UNHCR shall not bear any
liability in respect of such withdrawn or replaced personnel.
3.4.6 If a request for the withdrawal or replacement of the Contractor’s personnel is not based upon a
default by or failure on the part of the Contractor to perform its obligations in accordance with the
Contract, the misconduct of the personnel, or the inability of such personnel to reasonably work
together with UNHCR officials and staff, then the Contractor shall not be liable by reason of any
such request for the withdrawal or replacement of the Contractor’s personnel for any delay in the
performance by the Contractor of its obligations under the Contract that is substantially the result of
such personnel’s being withdrawn or replaced.
3.5 Nothing in Articles 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4, above, shall be construed to create any obligations on the part of UNHCR
with respect to the Contractor’s personnel assigned to perform work under the Contract, and such personnel
shall remain the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
3.6 The Contractor shall be responsible for requiring that all personnel assigned by it to perform any obligations
under the Contract and who may have access to any premises or other property of UNHCR shall:
3.6.1 undergo or comply with security screening requirements made known to the Contractor by UNHCR,
including but not limited to, a review of any criminal history;
3.6.2 when within UNHCR premises or on UNHCR property, display such identification as may be
approved and furnished by UNHCR security officials, and that upon the withdrawal or replacement
of any such personnel or upon termination or completion of the Contract, such personnel shall
immediately return any such identification to UNHCR for cancellation.
3.7 Not less than one working day after learning that any of Contractor’s personnel who have access to any
UNHCR premises have been charged by law enforcement authorities with an offense other than a minor traffic
offense, the Contractor shall provide written notice to inform UNHCR about the particulars of the charges then
known and shall continue to inform UNHCR concerning all substantial developments regarding the disposition
of such charges.
3.8 All operations of the Contractor, including without limitation, storage of equipment, materials, supplies and
parts, within UNHCR premises or on UNHCR property shall be confined to areas authorized or approved by
UNHCR. The Contractor’s personnel shall not enter or pass through and shall not store or dispose of any of its
equipment or materials in any areas within UNHCR premises or on UNHCR property without appropriate
authorization from UNHCR.
4.
ASSIGNMENT:
4.1 Except as provided in Article 4.2, below, the Contractor may not assign, transfer, pledge or make any other
disposition of the Contract, of any part of the Contract, or of any of the rights, claims or obligations under the
Contract except with the prior written authorization of UNHCR. Any such unauthorized assignment, transfer,
pledge or other disposition, or any attempt to do so, shall not be binding on UNHCR. Except as permitted with
respect to any approved subcontractors, the Contractor shall not delegate any of its obligations under the
Contract, except with the prior written consent of UNHCR. Any such unauthorized delegation, or attempt to do
so, shall not be binding on UNHCR.
REV.: JANUARY 2010
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR CONTRACTS FOR THE PROVISION OF GOODS AND SERVICES
PAGE 2
4.2 The Contractor may assign or otherwise transfer the Contract to the surviving entity resulting from a
reorganization of the Contractor’s operations, provided that:
4.2.1 such reorganization is not the result of any bankruptcy, receivership or other similar proceedings;
and,
4.2.2 such reorganization arises from a sale, merger, or acquisition of all or substantially all of the
Contractor’s assets or ownership interests; and,
4.2.3 the Contractor promptly notifies UNHCR about such assignment or transfer at the earliest
opportunity; and,
4.2.4 the assignee or transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the
Contract, and such writing is promptly provided to UNHCR following the assignment or transfer.
5.
SUBCONTRACTING: In the event that the Contractor requires the services of subcontractors to perform any
obligations under the Contract, the Contractor shall obtain the prior written approval of UNHCR. UNHCR shall be
entitled, in its sole discretion, to review the qualifications of any subcontractors and to reject any proposed subcontractor
that UNHCR reasonably considers is not qualified to perform obligations under the Contract. UNHCR shall have the
right to require any subcontractor’s removal from UNHCR premises without having to give any justification therefor.
Any such rejection or request for removal shall not, in and of itself, entitle the Contractor to claim any delays in the
performance, or to assert any excuses for the non-performance, of any of its obligations under the Contract, and the
Contractor shall be solely responsible for all services and obligations performed by its subcontractors. The terms of any
subcontract shall be subject to, and shall be construed in a manner that is fully in accordance with, all of the terms and
conditions of the Contract.
6.
OFFICIALS NOT TO BENEFIT: The Contractor warrants that it has not and shall not offer any direct or indirect
benefit arising from or related to the performance of the Contract or the award thereof to any representative, official,
employee, or other agent of UNHCR. The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that any breach of this provision is a
breach of an essential term of the Contract.
7.
PURCHASE OF GOODS: To the extent that the Contract involves any purchase of goods, whether in whole or in part,
and unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract, the following conditions shall apply to any purchases of goods
under the Contract:
7.1 DELIVERY OF GOODS: The Contractor shall hand over or make available the goods, and UNHCR shall
receive the goods, at the place for the delivery of the goods and within the time for delivery of the goods
specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall provide to UNHCR such shipment documentation (including,
without limitation, bills of lading, airway bills, and commercial invoices) as are specified in the Contract or,
otherwise, as are customarily utilized in the trade. All manuals, instructions, displays and any other information
relevant to the goods shall be in the English language unless otherwise specified in the Contract. Unless
otherwise stated in the Contract (including, but not limited to, in any “INCOTERM” or similar trade term), the
entire risk of loss, damage to, or destruction of the goods shall be borne exclusively by the Contractor until
physical delivery of the goods to UNHCR in accordance with the terms of the Contract. Delivery of the goods
shall not be deemed in itself as constituting acceptance of the goods by UNHCR.
7.2 INSPECTION OF THE GOODS: If the Contract provides that the goods may be inspected prior to delivery,
the Contractor shall notify UNHCR when the goods are ready for pre-delivery inspection. Notwithstanding any
pre-delivery inspection, UNHCR or its designated inspection agents may also inspect the goods upon delivery
in order to confirm that the goods conform to applicable specifications or other requirements of the Contract.
All reasonable facilities and assistance, including, but not limited to, access to drawings and production data,
shall be furnished to UNHCR or its designated inspection agents at no charge therefor. Neither the carrying out
of any inspections of the goods nor any failure to undertake any such inspections shall relieve the Contractor of
any of its warranties or the performance of any obligations under the Contract.
7.3 PACKAGING OF THE GOODS: The Contractor shall package the goods for delivery in accordance with the
highest standards of export packaging for the type and quantities and modes of transport of the goods. The
goods shall be packed and marked in a proper manner in accordance with the instructions stipulated in the
Contract or, otherwise, as customarily done in the trade, and in accordance with any requirements imposed by
applicable law or by the transporters and manufacturers of the goods. The packing, in particular, shall mark the
REV.: JANUARY 2010
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR CONTRACTS FOR THE PROVISION OF GOODS AND SERVICES
PAGE 3
Contract or Purchase Order number and any other identification information provided by UNHCR as well as
such other information as is necessary for the correct handling and safe delivery of the goods. Unless otherwise
specified in the Contract, the Contractor shall have no right to any return of the packing materials.
7.4 TRANSPORTATION & FREIGHT: Unless otherwise specified in the Contract (including, but not limited
to, in any “INCOTERM” or similar trade term), the Contractor shall be solely liable for making all transport
arrangements and for payment of freight and insurance costs for the shipment and delivery of the goods in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract. The Contractor shall ensure that UNHCR receives all
necessary transport documents in a timely manner so as to enable UNHCR to take delivery of the goods in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract.
7.5 WARRANTIES: Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, in addition to and without limiting any other
warranties, remedies or rights of UNHCR stated in or arising under the Contract, the Contractor warrants and
represents that:
7.5.1 The goods, including all packaging and packing thereof, conform to the specifications of the
Contract, are fit for the purposes for which such goods are ordinarily used and for any purposes
expressly made known in writing in the Contract, and shall be of even quality, free from faults and
defects in design, material, manufacturer and workmanship;
7.5.2 If the Contractor is not the original manufacturer of the goods, the Contractor shall provide UNHCR
with the benefit of all manufacturers’ warranties in addition to any other warranties required to be
provided under the Contract;
7.5.3 The goods are of the quality, quantity and description required by the Contract, including when
subjected to conditions prevailing in the place of final destination;
7.5.4 The goods are free from any right of claim by any third-party, including claims of infringement of
any intellectual property rights, including, but not limited to, patents, copyright and trade secrets;
7.5.5 The goods are new and unused;
7.5.6 All warranties will remain fully valid following any delivery of the goods and for a period of not less
than one (1) year following acceptance of the goods by UNHCR in accordance with the Contract;
7.5.7 During any period in which the Contractor’s warranties are effective, upon notice by UNHCR that
the goods do not conform to the requirements of the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly and at its
own expense correct such non-conformities or, in case of its inability to do so, replace the defective
goods with goods of the same or better quality or, at its own cost, remove the defective goods and
fully reimburse UNHCR for the purchase price paid for the defective goods; and,
7.5.8 The Contractor shall remain responsive to the needs of UNHCR for any services that may be required
in connection with any of the Contractor’s warranties under the Contract.
7.6 ACCEPTANCE OF GOODS: Under no circumstances shall UNHCR be required to accept any goods that do
not conform to the specifications or requirements of the Contract. UNHCR may condition its acceptance of the
goods upon the successful completion of acceptance tests as may be specified in the Contract or otherwise
agreed in writing by the Parties. In no case shall UNHCR be obligated to accept any goods unless and until
UNHCR has had a reasonable opportunity to inspect the goods following delivery. If the Contract specifies that
UNHCR shall provide a written acceptance of the goods, the goods shall not be deemed accepted unless and
until UNHCR in fact provides such written acceptance. In no case shall payment by UNHCR in and of itself
constitute acceptance of the goods.
7.7 REJECTION OF GOODS: Notwithstanding any other rights of, or remedies available to UNHCR under the
Contract, in case any of the goods are defective or otherwise do not conform to the specifications or other
requirements of the Contract, UNHCR, at its sole option, may reject or refuse to accept the goods, and within
thirty (30) days following receipt of notice from UNHCR of such rejection or refusal to accept the goods, the
Contractor shall, in sole option of UNHCR:
7.7.1 provide a full refund upon return of the goods, or a partial refund upon a return of a portion of the
goods, by UNHCR; or,
REV.: JANUARY 2010
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR CONTRACTS FOR THE PROVISION OF GOODS AND SERVICES
PAGE 4
7.7.2 repair the goods in a manner that would enable the goods to conform to the specifications or other
requirements of the Contract; or,
7.7.3 replace the goods with goods of equal or better quality; and,
7.7.4 pay all costs relating to the repair or return of the defective goods as well as the costs relating to the
storage of any such defective goods and for the delivery of any replacement goods to UNHCR.
7.8 In the event that UNHCR elects to return any of the goods for the reasons specified in Article 7.7, above,
UNHCR may procure the goods from another source. In addition to any other rights or remedies available to
UNHCR under the Contract, including, but not limited to, the right to terminate the Contract, the Contractor
shall be liable for any additional cost beyond the balance of the Contract price resulting from any such
procurement, including, inter alia, the costs of engaging in such procurement, and UNHCR shall be entitled to
compensation from the Contractor for any reasonable expenses incurred for preserving and storing the goods
for the Contractor’s account.
7.9 TITLE: The Contractor warrants and represents that the goods delivered under the Contract are unencumbered
by any third party’s title or other property rights, including, but not limited to, any liens or security interests.
Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract, title in and to the goods shall pass from the Contractor to
UNHCR upon delivery of the goods and their acceptance by UNHCR in accordance with the requirements of
the Contract.
7.10 EXPORT LICENSING: The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining any export license required with
respect to the goods, products, or technologies, including software, sold, delivered, licensed or otherwise
provided to UNHCR under the Contract. The Contractor shall procure any such export license in an expeditious
manner. Subject to and without any waiver of the privileges and immunities of UNHCR, UNHCR shall lend
the Contractor all reasonable assistance required for obtaining any such export license. Should any
Governmental entity refuse, delay or hinder the Contractor’s ability to obtain any such export license, the
Contractor shall promptly inform UNHCR in writing and consult with UNHCR to enable UNHCR to take
appropriate measures to resolve the matter.
8.
INDEMNIFICATION:
8.1 The Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold and save harmless, UNHCR, and its officials, agents and
employees, from and against all suits, proceedings, claims, demands, losses and liability of any kind or nature
brought by any third party against UNHCR, including, but not limited to, all litigation costs and expenses,
attorney’s fees, settlement payments and damages, based on, arising from, or relating to:
8.1.1 allegations or claims that the possession of or use by UNHCR of any patented device, any
copyrighted material, or any other goods, property or services provided or licensed to UNHCR under
the terms of the Contract, in whole or in part, separately or in a combination contemplated by the
Contractor’s published specifications therefor, or otherwise specifically approved by the Contractor,
constitutes an infringement of any patent, copyright, trademark, or other intellectual property right of
any third party; or,
8.1.2 any acts or omissions of the Contractor, or of any subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by them in the performance of the Contract, which give rise to legal liability to anyone not
a party to the Contract, including, without limitation, claims and liability in the nature of a claim for
workers’ compensation.
8.2 The indemnity set forth in Article 8.1.1, above, shall not apply to:
8.2.1 A claim of infringement resulting from the Contractor’s compliance with specific written instructions
by UNHCR directing a change in the specifications for the goods, property, materials, equipment or
supplies to be or used, or directing a manner of performance of the Contract or requiring the use of
specifications not normally used by the Contractor; or
8.2.2 A claim of infringement resulting from additions to or changes in any goods, property, materials
equipment, supplies or any components thereof furnished under the Contract if UNHCR or another
party acting under the direction of UNHCR made such changes.
REV.: JANUARY 2010
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR CONTRACTS FOR THE PROVISION OF GOODS AND SERVICES
PAGE 5
8.3 In addition to the indemnity obligations set forth in this Article 8, the Contractor shall be obligated, at its sole
expense, to defend UNHCR and its officials, agents and employees, pursuant to this Article 8, regardless of
whether the suits, proceedings, claims and demands in question actually give rise to or otherwise result in any
loss or liability.
8.4 UNHCR shall advise the Contractor about any such suits, proceedings, claims, demands, losses or liability
within a reasonable period of time after having received actual notice thereof. The Contractor shall have sole
control of the defense of any such suit, proceeding, claim or demand and of all negotiations in connection with
the settlement or compromise thereof, except with respect to the assertion or defense of the privileges and
immunities of UNHCR or any matter relating thereto, which only UNHCR itself is authorized to assert and
maintain. UNHCR shall have the right, at its own expense, to be represented in any such suit, proceeding, claim
or demand by independent counsel of its own choosing.
8.5 In the event the use by UNHCR of any goods, property or services provided or licensed to UNHCR by the
Contractor, in whole or in part, in any suit or proceeding, is for any reason enjoined, temporarily or
permanently, or is found to infringe any patent, copyright, trademark or other intellectual property right, or in
the event of a settlement, is enjoined, limited or otherwise interfered with, then the Contractor, at its sole cost
and expense, shall, promptly, either:
8.5.1 procure for UNHCR the unrestricted right to continue using such goods or services provided to
UNHCR;
8.5.2 replace or modify the goods or services provided to UNHCR, or part thereof, with the equivalent or
better goods or services, or part thereof, that is non-infringing; or,
8.5.3 refund to UNHCR the full price paid by UNHCR for the right to have or use such goods, property or
services, or part thereof.
9.
INSURANCE AND LIABILITY:
9.1 The Contractor shall pay UNHCR promptly for all loss, destruction, or damage to the property of UNHCR
caused by the Contractor’s personnel or by any of its subcontractors or anyone else directly or indirectly
employed by the Contractor or any of its subcontractors in the performance of the Contract.
9.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, prior to commencement of performance of any other obligations
under the Contract, and subject to any limits set forth in the Contract, the Contractor shall take out and shall
maintain for the entire term of the Contract, for any extension thereof, and for a period following any
termination of the Contract reasonably adequate to deal with losses:
9.2.1 insurance against all risks in respect of its property and any equipment used for the performance of
the Contract;
9.2.2 workers’ compensation insurance, or its equivalent, or employer’s liability insurance, or its
equivalent, with respect to the Contractor’s personnel sufficient to cover all claims for injury, death
and disability, or any other benefits required to be paid by law, in connection with the performance of
the Contract;
9.2.3 liability insurance in an adequate amount to cover all claims, including, but not limited to, claims for
death and bodily injury, products and completed operations liability, loss of or damage to property,
and personal and advertising injury, arising from or in connection with the Contractor’s performance
under the Contract, including, but not limited to, liability arising out of or in connection with the acts
or omissions of the Contractor, its personnel, agents, or invitees, or the use, during the performance
of the Contract, of any vehicles, boats, airplanes or other transportation vehicles and equipment,
whether or not owned by the Contractor; and,
9.2.4 such other insurance as may be agreed upon in writing between UNHCR and the Contractor.
9.3 The Contractor’s liability policies shall also cover subcontractors and all defense costs and shall contain a
standard “cross liability” clause.
REV.: JANUARY 2010
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR CONTRACTS FOR THE PROVISION OF GOODS AND SERVICES
PAGE 6
9.4 The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that UNHCR accepts no responsibility for providing life, health,
accident, travel or any other insurance coverage which may be necessary or desirable in respect of any
personnel performing services for the Contractor in connection with the Contract.
9.5 Except for the workers’ compensation insurance or any self-insurance program maintained by the Contractor
and approved by UNHCR, in its sole discretion, for purposes of fulfilling the Contractor’s requirements for
providing insurance under the Contract, the insurance policies required under the Contract shall:
9.5.1 name UNHCR as an additional insured under the liability policies, including, if required, as a
separate endorsement under the policy;
9.5.2 include a waiver of subrogation of the Contractor’s insurance carrier’s rights against UNHCR;
9.5.3 provide that UNHCR shall receive written notice from the Contractor’s insurance carrier not less than
thirty (30) days prior to any cancellation or material change of coverage; and,
9.5.4 include a provision for response on a primary and non-contributing basis with respect to any other
insurance that may be available to UNHCR.
9.6 The Contractor shall be responsible to fund all amounts within any policy deductible or retention.
9.7 Except for any self-insurance program maintained by the Contractor and approved by UNHCR for purposes of
fulfilling the Contractor’s requirements for maintaining insurance under the Contract, the Contractor shall
maintain the insurance taken out under the Contract with reputable insurers that are in good financial standing
and that are acceptable to UNHCR. Prior to the commencement of any obligations under the Contract, the
Contractor shall provide UNHCR with evidence, in the form of certificate of insurance or such other form as
UNHCR may reasonably require, that demonstrates that the Contractor has taken out insurance in accordance
with the requirements of the Contract. UNHCR reserves the right, upon written notice to the Contractor, to
obtain copies of any insurance policies or insurance program descriptions required to be maintained by the
Contractor under the Contract. Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 9.5.3, above, the Contractor shall
promptly notify UNHCR concerning any cancellation or material change of insurance coverage required under
the Contract.
9.8 The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that neither the requirement for taking out and maintaining insurance
as set forth in the Contract nor the amount of any such insurance, including, but not limited to, any deductible or
retention relating thereto, shall in any way be construed as limiting the Contractor’s liability arising under or
relating to the Contract.
10. ENCUMBRANCES AND LIENS: The Contractor shall not cause or permit any lien, attachment or other encumbrance
by any person to be placed on file or to remain on file in any public office or on file with the United Nations against any
monies due to the Contractor or that may become due for any work done or against any goods supplied or materials
furnished under the Contract, or by reason of any other claim or demand against the Contractor or UNHCR.
11. EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY UNHCR TO THE CONTRACTOR: Title to any equipment and supplies that may
be furnished by UNHCR to the Contractor for the performance of any obligations under the Contract shall rest with
UNHCR, and any such equipment shall be returned to UNHCR at the conclusion of the Contract or when no longer
needed by the Contractor. Such equipment, when returned to UNHCR, shall be in the same condition as when delivered
to the Contractor, subject to normal wear and tear, and the Contractor shall be liable to compensate UNHCR for the
actual costs of any loss of, damage to, or degradation of the equipment that is beyond normal wear and tear.
12. COPYRIGHT, PATENTS AND OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHTS:
12.1 Except as is otherwise expressly provided in writing in the Contract, UNHCR shall be entitled to all
intellectual property and other proprietary rights including, but not limited to, patents, copyrights, and
trademarks, with regard to products, processes, inventions, ideas, know-how, or documents and other materials
which the Contractor has developed for UNHCR under the Contract and which bear a direct relation to or are
produced or prepared or collected in consequence of, or during the course of, the performance of the Contract.
The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that such products, documents and other materials constitute works
made for hire for UNHCR.
REV.: JANUARY 2010
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR CONTRACTS FOR THE PROVISION OF GOODS AND SERVICES
PAGE 7
12.2 To the extent that any such intellectual property or other proprietary rights consist of any intellectual property
or other proprietary rights of the Contractor: (i) that pre-existed the performance by the Contractor of its
obligations under the Contract, or (ii) that the Contractor may develop or acquire, or may have developed or
acquired, independently of the performance of its obligations under the Contract, UNHCR does not and shall
not claim any ownership interest thereto, and the Contractor grants to UNHCR a perpetual license to use such
intellectual property or other proprietary right solely for the purposes of and in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract.
12.3 At the request of UNHCR, the Contractor shall take all necessary steps, execute all necessary documents and
generally assist in securing such proprietary rights and transferring or licensing them to UNHCR in
compliance with the requirements of the applicable law and of the Contract.
12.4 Subject to the foregoing provisions, all maps, drawings, photographs, mosaics, plans, reports, estimates,
recommendations, documents, and all other data compiled by or received by the Contractor under the Contract
shall be the property of UNHCR, shall be made available for use or inspection by UNHCR at reasonable times
and in reasonable places, shall be treated as confidential, and shall be delivered only to UNHCR authorized
officials on completion of work under the Contract.
13. PUBLICITY, AND USE OF THE NAME, EMBLEM OR OFFICIAL SEAL OF THE UNITED NATIONS OR
OF UNHCR: The Contractor shall not advertise or otherwise make public for purposes of commercial advantage or
goodwill that it has a contractual relationship with the United Nations or UNHCR, nor shall the Contractor, in any
manner whatsoever use the name, emblem or official seal of the United Nations or of UNHCR, or any abbreviation of
the name of the United Nations or of UNHCR in connection with its business or otherwise without the written
permission of UNHCR.
14. CONFIDENTIAL NATURE OF DOCUMENTS AND INFORMATION: Information and data that is considered
proprietary by either Party or that is delivered or disclosed by one Party (“Discloser”) to the other Party (“Recipient”)
during the course of performance of the Contract, and that is designated as confidential (“Information”)1, shall be held in
confidence by that Party and shall be handled as follows:
14.1 The recipient (“Recipient”) of such Information shall:
14.1.1
use the same care and discretion to avoid disclosure, publication or dissemination of the
Discloser’s Information as it uses with its own similar Information that it does not wish to
disclose, publish or disseminate; and,
14.1.2
use the Discloser’s Information solely for the purpose for which it was disclosed.
14.2 Provided that the Recipient has a written agreement with the following persons or entities requiring them to
treat the Information confidential in accordance with the Contract and this Article 14, the Recipient may
disclose Information to:
14.2.1
any other party with the Discloser’s prior written consent; and,
14.2.2
the Recipient’s employees, officials, representatives and agents who have a need to know such
Information for purposes of performing obligations under the Contract, and employees officials,
representatives and agents of any legal entity that it controls, controls it, or with which it is under
common control, who have a need to know such Information for purposes of performing
obligations under the Contract, provided that, for these purposes a controlled legal entity means:
14.2.2.1
a corporate entity in which the Party owns or otherwise controls, whether directly
or indirectly, over fifty percent (50%) of voting shares thereof; or,
14.2.2.2
any entity over which the Party exercises effective managerial control; or,
14.2.2.3
for UNHCR, a principal or subsidiary organ of the United Nations established in
accordance with the Charter of the United Nations.
1
Information and data that is considered by UNHCR as proprietary and confidential includes, but is not limited to, data
pertaining to refugees and persons of concern to UNHCR.
REV.: JANUARY 2010
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR CONTRACTS FOR THE PROVISION OF GOODS AND SERVICES
PAGE 8
14.3 The Contractor may disclose Information to the extent required by law, provided that, subject to and without
any waiver of the privileges and immunities of UNHCR, the Contractor will give UNHCR sufficient prior
notice of a request for the disclosure of Information in order to allow UNHCR to have a reasonable
opportunity to take protective measures or such other action as may be appropriate before any such disclosure
is made.
14.4 UNHCR may disclose Information to the extent as required pursuant to the Charter of the United Nations, or
pursuant to resolutions or regulations of the General Assembly or rules promulgated thereunder.
14.5 The Recipient shall not be precluded from disclosing Information that is (i) obtained by the Recipient without
restriction from a third party who is not in breach of any obligation as to confidentiality to the owner of such
Information or any other person, or (ii) disclosed by the Discloser to a third party without any obligation of
confidentiality, or (iii) previously known by the Recipient, or (iv) at any time is developed by the Recipient
completely independently of any disclosures hereunder.
14.6 These obligations and restrictions of confidentiality shall be effective during the term of the Contract,
including any extension thereof, and, unless otherwise provided in the Contract, shall remain effective
following any termination of the Contract.
15. FORCE MAJEURE; OTHER CHANGES IN CONDITIONS:
15.1 In the event of and as soon as possible after the occurrence of any cause constituting force majeure, the
affected Party shall give notice and full particulars in writing to the other Party, of such occurrence or cause if
the affected Party is thereby rendered unable, wholly or in part, to perform its obligations and meet its
responsibilities under the Contract. The affected Party shall also notify the other Party of any other changes in
condition or the occurrence of any event which interferes or threatens to interfere with its performance of the
Contract. Not more than fifteen (15) days following the provision of such notice of force majeure or other
changes in condition or occurrence, the affected Party shall also submit a statement to the other Party of
estimated expenditures that will likely be incurred for the duration of the change in condition or the event of
force majeure. On receipt of the notice or notices required hereunder, the Party not affected by the occurrence
of a cause constituting force majeure shall take such action as it reasonably considers to be appropriate or
necessary in the circumstances, including the granting to the affected Party of a reasonable extension of time
in which to perform any obligations under the Contract.
15.2 If the Contractor is rendered unable, wholly or in part, by reason of force majeure to perform its obligations
and meet its responsibilities under the Contract, UNHCR shall have the right to suspend or terminate the
Contract on the same terms and conditions as are provided for in Article 16, “Termination,” except that the
period of notice shall be seven (7) days instead of thirty (30) days. In any case, UNHCR shall be entitled to
consider the Contractor permanently unable to perform its obligations under the Contract in case the
Contractor is unable to perform its obligations, wholly or in part, by reason of force majeure for any period in
excess of ninety (90) days.
15.3 Force majeure as used herein means any unforeseeable and irresistible act of nature, any act of war (whether
declared or not), invasion, revolution, insurrection, terrorism, or any other acts of a similar nature or force,
provided that such acts arise from causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the
Contractor. The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that, with respect to any obligations under the Contract
that the Contractor must perform in areas in which UNHCR is engaged in, preparing to engage in, or
disengaging from any humanitarian or similar operations, any delays or failure to perform such obligations
arising from or relating to harsh conditions within such areas, or to any incidents of civil unrest occurring in
such areas, shall not, in and of itself, constitute force majeure under the Contract.
16. TERMINATION:
16.1 Either Party may terminate the Contract for cause, in whole or in part, upon thirty (30) day’s notice, in writing,
to the other Party. The initiation of conciliation or arbitral proceedings in accordance with Article 19
“Settlement of Disputes,” below, shall not be deemed to be a “cause” for or otherwise to be in itself a
termination of the Contract.
16.2 UNHCR may terminate the Contract at any time by providing written notice to the Contractor in any case in
which the mandate of UNHCR applicable to the performance of the Contract or the funding of UNHCR
REV.: JANUARY 2010
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR CONTRACTS FOR THE PROVISION OF GOODS AND SERVICES
PAGE 9
applicable to the Contract is curtailed or terminated, whether in whole or in part. In addition, unless otherwise
provided by the Contract, upon sixty (60) day’s advance written notice to the Contractor, UNHCR may
terminate the Contract without having to provide any justification therefor.
16.3 In the event of any termination of the Contract, upon receipt of notice of termination that has been issued by
UNHCR, the Contractor shall, except as may be directed by UNHCR in the notice of termination or otherwise
in writing:
16.3.1
take immediate steps to bring the performance of any obligations under the Contract to a close in a
prompt and orderly manner, and in doing so, reduce expenses to a minimum;
16.3.2
refrain from undertaking any further or additional commitments under the Contract as of and
following the date of receipt of such notice;
16.3.3
place no further subcontracts or orders for materials, services, or facilities, except as UNHCR and
the Contractor agree in writing are necessary to complete any portion of the Contract that is not
terminated;
16.3.4
terminate all subcontracts or orders to the extent they relate to the portion of the Contract
terminated;
16.3.5
transfer title and deliver to UNHCR the fabricated or unfabricated parts, work in process,
completed work, supplies, and other material produced or acquired for the portion of the Contract
terminated;
16.3.6
deliver all completed or partially completed plans, drawings, information, and other property that,
if the Contract had been completed, would be required to be furnished to UNHCR thereunder;
16.3.7
complete performance of the work not terminated; and,
16.3.8
take any other action that may be necessary, or that UNHCR may direct in writing, for the
minimization of losses and for the protection and preservation of any property, whether tangible or
intangible, related to the Contract that is in the possession of the Contractor and in which UNHCR
has or may be reasonably expected to acquire an interest.
16.4 In the event of any termination of the Contract, UNHCR shall be entitled to obtain reasonable written
accountings from the Contractor concerning all obligations performed or pending in accordance with the
Contract. In addition, UNHCR shall not be liable to pay the Contractor except for those goods delivered and
services provided to UNHCR in accordance with the requirements of the Contract, but only if such goods or
services were ordered, requested or otherwise provided prior to the Contractor’s receipt of notice of
termination from UNHCR or prior to the Contractor’s tendering of notice of termination to UNHCR.
16.5 UNHCR may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to it, terminate the Contract forthwith
in the event that:
16.5.1
the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt, or is liquidated, or becomes insolvent, or applies for a
moratorium or stay on any payment or repayment obligations, or applies to be declared insolvent;
16.5.2
the Contractor is granted a moratorium or a stay, or is declared insolvent;
16.5.3
the Contractor makes an assignment for the benefit of one or more of its creditors;
16.5.4
a receiver is appointed on account of the insolvency of the Contractor;
16.5.5
the Contractor offers a settlement in lieu of bankruptcy or receivership; or,
16.5.6
UNHCR reasonably determines that the Contractor has become subject to a materially adverse
change in its financial condition that threatens to substantially affect the ability of the Contractor
to perform any of its obligations under the Contract.
16.6 Except as prohibited by law, the Contractor shall be bound to compensate UNHCR for all damages and costs,
including, but not limited to, all costs incurred by UNHCR in any legal or non-legal proceedings, as a result of
any of the events specified in Article 16.5, above, and resulting from or relating to a termination of the
REV.: JANUARY 2010
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR CONTRACTS FOR THE PROVISION OF GOODS AND SERVICES
PAGE 10
Contract, even if the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt, or is granted a moratorium or stay or is declared
insolvent. The Contractor shall immediately inform UNHCR of the occurrence of any of the events specified
in Article 16.5, above, and shall provide UNHCR with any information pertinent thereto.
16.7 The provisions of this Article 16 are without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of UNHCR under the
Contract or otherwise.
17. NON-WAIVER OF RIGHTS: The failure by either Party to exercise any rights available to it, whether under the
Contract or otherwise, shall not be deemed for any purposes to constitute a waiver by the other Party of any such right or
any remedy associated therewith, and shall not relieve the Parties of any of their obligations under the Contract.
18. NON-EXCLUSIVITY: Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, UNHCR shall have no obligation to purchase any
minimum quantities of goods or services from the Contractor, and UNHCR shall have no limitation on its right to obtain
goods or services of the same kind, quality and quantity described in the Contract, from any other source at any time.
19. SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES:
19.1 AMICABLE SETTLEMENT: The Parties shall use their best efforts to amicably settle any dispute,
controversy, or claim arising out of the Contract or the breach, termination, or invalidity thereof. Where the
Parties wish to seek such an amicable settlement through conciliation, the conciliation shall take place in
accordance with the Conciliation Rules then obtaining of the United Nations Commission on International
Trade Law (“UNCITRAL”), or according to such other procedure as may be agreed between the Parties in
writing.
19.2 ARBITRATION: Any dispute, controversy, or claim between the Parties arising out of the Contract or the
breach, termination, or invalidity thereof, unless settled amicably under Article 19.1, above, within sixty (60)
days after receipt by one Party of the other Party’s written request for such amicable settlement, shall be
referred by either Party to arbitration in accordance with the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules then obtaining.
The decisions of the arbitral tribunal shall be based on general principles of international commercial law. The
arbitral tribunal shall be empowered to order the return or destruction of goods or any property, whether
tangible or intangible, or of any confidential information provided under the Contract, order the termination of
the Contract, or order that any other protective measures be taken with respect to the goods, services or any
other property, whether tangible or intangible, or of any confidential information provided under the Contract,
as appropriate, all in accordance with the authority of the arbitral tribunal pursuant to Article 26 (“Interim
Measures of Protection”) and Article 32 (“Form and Effect of the Award”) of the UNCITRAL Arbitration
Rules. The arbitral tribunal shall have no authority to award punitive damages. In addition, unless otherwise
expressly provided in the Contract, the arbitral tribunal shall have no authority to award interest in excess of
the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) then prevailing, and any such interest shall be simple interest
only. The Parties shall be bound by any arbitration award rendered as a result of such arbitration as the final
adjudication of any such dispute, controversy, or claim.
20. PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES: Nothing in or relating to the Contract shall be deemed a waiver, express or
implied, of any of the privileges and immunities of the United Nations, including its subsidiary organs or of UNHCR (as
a subsidiary organ of the United Nations).
21. TAX EXEMPTION:
21.1 Article II, Section 7, of the Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the United Nations provides, inter
alia, that the United Nations, including UNHCR as one of its subsidiary organs, is exempt from all direct
taxes, except charges for public utility services, and is exempt from customs restrictions, duties, and charges
of a similar nature in respect of articles imported or exported for its official use. In the event any
governmental authority refuses to recognize the exemptions of UNHCR from such taxes, restrictions, duties,
or charges, the Contractor shall immediately consult with UNHCR to determine a mutually acceptable
procedure.
21.2 The Contractor authorizes UNHCR to deduct from the Contractor’s invoices any amount representing such
taxes, duties or charges, unless the Contractor has consulted with UNHCR before the payment thereof and
UNHCR has, in each instance, specifically authorized the Contractor to pay such taxes, duties, or charges
under written protest. In that event, the Contractor shall provide UNHCR with written evidence that payment
of such taxes, duties or charges has been made and appropriately authorized, and UNHCR shall reimburse the
REV.: JANUARY 2010
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR CONTRACTS FOR THE PROVISION OF GOODS AND SERVICES
PAGE 11
Contractor for any such taxes, duties, or charges so authorized by UNHCR and paid by the Contractor under
written protest.
22. OBSERVANCE OF THE LAW: The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations bearing
upon the performance of its obligations under the Contract. In addition, the Contractor shall maintain compliance with
all obligations relating to its registration as a qualified vendor of goods or services to UNHCR, as such obligations are set
forth in vendor registration procedures.
23. MODIFICATIONS:
23.1 The Director of the Division for Emergency and Supply Management, or such other contracting authority as
UNHCR has made known to the Contractor in writing, possesses the authority to agree on behalf of UNHCR
to any modification of or change in the Contract, to a waiver of any of its provisions or to any additional
contractual relationship of any kind with the Contractor. Accordingly, no modification or change in the
Contract shall be valid and enforceable against UNHCR unless provided by a valid written amendment to the
Contract signed by the Contractor and the Director of the Division for Emergency and Supply Management or
such other contracting authority.
23.2 If the Contract shall be extended for additional periods in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
Contract, the terms and conditions applicable to any such extended term of the Contract shall be the same
terms and conditions as set forth in the Contract, unless the Parties shall have agreed otherwise pursuant to a
valid amendment concluded in accordance with Article 23.1, above.
23.3 The terms or conditions of any supplemental undertakings, licenses, or other forms of agreement concerning
any goods or services provided under the Contract shall not be valid and enforceable against UNHCR nor in
any way shall constitute an agreement by UNHCR thereto unless any such undertakings, licenses or other
forms are the subject of a valid amendment concluded in accordance with Article 23.1, above.
24. AUDITS AND INVESTIGATIONS:
24.1 Each invoice paid by UNHCR shall be subject to a post-payment audit by auditors, whether internal or
external, of UNHCR or by other authorized and qualified agents of UNHCR at any time during the term of the
Contract and for a period of two (2) years following the expiration or prior termination of the Contract.
UNHCR shall be entitled to a refund from the Contractor for any amounts shown by such audits to have been
paid by UNHCR other than in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract.
24.2 The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that, from time to time, UNHCR may conduct investigations relating
to any aspect of the Contract or the award thereof, the obligations performed under the Contract, and the
operations of the Contractor generally relating to performance of the Contract. The right of UNHCR to
conduct an investigation and the Contractor’s obligation to comply with such an investigation shall not lapse
upon expiration or prior termination of the Contract. The Contractor shall provide its full and timely
cooperation with any such inspections, post-payment audits or investigations. Such cooperation shall include,
but shall not be limited to, the Contractor’s obligation to make available its personnel and any relevant
documentation for such purposes at reasonable times and on reasonable conditions and to grant to UNHCR
access to the Contractor’s premises at reasonable times and on reasonable conditions in connection with such
access to the Contractor’s personnel and relevant documentation. The Contractor shall require its agents,
including, but not limited to, the Contractor’s attorneys, accountants or other advisers, to reasonably cooperate
with any inspections, post-payment audits or investigations carried out by UNHCR hereunder.
25. LIMITATION ON ACTIONS:
25.1 Except with respect to any indemnification obligations in Article 8, above, or as are otherwise set forth in the
Contract, any arbitral proceedings in accordance with Article 19.2, above, arising out of the Contract must be
commenced within three years after the cause of action has accrued.
25.2 The Parties further acknowledge and agree that, for these purposes, a cause of action shall accrue when the
breach actually occurs, or, in the case of latent defects, when the injured Party knew or should have known all
of the essential elements of the cause of action, or in the case of a breach of warranty, when tender of delivery
is made, except that, if a warranty extends to future performance of the goods or any process or system and the
discovery of the breach consequently must await the time when such goods or other process or system is ready
REV.: JANUARY 2010
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR CONTRACTS FOR THE PROVISION OF GOODS AND SERVICES
PAGE 12
to perform in accordance with the requirements of the Contract, the cause of action accrues when such time of
future performance actually begins.
26. CHILD LABOR: The Contractor represents and warrants that neither it, its parent entities (if any), nor any of the
Contractor’s subsidiary or affiliated entities (if any), is engaged in any practice inconsistent with the rights set forth
in the Convention on the Rights of the Child, including Article 32 thereof, which, inter alia, requires that a child
shall be protected from performing any work that is likely to be hazardous or to interfere with the child’s education,
or to be harmful to the child’s health or physical, mental, spiritual, moral, or social development. The Contractor
acknowledges and agrees that the provisions hereof constitute an essential term of the Contract and that any breach
of this representation and warranty shall entitle UNHCR to terminate the Contract immediately upon notice to the
Contractor, without any liability for termination charges or any other liability of any kind.
27. MINES: The Contractor warrants and represents that neither it, its parent entities (if any), nor any of the
Contractor’s subsidiaries or affiliated entities (if any), is engaged in the sale or manufacture of anti-personnel mines
or components utilized in the manufacture of anti-personnel mines. The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that
the provisions hereof constitute an essential term of the Contract and that any breach of this representation and
warranty shall entitle UNHCR to terminate the Contract immediately upon notice to the Contractor, without any
liability for termination charges or any other liability of any kind.
28. SEXUAL EXPLOITATION:
28.1 The Contractor shall take all appropriate measures to prevent sexual exploitation or abuse of anyone by its
employees or any other persons engaged and controlled by the Contractor to perform any services under the
Contract. For these purposes, sexual activity with any person less than eighteen years of age, regardless of any
laws relating to consent, shall constitute the sexual exploitation and abuse of such person. In addition, the
Contractor shall refrain from, and shall take all reasonable and appropriate measures to prohibit its employees
or other persons engaged and controlled by it from exchanging any money, goods, services, or other things of
value, for sexual favors or activities, or from engaging any sexual activities that are exploitive or degrading to
any person. The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that the provisions hereof constitute an essential term of
the Contract and that any breach of these provisions shall entitle UNHCR to terminate the Contract
immediately upon notice to the Contractor, without any liability for termination charges or any other liability
of any kind.
28.2 UNHCR shall not apply the foregoing standard relating to age in any case in which the Contractor’s personnel
or any other person who may be engaged by the Contractor to perform any services under the Contract is
married to the person less than the age of eighteen years with whom sexual activity has occurred and in which
such marriage is recognized as valid under the laws of the country of citizenship of such Contractor’s
personnel or such other person who may be engaged by the Contractor to perform any services under the
Contract.
29. EXPLOITATION AND ABUSE OF REFUGEES AND OTHER PERSONS OF CONCERN TO UNHCR:
The Contractor warrants that it has instructed its personnel to refrain from any conduct that would adversely reflect
on UNHCR and/or the United Nations and from any activity which is incompatible with the aims and objectives of
the United Nations or the mandate of UNHCR to ensure the protection of refugees and other persons of concern to
UNHCR. The Contractor hereby undertakes all possible measures to prevent its personnel from exploiting and
abusing refugees and other persons of concern to UNHCR. The failure of the Contractor to investigate allegations of
exploitation and abuse against its personnel or related to its activities or to take corrective action when exploitation
or abuse has occurred, shall entitle UNHCR to terminate the Contract immediately upon notice to the Contractor, at
no cost to UNHCR.
30. PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS: UNHCR shall, on the fulfillment of the delivery terms, unless otherwise provided
in the Contract or purchase order, make payment by bank transfer within thirty days of receipt of the Contractor’s
invoice for the goods and copies of any other documentation specified in the Contract. Payment against the invoice
referred to above will reflect any discount shown under the payment terms agreed among the parties, provided
payment is made within the period required by such payment terms. The prices shown in the Contract or the
purchase order may not be increased except by express written agreement of UNHCR. Documents are to be sent to
the address indicated in the Contract or purchase order.
– oOOo –
REV.: JANUARY 2010
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR CONTRACTS FOR THE PROVISION OF GOODS AND SERVICES
PAGE 13
UNHCR - UNHCR - UNHCR - UNHCR - UNHCR - UNHCR - UNHCR - UNHCR
Code of Conduct
&
Explanatory Notes
Including the Secretary-General’s
bulletin on special measures for
protection from sexual exploitation
and sexual abuse (ST/SGB/2003/13)
June 2004
UNHCR - UNHCR - UNHCR - UNHCR - UNHCR
UNHCR - UNHCR - UNHCR - UNHCR - UNHCR - UNHCR - UNHCR - UNHCR
UNHCR - UNHCR - UNHCR - UNHCR - UNHCR
© UNHCR, 2006. All rights reserved.
Reproduction and dissemination for educational or other non-commercial purposes is
authorized without any prior written permission from the copyright holders provided the
source is fully acknowledged. Reproduction for resale or other commercial purposes, or
translation for any purpose, is prohibited without the written permission of the copyright
holders. Applications for such permission should be addressed to the Ethics & Diversity
Unit, DHRM, of the Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees
(UNHCR), at [email protected]
CONTENTS
Introduction
1
Core Values and Guiding Principles
3
Commitment to the UNHCR Code of Conduct
5
Notes on the Code of Conduct
11
Nine Guiding Principles
16
Secretary-General’s bulletin
on Special Measures for Protection from
Sexual Exploitation and Sexual Abuse
37
Contact Information
43
OFFICE OF THE UNITED NATIONS HIGH
COMMISSIONER FOR REFUGEES
(UNHCR)
CODE OF CONDUCT
_______________
INTRODUCTION
UNHCR’s capacity to ensure the protection of and
assistance to refugees and other persons of concern
depends on the ability of its staff to uphold and
promote the highest standards of ethical and
professional conduct. We, the staff members of
UNHCR, are personally and collectively responsible
for maintaining these standards. Managers have a
particular responsibility to uphold these standards, to
set a good example, and to create a working
environment that supports and empowers staff.
It is recognized that UNHCR’s work often puts its
staff in positions of power in relation to its
beneficiaries. Staff have an obligation not to abuse this
power.
This Code of Conduct is intended to serve as an
illustrative guide for staff to make ethical decisions in
their professional lives, and at times in their private
lives. It is a moral code that does not have the force of
law. It is designed to assist staff to better understand
the obligations placed upon their conduct by the
Charter of the United Nations and the Staff
1
Regulations and Rules, which remain the only legal
instruments that determine acceptable conduct in
UNHCR. Signing the Code does not take away any
acquired rights of UNHCR Staff.
While acknowledging that local laws and customs may
differ from one country to another, the Code of
Conduct is based on international legal standards and
outlined in the Secretary-General’s bulletin
ST/SGB/2003/13. For example, children are defined
as those under the age of 18 years. Guidance on
appropriate interpretation can be found in the Notes to
the Code of Conduct (see pg.33).
The Code applies to all UNHCR staff members who
are all requested to sign it. Persons holding a UNHCR
consultant contract, UNVs and interns will also
receive the Code and be requested to confirm that they
uphold its standards as far as applicable to their status.
Governmental and non-governmental organizations
and companies which, through their employees, work
for UNHCR, will be requested to make the principles
contained in the Code known to those persons in an
appropriate manner.
All UNHCR staff are responsible for encouraging,
advocating and promoting the dissemination of the
Code of Conduct. They also have a role in
implementing, monitoring and enforcing its standards.
Staff are also urged to encourage partners to adhere to
these standards and to join UNHCR staff in upholding
them.
2
CORE VALUES AND GUIDING
PRINCIPLES
UNHCR staff are committed to the following
fundamental values and principles:
x As staff working within the UN system, we will
ensure that our conduct is consistent with and
reflects the values enshrined in the Charter of the
United Nations: respect for fundamental human
rights, social justice and human dignity, and respect
for the equal rights of men and women. We will
assist UNHCR to actively promote adherence to the
principles of international refugee law, international
human rights law and international humanitarian
law. We will be guided by the core values of the UN
system, including professionalism, integrity and
respect for diversity, and will maintain an
international perspective at all times.
x As UNHCR staff, our primary commitment is to
ensure the protection of and assistance to refugees
and other persons of concern, in accordance with
the mandate of the Office. We are committed to
supporting the fullest possible participation of
refugees and other persons of concern – as
individuals, families and communities – in decisions
that affect their lives.
x We will respect the dignity and worth of every
individual, will promote and practice understanding,
respect, compassion and tolerance, and will
demonstrate discretion and maintain confidentiality
as required. We will aim to build constructive and
3
respectful working relations with our humanitarian
partners, will continuously seek to improve our
performance, and will foster a climate that
encourages learning, supports positive change, and
applies the lessons learned from our experience.
x We will show respect for all persons equally
without distinction whatsoever of race, gender,
religion, colour, national or ethnic origin, language,
marital status, sexual orientation, age, socioeconomic status, disability, political conviction, or
any other distinguishing feature. We will strive to
remove all barriers to equality.
x We will respect the cultures, customs and traditions
of all peoples, and will strive to avoid behaving in
ways that are not acceptable in a particular cultural
context. However, when the tradition or practice is
considered by the relevant organ of the UN to be
directly contrary to an international human rights
instrument or standard, we will be guided by the
applicable human rights instrument or standard.
4
COMMITMENT TO THE
UNHCR CODE OF CONDUCT
As a staff member of UNHCR, I commit myself to:
1. Treat all refugees and other persons of concern
fairly, and with respect and dignity.
I will always seek to understand the difficult
experiences that refugees and other persons of concern
to UNHCR have faced and survived, as well as the
disadvantaged position in which they – particularly on
the basis of gender, age or disability – may find
themselves in relation to those who hold power or
influence over aspects of their lives.
I will always seek to care for and protect the rights of
children, and act in a manner that ensures that their
best interests shall be the paramount consideration.
If my job involves direct work with refugees or other
persons of concern, I will meet with them regularly, in
order to fully understand their experiences and needs,
and to explain the role of UNHCR and the scope of its
work.
I will keep myself informed about UNHCR's policies,
objectives and activities and about refugee concerns,
and will do my utmost to support the Office’s
protection and assistance work.
5
2. Uphold the integrity of UNHCR, by ensuring that
my personal and professional conduct is, and is seen
to be, of the highest standard.
I will demonstrate integrity, truthfulness, dedication
and honesty in my actions. I will be patient, respectful
and courteous to all persons with whom I deal in an
official capacity, including refugees and other persons
of concern, representatives of operational and
implementing partners, governments and donors.
I will observe local laws, will meet all my private legal
and financial obligations, and will not seek to take
personal advantage of any privileges or immunities
that have been conferred on me in the interest of the
UN. I will do my utmost to ensure that the conduct of
members of my household does not reflect
unfavourably on the integrity of UNHCR.
3. Perform my official duties and conduct my
private affairs in a manner that avoids conflicts of
interest, thereby preserving and enhancing public
confidence in UNHCR.
My actions will be free of any consideration of
personal gain. I will resist any undue political pressure
in decision making. I will neither seek nor accept
instructions regarding performance of my duties from
any government, my national authorities, or from an
authority external to the UN.
In accordance with Staff Regulations and Rules, I will
not accept any honour, decoration, favour gift,
remuneration, from any government; nor will I accept
these from any other source external to the UN
6
without prior authorization. I will not engage in any
outside occupation or employment without prior
authorization. I will not accept supplementary
payments or subsidies from a government or any other
source, or participate in certain political activities such
as standing for or holding public office.
I will avoid assisting private persons or companies in
their undertakings with UNHCR where this might lead
to actual or perceived preferential treatment. I will
never participate in activities related to procurement of
goods or services, or in human resource activities,
where a conflict of interests may arise.
4. Contribute to building a harmonious workplace
based on team spirit, mutual respect and
understanding.
I will show respect to all colleagues, regardless of
status or position, and will allow all colleagues the
opportunity to have their views heard, and to
contribute from their knowledge and experience to
team efforts. I will communicate openly and share
relevant information (subject to confidentiality) with
other colleagues, and will endeavour to respond in a
timely manner to queries.
I will respect my colleagues' privacy, and avoid
misinformation. I will seek to resolve differences and
solve problems when they arise. I will contribute to
building constructive dialogue, guided by mutual
respect and an open, positive approach, between
management and staff representatives.
7
As a manager/supervisor I will be open to the views of
all team members. I will provide timely feedback on
the performance of each team member through
guidance, motivation and full recognition of their
merits.
5. Promote the safety, health and welfare of all
UNHCR staff as a necessary condition for effective
and consistent performance.
I will remain aware of and comply with all instructions
designed to protect my health, welfare and safety. I
will always consider the safety of staff in operational
decisions. If I have doubts regarding an instruction
that I consider threatening to my safety or the safety of
other persons, I will bring this immediately to the
attention of my supervisor.
As a manager/supervisor, I will endeavour to ensure
that the health and well-being of staff and their
families are not subjected to undue risk. I will promote
a healthy work-life balance for staff, and will respect
staff entitlements.
6. Safeguard and make responsible use of the
information and resources to which I have access by
reason of my employment with UNHCR.
I will exercise due care in all matters of official
business, and not divulge any confidential information
about refugees, colleagues and other work-related
matters in accordance with the Staff Regulations and
Rules and current guidelines.
8
I will protect, manage and utilize UNHCR human,
financial and material resources efficiently and
effectively, bearing in mind that these resources have
been placed at UNHCR’s disposal for the benefit of
refugees and other persons of concern.
7. Prevent, oppose and combat all exploitation and
abuse of refugees and other persons of concern.
I undertake not to abuse the power and influence that I
have by virtue of my position over the lives and wellbeing of refugees and other persons of concern.
I will never request any service or favour from
refugees or other persons of concern in return for
protection or assistance. I will never engage in any
exploitative relationships – sexual, emotional,
financial or employment-related – with refugees or
other persons of concern.
Should I find myself in such a relationship with a
beneficiary that I consider non-exploitative and
consensual, I will report this to my supervisor for
appropriate guidance in the knowledge that this matter
will be treated with due discretion. I understand that
both my supervisor and I have available to us normal
consultative and recourse mechanisms on these issues.
I will act responsibly when hiring or otherwise
engaging refugees or other persons of concern for
private services. I will report in writing on the nature
and conditions of this employment to my supervisor.
9
8. Refrain from any involvement in criminal or
unethical activities, activities that contravene human
rights, or activities that compromise the image and
interests of UNHCR.
I will neither support nor take part in any form of
illegal, exploitative or abusive activities, including, for
example, child labour, and trafficking of human beings
and commodities.
As UNHCR is committed to the highest standards of
protection and care for children, I am aware that I am
expected not to engage in sexual activities with any
person under the age of 18 years. (Further guidance is
given in the Notes to this Code of Conduct - see
pg.33).
9. Refrain from any form of harassment,
discrimination, physical or verbal abuse, intimidation
or favouritism in the workplace.
I will not engage in or tolerate any form of harassment
in the workplace, including sexual harassment and
abuse of power.
As a manager/supervisor, I will not solicit favours,
loans or gifts from staff, nor will I accept unsolicited
ones that are of more than token value.
I recognize that there is an inherent conflict of interest
and potential abuse of power in having sexual relations
with staff under my supervision. Should I find myself
in such a relationship, I will resolve this conflict of
interest without delay.
10
NOTES ON THE CODE
Why a Code of Conduct?
In 1954 the United Nations International Civil Service
Advisory Board established Standards of Conduct in
the International Civil Service which were intended to
contribute to improved understanding of the status and
obligations of international civil servants. In 2001, the
International Civil Service Commission adopted,
revised and updated Standards of Conduct for the
International Civil Service which were welcomed by
the General Assembly in its Resolution 56/244. While
this is a document applicable to UNHCR staff, it has
been recognized that some aspects of UNHCR's work
require the highlighting of additional types of
behaviour.
In addition, the Office of the Inspector General has in
its regular inspections of UNHCR activities identified
the need for a UNHCR-specific code of conduct to
address some of the most frequently identified issues
about which UNHCR staff should concern themselves.
Parallel processes such as the development of a policy
on harassment; greater attention to the importance of a
work/life balance; the concern for the health, welfare
and safety of staff; and the increasing desire for more
consistent and effective performance management in
UNHCR have suggested that a UNHCR-specific code
would contribute to a positive organizational culture in
the Office. Periodic incidents which have come to
light through media or evaluation reports have
confirmed that a Code of Conduct could add value and
provide guidance to staff in addition to that set out in
11
the Staff Rules and Regulations and in the Standards
of Conduct. An administrative instructions
communicated promulgated by the Secretary-General*
concerning protection from sexual exploitation and
abuse further enhances the standard of conduct for UN
personnel. Work on the UNHCR Code began in 2000
and was accelerated in mid-2002 after a highly
publicized incident relating to the alleged sexual
misconduct of humanitarian staff and the subsequent
recommendations of the Inter-Agency Standing
Committee (IASC) which urged all humanitarian
agencies to develop agency-specific codes of conduct.
Some may still ask: Why have a new set of standards
if we already have Staff Regulations and Rules? The
Code is not meant to replace these. It reinforces them
by offering more detailed guidance and advice on how
to handle financial, physical and emotional
relationships, not only between ourselves and the
people we serve, but also among ourselves. At this
juncture it is to be recalled that the Staff Regulations
and Rules and other administrative issuances remain
the only legally binding instruments that determines
acceptable or non-acceptable conduct.
This Code explains the key values and standards of
behaviour that we are expected to observe under the
United Nations Charter and the Staff Regulations and
Rules. The Code’s Core Values and Guiding
Principles are meant to help UNHCR staff deal with
ethical and moral dilemmas linked to their
___________
*
ST/SGB/2003/13, Special Measures for Protection from Sexual
Exploitation and Sexual Abuse, (IOM-FOM/77/2003).
12
professional lives, and also, at times to their private
lives. It advises on issues, such as how to build a
harmonious workplace environment, and on staff
welfare, health and safety. Accordingly, the Code of
Conduct is designed to foster an organizational culture
to which UNHCR staff can be proud to belong, and to
help staff understand the kinds of behaviour that are
considered abusive or exploitative, no matter whether
this behaviour stems from conscious misconduct or
ignorance. It essentially spells out what is and what is
not acceptable for any person working for UNHCR.
There are moments when being in control of scarce
humanitarian resources vests us with enormous power.
Needless to say, the behaviour and professionalism of
most UNHCR staff is exemplary, but staff do
recognize that the abuse of power is possible. Such
abuse hurts not only the people we serve, but also
damages UNHCR’s image, our reputation and
ultimately the morale of our staff.
To whom does the Code apply?
The Code is for all UNHCR staff, and its guiding
principles should also be adhered to by persons
holding a UNHCR consultant or independent
contractor contract, UNVs, interns and other
individuals working for UNHCR. The Code is an
attempt to clarify what types of behaviour are
appropriate, particularly in situations where difficult
choices need to be made. It should be useful to all
whose conduct matters to the people we serve, and to
those in the outside world who care about the quality
of our work. Managers at all levels have a particular
13
responsibility for making sure that those who answer
to them are familiar with the Code, and for helping to
promote the honouring of its provisions. Managers,
who are expected to set an example, are also
responsible for communicating the Code’s principles
to those with whom we work, no matter how tenuous
or short-term their relationship with UNHCR may be.
Managers must further make sure that the people we
serve - the beneficiaries - know about our Code of
Conduct, and that they have the opportunity to report
breaches of the Code without fear of reprisal.
UNHCR recognizes that the majority of staff are
dedicated and loyal, and act in ways totally consistent
with the values and principles described in the Code.
Therefore, the introduction of the Code should not be
taken as a sign of mistrust or criticism of existing staff.
Is the Code legally binding and do we have to sign
it?
The Code does not have the force of law. It is simply a
guide to the kind of professional and personal
behaviour which is expected of all staff. However,
failure to comply with the Code may amount to
misconduct, if by any action or omission, the staff
member has violated a Staff Regulation or Rule,
taking into account all the circumstances of the case.
The High Commissioner wants every UNHCR staff
member to read and sign the Code, and this has
become a condition of recruitment as of 15 October
2002. Signature of the Code is not a legal
commitment. It simply confirms the fact that we have
read and understood that we are expected to live up to
14
the standards of behaviour described in the text. The
signature is without prejudice to our rights as a staff
member.
Those staff already employed by UNHCR at the time
of the Code’s introduction who did not wish to sign
were asked to give the reason for this in writing. It
should be pointed out that UNHCR has to monitor
implementation. By providing a written explanation,
staff have an opportunity to highlight their concerns.
Why the Notes on the Code?
The Code is written in a declarative manner and does
not always provide sufficient elaboration. These
explanatory notes are intended to walk the reader stepby-step through the various provisions of the Code in
order to help UNHCR staff understand the Code’s
purpose and make it easier for them to adhere to it in
everyday situations. UNHCR has also developed a
“Facilitator’s Guide” which should be used to
facilitate group sessions in the workplace, in order to
give staff an opportunity to better understand the
provisions of the Code and clarify, amongst
themselves, its implications for personal behaviour.
Managers have a special responsibility to disseminate
information. This is strongly emphasized and guidance
is available through the UNHCR Code of Conduct
“Guidelines for Managers”*.
___________
*
IOM-FOM/06/2004.
15
PRINCIPLE 1*
Treat all refugees and other persons of
concern fairly, and with respect and dignity
1. Treating beneficiaries with “respect and dignity” is
our basic obligation. Behaviour or comments by any
UNHCR staff member that degrade a beneficiary or
beneficiaries are totally unacceptable, no matter
whether the beneficiaries are present or not.
2. Fair treatment of beneficiaries requires staff
members to avoid taking sides or to be seen as
favouring any one individual or group. Staff members
should not be identified with any causes other than
that which UNHCR represents. This is important for
all staff irrespective of status or position.
3. By definition, UNHCR’s beneficiaries lack the
protection they previously enjoyed in their country,
community and family. In many situations, children
and certain groups of women are especially at risk. By
understanding the specific situations of women, men,
girls and boys in a beneficiary community, we can
better protect them. UNHCR already has welldeveloped guidelines on the appropriate treatment of
refugee children and refugee women. Staff should
make themselves familiar with these guidelines and at
all times recognize the special needs of each of these
___________
*
Regulation 1.2 (a) (b), (e)
Rules 101.2 (d), paras 1, 2, 3, 4, 31, 38
16
groups and act in their best interests.
4. It is vital that staff see the people we serve as
human beings rather than “individual cases”,
“populations”,
or
“caseloads.”
Impersonal,
bureaucratic terms breed a bureaucratic approach. As
humanitarian staff we need to empathize with the
people we serve and understand their situation. Direct
conversations with people, individually or in a small
group, can help us “put a human face” on complex
problems.
5. Staff should make every effort to communicate
directly with beneficiaries even when our work does
not normally involve direct contact with them. Staff
who are directly responsible for protection and
assistance to beneficiaries - including senior managers
- are expected to visit places where they live and talk
to them on a regular basis. Staff should balance the
demands of office work and official meetings with the
need to take time to keep in contact with the people we
serve.
6. UNHCR work can be very stressful, especially
when resources are scarce. Beneficiaries’ demands in
these situations can give us a sense of discomfort.
Staff should listen to their concerns and try and
involve them in finding a solution. In doing so, we
should be wary of individuals or groups who may seek
to exploit or control resources to the detriment of the
beneficiaries or particular groups of beneficiaries.
Special care should be taken in sectors where staff
control decisions relating to refugee status
17
determination, resettlement and the provision of
assistance.
7. Less-experienced staff in UNHCR often find
themselves in frontline field locations, frequently
without the benefit of team support close by. These
colleagues are viewed by beneficiaries and by the
public as the representatives of UNHCR. The
vulnerability of such staff to stress and insecurity,
which aggravates the lack of experience, can place
such staff in difficult positions. Supervisors should be
aware of these pressures and more experienced staff
should provide adequate guidance and support.
UNHCR staff should be well-informed about the
policy priorities of UNHCR and the guidelines
associated with these policies. Supervisors are
responsible for giving guidance in this regard and,
more generally, for coaching and guiding lessexperienced staff in performing their functions.
18
PRINCIPLE 2*
Uphold the integrity of UNHCR by ensuring
that my personal and professional conduct is,
and is seen to be, of the highest standard
1. To a large extent, the integrity of UNHCR depends
on the integrity of its staff members. By integrity, we
mean the overall personal and professional behaviour
of our staff. This includes honesty, truthfulness and
loyalty to the Office.
2.UNHCR staff should avoid criticizing our partner
agencies and other UN organizations in public. In case
of any problems with our partners, we should
endeavour to seek resolution directly and if the issue
persists, refer the matter to HQ. The ultimate victims
of public disputes between humanitarian agencies are
often the beneficiaries.
3.The privileges and immunities that we enjoy as staff
members of the UN are conferred upon us solely in the
interest of the Organization. They do not exempt us
from observing local laws or provide an excuse for
ignoring private legal or financial obligations.
Honouring our private obligations is a matter of
integrity and honesty. Failure to do so may be treated
as a disciplinary matter under the Staff Regulations
and Rules. For example, diplomatic immunity that
comes with our position as UN officials is not a reason
for ignoring our personal legal obligations such as
___________
*
Regulations 1.1 (f), 1.2 (a) (b)
Rules 101.2 (c), 103, 18 (b) (iii), Paras 36, 38-40
19
respect for local traffic regulations, alimony payments
and repayment of debts.
4. Even though nobody should be telling adults how to
manage their private lives, including personal
relationships, we should not forget that whatever we
do outside our homes may become the object of public
scrutiny. In general, staff should not implicate
UNHCR in any way by frequenting locations or
undertaking activities that verge on illegality. Staff are
expected to show respect for the local practices and
customs of the host government. Additional caution is
required while serving in small duty stations where
anonymity of a UN official in practice does not exist.
5. In principle, UNHCR has no right to interfere with
the private lives of staff members. However, in many
parts of the world our family members enjoy
privileges and immunities and are regarded by the
public as “unofficial ambassadors”. This is why we
should do our utmost to ensure that members of our
household know the importance of maintaining high
standards of personal conduct.
20
PRINCIPLE 3*
Perform my official duties and conduct my
private affairs in a manner that avoids
conflicts of interest, thereby preserving and
enhancing public confidence in UNHCR
1. The use of one’s office or position in UNHCR for
personal gain is unacceptable and unprofessional.
Conducting private business from a UNHCR office, or
using UNHCR facilities for private business, also
constitutes unacceptable behaviour.
2. At the time of joining UNHCR, we all specifically
pledge not to seek or accept instructions in regard to
the performance of our duties from any government or
other authority external to the UN. This does not, of
course, affect contacts of staff at the appropriate level
with government officials which help good relations
with Member States, and which contribute to trust and
confidence in UNHCR and promote its interests.
3. Staff must avoid accepting any honour, decoration,
favour, gift or remuneration from any government.
When this is unavoidable, however, we must be
extremely careful not to accept gifts of value which
might constitute a real or apparent attempt to influence
our decisions or actions.
4. The primary professional obligation of a staff
member is to devote our energies and capacity fully to
___________
*
Regulations 1.2 (e) (f) (g) (h) (k) (m) (n) (q), 1.3 (b)
Rule 101.2 (i) (j) (k) (m) (p) (q), paras 8, 12, 21, 22, 41-47
21
the work of UNHCR. In addition, outside activities
have to be compatible with the staff member’s status
as an international civil servant. Therefore prior
authorization must be sought before engaging in any
outside activity in order to ensure that there is no
conflict of interest.
5. In general, UNHCR staff must not accept payments
or other subsidies from a government or any other
source. If there is any doubt, it is the responsibility of
staff members to seek advice from the Human
Resources Service.
6. While UNHCR staff retain the right to vote, we may
not run for or hold local or national political office.
UNHCR staff must exercise discretion in their support
for a political party or campaign. We should never
accept or solicit funds for political purposes, write
articles or make campaign-related public statements.
Staff may, however, participate in local community or
civic activities, provided that this is consistent with
our solemn declaration made when entering the
services of the UN.
7. Staff who manage decisions related to refugee status
determination,
resettlement,
assistance
and
procurement may be subject to pressures or offers
which involve dishonest practices. Those of us in such
situations must be particularly careful to act, and be
seen to act, with the utmost transparency and integrity.
In case of any doubt, we should consult our supervisor
to seek guidance.
22
PRINCIPLE 4*
Contribute to building a harmonious
workplace based on team spirit, mutual
respect and understanding
1. All managers and staff are responsible for building a
teamwork environment. Politeness, respect, tolerance,
and moderation should be the norm.
Good
performance is not only about how quickly and
efficiently we perform our tasks but also about how
well we interact with others. Insulting conduct is
inexcusable even if the colleague who behaves in that
manner is otherwise considered by many to be an
efficient worker. In light of the diverse backgrounds,
cultures and experiences of UNHCR staff, we should
take extra care to respect our colleagues. Lack of
communication, personality differences, and lack of
empathy, i.e. the inability or unwillingness to see other
colleagues’ points of view can have a serious negative
impact on the work environment. Team spirit means
transparency in decision-making and is fostered by
staff taking a positive and optimistic approach to their
work.
2. An adversarial office environment not only stifles
ideas, initiative, and creativity; it also harms UNHCR.
It often leads to absenteeism, low productivity, and
low morale. There must be trust and open dialogue
between management and other staff. Elected staff
representatives in their statutory role should be
___________
*
Regulations 1.2 (a) (b), 8.1, 8.2
Rules 101.2 (d) (e) (i), 108.1, 108.2, paras 6, 14, 15-19, 26-28
23
protected against
treatment.
discriminatory
or
prejudicial
3. There is often a fine line between poor managerial
practices and the issues of conduct covered by this
Code. Accordingly, managers not only have a
particular responsibility for, but can also have
significant influence in fostering a harmonious
workplace. Managers should be open to all views,
including those of their junior staff, particularly when
those views are opposed to their own. Managers are
expected to set a good example.
24
PRINCIPLE 5*
Promote the safety, health and welfare of all
UNHCR staff as a necessary condition for
effective and consistent performance
1. UNHCR as an institution is responsible for the
safety and welfare of its staff. Staff should strictly
observe safety and security instructions and
demonstrate responsible behaviour that minimizes
risks for themselves and others.
2. Staff should follow instructions relating to security
and safety issued internally by UNHCR as well as
those issued by the United Nations Designated Official
for security matters. If staff members have doubts as to
whether an instruction threatens their own safety or
that of others they should first consult their supervisor.
Staff members have, in exceptional circumstances, the
right to refrain from executing instructions in the
following situations:
a) Where the instruction is in breach of existing
UNHCR and UN security policies and regulations;
b) Where the staff member has reasonable grounds to
believe that carrying out specific instructions will
expose him/her or others to unnecessary risks.
Where there is such a difference in views, staff are
advised to put their concern in writing and if they
wish, to consult the higher level supervisor.
___________
*
Regulations 1.2 (c), 6.2
Rules 101.2 (b), 104.16, 105.1, 105.3, 106.2, 106.3, 106.4, 107.24, para 37
25
A supervisor who gives instructions that involve a
potential for high risk to safety and security, should be
held liable and accountable.
3. A reasonable work/life balance is essential to
maintain productivity at work. This includes using
various entitlements designed to allow staff to rest and
recuperate. Managers are expected to encourage staff
to use such entitlements. Staff should avoid the
abusive use of alcohol and drugs. A reduced level of
physical and mental fitness can also have implications
on the safety of staff.
26
PRINCIPLE 6*
Safeguard and make responsible use of
the information and resources to which I
have access by reason of my employment
with UNHCR
1. Disclosure of sensitive or confidential information
without authorization may seriously jeopardize the
efficiency and credibility of UNHCR and its staff, and
endanger beneficiaries. This includes, but is not
restricted to, contacts with the media. It is understood
that these provisions do not affect established
procedures governing the exchange of information
between UNHCR, on the one hand, and government
representatives, national authorities, NGOs, donors etc
on the other.
2. We are all responsible for the resources entrusted to
us by UNHCR and we must be able to account for
every penny spent on UNHCR’s behalf and every
decision we take, be this in human resources or in
financial matters. Being careless with human, financial
and material resources is incompatible with honesty
and professional integrity. Staff should be careful not
to allow private interests to impact on their work
duties. UNHCR recognizes that certain activities of a
personal nature can only reasonably be undertaken in
working hours. Many staff also face the reality of
official tasks impacting on “after-hours” personal
time. What is important here is that staff maintain a
___________
*
Regulations 1.1 (b), 1.2 (d) (f) (g) (i) (m) (n)
Rules 101.2 (f) (g) (h), 105.2(iv), 112.3, paras 31, 34, 35
27
reasonable balance and that supervisors give
reasonable guidance, at all times keeping the
requirements of the Office and the staff members’
right to a work/life balance in mind. Within this
context, staff should not, for example: misuse office
assets; use an official vehicle for private purposes
without authorization; perform excessive and
unreasonable private business during working time;
use office equipment for private purposes; and have
staff or official contractors provide unremunerated
private services.
28
PRINCIPLE 7*
Prevent, oppose and combat all
exploitation and abuse of refugees and
other persons of concern
1. Having at our disposal scarce humanitarian
resources puts us in a position of power vis-à-vis the
people whose survival may depend on our assistance.
That power must never be abused. Requesting favours
or accepting bribes or offers of favours in exchange
for protection or aid is totally unacceptable.
2. Unequal power relationships generally exist
between UNHCR staff and beneficiaries. We therefore
have to keep in mind that sexual, emotional, financial
or employment relationships between staff and
beneficiaries, even if we ourselves see them as
consensual and non-exploitative, could be perceived
by others in the humanitarian community and the
public as an abuse of power and trust, or as a conflict
of interest. According to a Secretary-General’s
Bulletin from 2003,** sexual relationships with
beneficiaries undermine the credibility and integrity of
the work of the UN and are strongly discouraged.
Where there is any doubt, it is in the interests of staff
to discuss these relationships with the supervisor.
Where supervisors are consulted, it is expected that
___________
*
Regulations 1.1 (d), 1.2 (a) (b) (e) (l)
Rule 101.2 (i) (j), paras 22, 38
**
Secretary-General’s bulletin – ST/SGB/2003/13 (para 3.2 (c).
IOM-FOM/77/2003.
29
they will respect confidentiality and treat sensitive
matters with discretion. Staff and supervisors can also
avail themselves of the normal consultative options
such as the Staff Welfare Section, Staff Council and
Staff Associations. In case of disagreement staff may
resort to recourse options such as the Mediator.
3. Staff who hire beneficiaries for private services,
such as housekeeping, must be aware that they may be
seen as abusing their economic power or favouring
certain individuals. In some places where we work, the
economic gap between us and the people we serve is
so huge that any association with us could be seen as a
privilege and a position of advantage. On the other
hand, working as a private employee for a staff
member is sometimes the only possible source of
income for a refugee and his/her family. This means
that we must do all we can to avoid that this is
perceived as an abuse of our power and/or as
favouring those whom we employ. One rule of thumb
would be to ensure that conditions of employment are
no worse than locally accepted norms whether
governed by local law or not. Reporting to, or
discussing the existence of such an employment
relationship with our supervisor is a step intended to
establish clarity in what could otherwise become an
ethically ambiguous situation.
4. Sexual exploitation and sexual abuse violate
universally recognized international legal norms and
standards and as such have always been unacceptable
behaviour and prohibited conduct for UNHCR staff.
Specific standards that reiterate these existing general
obligations under the rules and obligations have been
promulgated. Degrading or exploitative behaviour
30
such as exchange of money, employment, goods or
services for sex or sexual favours, or other forms of
humiliation are prohibited to UNHCR staff or any
other UN Personnel. This includes any exchange of
assistance that is due to beneficiaries of assistance.
31
PRINCIPLE 8*
Refrain from any involvement in criminal or
unethical activities, activities that contravene
human rights, or activities that compromise
the image and interests of UNHCR
1. No staff member of integrity will engage or support
any illegal, exploitative, abusive or unethical activities
that violate human dignity or contravene UN
resolutions or international human rights standards. It
does not matter whether such activities are carried out
within UNHCR premises or using UNHCR assets, or
whether this appears to be common practice within the
community where we work or tolerated by the local
police or judicial system.
2. Sexual exploitation and abuse, constitute acts of
serious misconduct and are therefore grounds for
disciplinary measures, including summary dismissal.**
Any concerns or suspicions regarding sexual
exploitation or sexual abuse by a fellow worker,
regardless whether in the same agency or not and
whether or not within the UN system, must be
reported through the established mechanisms. Also
please refer to IOM-65/FOM-65/2003, “The role and
function of the Inspector General’s Office” which
defines the reporting lines and procedures for such
concerns if they are related to UNHCR personnel.
___________
*
Regulations 1.1 (d), 1.2 (a) (b) (e)
Rule 101.2 (c), paras 36, 38, 40
**
ST/SGB/2003/13 Special Measures for Protection from Sexual
Exploitation and Sexual Abuse.
32
3. Our private lives should remain private. UNHCR
has no business regulating our private conduct, unless
it is illegal under local law or has negative impact on
our work or the people whom we serve.
4. According to paragraph 3.2.(b) of the SecretaryGeneral’s Bulletin ST/SGB/2003/13 of 9 October
2003, sexual activity with children (persons under 18)
is prohibited regardless of the age of majority or age of
consent locally. Mistaken belief in the age of a child is
not a defence. However, according to paragraph 4.4 of
the Bulletin, this does not apply where a staff member
is legally married to someone who is under the age of
18 but over the age of majority or consent in their
country of citizenship.
5. According to paragraph 3(c) of the same Bulletin,
the exchange of money, employment, goods or
services for sex or sexual favours or other forms of
humiliating, degrading or exploitative behaviour, is
prohibited. This includes prostitution.
33
PRINCIPLE 9*
Refrain from any form of harassment,
discrimination, physical or verbal abuse,
intimidation or favouritism in the workplace
1. Discrimination and harassment have a negative
effect on the workplace environment, the career and
well-being of staff. Discrimination, harassment, or
bullying (mobbing) on the grounds of race, gender,
religion, colour, national or ethnic origin, language,
marital status, sexual orientation, age, socio-economic
status, disability, political conviction, hierarchy within
UNHCR or any other distinguishing feature, must not
be tolerated. Harassment can take many forms. It can
be physical, verbal, visual or written (including
electronic media such as e-mails). It can also be one
incident or a series of incidents and can occur at work
or during non-working hours. Harassment typically
involves a person in a position of power or authority
as the initiator, but it should be recognized that staff in
subordinate or equal positions may also be initiators.
Staff, either singly or as a group, may be victims of or
perpetrators of harassment.
2. UN staff are obliged to create and maintain an
environment that prevents sexual exploitation and
sexual abuse. Managers, at all levels, have a particular
responsibility to support and develop systems that
__________
*
Regulations 1.1 (d), 1.2 (a) (b) (l)
Rule 101.2 (d) (i) (j), 104.10 (c) (d), paras 16, 20
34
maintain this environment. Moreover, they have a
special obligation in the workplace to uphold the
highest standards of conduct, free of intimidation and
personal favouritism because of their authority, and its
inherent danger of abuse. The traditional respect of
hierarchical structure within UNHCR creates a greater
risk that this authority might be abused consciously or
unconsciously. The solicitation or acceptance of
favours, loans, or gifts of substantial value by
managers from colleagues with whom they work
would be improper.
3.A consensual sexual and/or romantic relationship
with a work colleague may not cause harm to either
party and may not have detrimental professional
consequences. However, staff in supervisory or
positions of authority should be aware of the
difficulties that may arise and the possible negative
perception of other staff when they enter into such a
relationship with subordinates. Difficulties may arise
in relation to: maintaining proper boundaries between
professional and personal life, exhibiting bias in
performance assessments, compromising on correct
professional decisions or negatively impacting team
relationships in the working environment. It may be
particularly difficult to convince other staff that their
colleague has not been favoured because of the
relationship. This applies not only to direct supervisorstaff member relationships, but also to relationships
for example between the head of a field office and all
staff serving in that office.
4.For these reasons, staff who find themselves in, or
entering into, such a relationship have to resolve this
conflict without delay. This means that they either
35
must not pursue the relationship or else inform their
supervisor of the situation. The supervisor will then
advise the staff member whether or not she/he should
seek a new assignment or a transfer with a view to
removing the power or hierarchical relationship
between the two staff members concerned. Staff and
supervisors can also avail themselves of the normal
consultative options such as the Staff Welfare Section,
Staff Council and Staff Associations.
36
SECRETARY-GENERAL’S BULLETIN
Special measures for protection from sexual
exploitation and sexual abuse
SGB/2003/13
9 October 2003
The Secretary-General, for the purpose of preventing
and addressing cases of sexual exploitation and sexual
abuse, and taking into consideration General
Assembly resolution 57/306 of 15 April 2003,
“Investigation into sexual exploitation of refugees by
aid workers in West Africa”, promulgates the
following in consultation with Executive Heads of
separately administered organs and programmes of the
United Nations:
Section 1: Definitions
For the purposes of the present bulletin, the term
“sexual exploitation” means any actual or attempted
abuse of a position of vulnerability, differential power,
or trust, for sexual purposes, including, but not limited
to, profiting monetarily, socially or politically from the
sexual exploitation of another. Similarly, the term
“sexual abuse” means the actual or threatened physical
intrusion of a sexual nature, whether by force or under
unequal or coercive conditions.
Section 2: Scope of application
2.1 The present bulletin shall apply to all staff of the
United Nations, including staff of separately
37
administered organs and programmes of the United
Nations.
2.2 United Nations forces conducting operations
under United Nations command and control are
prohibited from committing acts of sexual exploitation
and sexual abuse, and have a particular duty of care
towards women and children, pursuant to section 7 of
Secretary-General’s bulletin ST/SGB/1999/13, entitled
“Observance by United Nations forces of international
humanitarian law”.
2.3 Secretary-General’s
bulletin
ST/SGB/253,
entitled “Promotion of equal treatment of men and
women in the Secretariat and prevention of sexual
harassment”, and the related administrative
instruction* set forth policies and procedures for
handling cases of sexual harassment in the Secretariat
of the United Nations. Separately administered organs
and programmes of the United Nations have
promulgated similar policies and procedures.
Section 3: Prohibition of sexual exploitation and
sexual abuse
3.1 Sexual exploitation and sexual abuse violate
universally recognized international legal norms and
standards and have always been unacceptable
behaviour and prohibited conduct for United Nations
staff. Such conduct is prohibited by the United Nations
Staff Regulations and Rules.
__________
*
Currently ST/AI/379 entitled “Procedures for dealing with sexual
harassment”.
38
3.2 In order to further protect the most vulnerable
populations, especially women and children, the
following specific standards which reiterate existing
general obligations under the United Nations Staff
Regulations and Rules, are promulgated:
(a) Sexual exploitation and sexual abuse constitute
acts of serious misconduct and are therefore grounds
for disciplinary measures, including summary
dismissal;
(b) Sexual activity with children (persons under the
age of 18) is prohibited regardless of the age of
majority or age of consent locally. Mistaken belief in
the age of a child is not a defence;
(c) Exchange of money, employment, goods or
services for sex, including sexual favours or other
forms of humiliating, degrading or exploitative
behaviour, is prohibited. This includes any exchange
of assistance that is due to beneficiaries of assistance;
(d) Sexual relationships between United Nations staff
and beneficiaries of assistance, since they are based on
inherently unequal power dynamics, undermine the
credibility and integrity of the work of the United
Nations and are strongly discouraged;
(e) Where a United Nations staff member develops
concerns or suspicions regarding sexual exploitation or
sexual abuse by a fellow worker, whether in the same
agency or not and whether or not within the United
Nations system, he or she must report such concerns
via established reporting mechanisms;
39
(f) United Nations staff are obliged to create and
maintain an environment that prevents sexual
exploitation and sexual abuse. Managers at all levels
have a particular responsibility to support and develop
systems that maintain this environment.
3.3 The standards set out above are not intended to be
an exhaustive list. Other types of sexually exploitive
or sexually abusive behaviour may be grounds for
administrative action or disciplinary measures,
including summary dismissal, pursuant to the United
Nations Staff Regulations and Rules.
Section 4: Duties of Heads of Departments, Offices
and Missions
4.1 The Head of Department, Office or Mission, as
appropriate, shall be responsible for creating and
maintaining an environment that prevents sexual
exploitation and sexual abuse, and shall take
appropriate measures for this purpose. In particular,
the Head of Department, Office or Mission shall
inform his or her staff of the contents of the present
bulletin and ascertain that each staff member receives
a copy.
4.2 The Head of Department, Office or Mission shall
be responsible for taking appropriate action in cases
where there is reason to believe that any of the
standards listed in section 3.2 above have been
violated or any behaviour referred to in section 3.3
above has occurred. This action shall be taken in
accordance with established rules and procedures for
dealing with cases of staff misconduct.
40
4.3 The Head of Department, Office or Mission shall
appoint an official, at a sufficiently high level, to serve
as a focal point for receiving reports on cases of sexual
exploitation and sexual abuse. With respect to
Missions, the staff of the Mission and the local
population shall be properly informed of the existence
and role of the focal point and of how to contact him
or her. All reports of sexual exploitation and sexual
abuse shall be handled in a confidential manner in
order to protect the rights of all involved. However,
such reports may be used, where necessary, for action
taken pursuant to section 4.2 above.
4.4 The Head of Department, Office or Mission shall
not apply the standard prescribed in section 3.2 (b),
where a staff member is legally married to someone
under the age of 18 but over the age of majority or
consent in their country of citizenship.
4.5 The Head of Department, Office or Mission may
use his or her discretion in applying the standard
prescribed in section 3.2 (d), where beneficiaries of
assistance are over the age of 18 and the circumstances
of the case justify an exception.
4.6 The Head of Department, Office or Mission shall
promptly inform the Department of Management of its
investigations into cases of sexual exploitation and
sexual abuse, and the actions it has taken as a result of
such investigations.
Section 5: Referral to national authorities
If, after proper investigation, there is evidence to
support allegations of sexual exploitation or sexual
41
abuse, these cases may, upon consultation with the
Office of Legal Affairs, be referred to national
authorities for criminal prosecution.
Section 6: Cooperative arrangements with nonUnited Nations entities or individuals
6.1 When entering into cooperative arrangements
with non-United Nations entities or individuals,
relevant United Nations officials shall inform those
entities or individuals of the standards of conduct
listed in section 3, and shall receive a written
undertaking from those entities or individuals that they
accept these standards.
6.2 The failure of those entities or individuals to take
preventive measures against sexual exploitation or
sexual abuse, to investigate allegations thereof, or to
take corrective action when sexual exploitation or
sexual abuse has occurred, shall constitute grounds for
termination of any cooperative arrangement with the
United Nations.
Section 7: Entry into force
The present bulletin shall enter into force on 15
October 2003.
(Signed) Kofi A. Annan
Secretary-General
42
ANNEX G, RFP/2014/602
Business Case Scenarios
for
Quality Control Process and Inspection Report Standard
UNHCR has created 8 case scenarios based on which you are required to provide a complete
pre-delivery and loading inspection reports per Purchase Order (for all the 8 Purchase Orders).
The scenarios provide quantities of products that would be purchased, products to be
inspected, factory and loading locations and countries of destination. Based on this
information you are required to further develop the case scenario, assuming that you are
making pre-delivery and loading inspections at each of the factories. Based on your past
experience of these products you are invited to make assumptions of the different situations
that you will encounter during the process, including the assumption of quality discrepancies
found in a percentage of the samples that you have inspected and any other irregularities that
make the case look real.
Following your developed scenarios, you are invited to provide a complete pre-delivery and
loading inspection reports. These should include any additional any additional processes that
you consider relevant.
Your report should include, among others, sample size, sampling criteria, acceptance criteria,
number of discrepancies, inspection tools used, number of days per inspection, number of
staff provided by the inspection company to carry out the job, number of staff that your
company assumes that factory will provide to support the pre-delivery and loading inspection
processes, assumptions on communications and coordination between the inspector, your
Headquarters and UNHCR, description of staff responsibilities, communication and
coordination with the factories and any other relevant information that you would like to
include for each case scenario.
Case Scenarios
1) Purchase Order Number: 223344
Product: Plastic Tarpaulin with eyelets (sheet 4x5 m) – Item No. 02617
Consignment size: 80,000 pieces
Page 1 of 3
ANNEX G, RFP/2014/602
Factory Location: Belgium
Ship to Location: Dubai
2) Purchase Order Number: 001122
Product: Kitchen Sets Type B – Item No. 02040
Consignment size: 25,000 kitchen sets
Factory Location: India
Ship to Location: Khartoum
3) Purchase Order Number: 334455
Service: Inventory of UNHCR warehouse
Location: Luanda, Angola
4) Purchase Order Number: 445566
Product: UNHCR Family Tent – Item No. 05353
Consignment size: 700 pieces
Factory Location: China
Ship to Location: Erbil
5) Purchase Order Number: 556677
Product: Quilts
Consignment size: 10,000
Factory Location: Sweden
Ship to Location: Kissidougou, Guinea
6) Purchase Order Number: 667788
Page 2 of 3
ANNEX G, RFP/2014/602
Product: Semi-Collapsible Jerry Can 10L – Item No. 00096
Consignment size: 1,000 pieces
Factory Location: Pakistan
Ship to Location: Beirut
7) Purchase Order Number: 778899
Product: Mosquito Nets LLIN – Item No. 01998
Consignment size: 10 bales
Factory Location: Vietnam
Ship to Location: Addis Ababa
8) Purchase Order Number: 889900
Product: Soap - Body and Laundry – Item No. 01511
Consignment size: 50,000 pieces
Factory Location: Kenya
Ship to Location: Amman
Page 3 of 3
Annex H, RFP/2014/602
Annex H
INSPECTION SERVICES structure, capacity and qualifications on country and product group basis FORM
Supplier Name
Country
Email
Telephone
IMPORTANT INSTRUCTION: In the "Level of Expertise" column (column C) the numbers 1-2-3-4 and so on in case of more locations (1 being the best and 4 being the worst) for the ranking can only be used once per country per product. For example for UNHCR Family Tent
for Cold Weather only one of the 4 countries, can have rank 1, only one of the 4 countries can have rank 2, etc. It is not allowed to have more than one ranking 1 per country per product. Kindly see the example below for your easy reference.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Name of 3rd Party (if applicable)
Capacity Company structure
References - Experience with other organizations, including contact details of those
organizations
1234
5 years experience in inspection services for
Family Tent in India
ICRC
3rd Party used
Product Group Specifications as per Annex J
Shelter Items
1. UNHCR Family Tent for Cold Weather
Item No. 05353
Country of Inspection
India (example)
Level of Expertise (from 1 to 4)
1
YES
X
NO
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
2. UNHCR Family Tent for Cold Weather with Fire
Retardant
Item No.
07283
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
3. UNHCR Family Tent for Hot Climate
Item No. 07242
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
4. UNHCR Family Tent for Hot Climate with Fire
Retardant
Item No.
07282
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
Page 1 of 8
Annex H, RFP/2014/602
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Name of 3rd Party (if applicable)
Capacity Company structure
References - Experience with other organizations, including contact details of those
organizations
3rd Party used
Product Group Specifications as per Annex J
5. Framed Tent
Item No. 06642
Country of Inspection
Level of Expertise (from 1 to 4)
YES
NO
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
Shelter Items
6. Shade Net for the standard Family Tent
Item No. 07223
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
7. Winterization Kit for Family Tent
Item No. 06648
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
8. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin with eyelets (sheet 4x5 m) India
Item No. 02617
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
9. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin with eyelets and fire
retardant (sheet 4x5 m)
Item
No. 07197
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
10. Reinforced Plastic Sheet (4x50 m)
Item No. 03153
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
Page 2 of 8
Annex H, RFP/2014/602
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Name of 3rd Party (if applicable)
Capacity Company structure
References - Experience with other organizations, including contact details of those
organizations
3rd Party used
Product Group Specifications as per Annex J
Shelter Items
Country of Inspection
11. Reinforced Plastic Sheet with fire retardant (4x50 m)
Item No. 07186
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
12. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin with reinforced bands
(sheet 4x6 m)
Item No. 07188
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
13. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin with reinforced bands
and fire retardant (sheet 4x6 m)
Item No. 07189
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
Level of Expertise (from 1 to 4)
YES
NO
14. Reinforced Plastic Sheet with reinforced bands (4x60 India
m)
Item No. 07185 China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
15. Reinforced Plastic Sheet with reinforced bands and
fire retardant (4x60 m)
Item No. 07187
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
16. Shelter Tool Kit
Item No. 06640
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
Page 3 of 8
Annex H, RFP/2014/602
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Name of 3rd Party (if applicable)
Capacity Company structure
References - Experience with other organizations, including contact details of those
organizations
3rd Party used
Product Group Specifications as per Annex J
Domestic Items
Country of Inspection
17. Canvas Roll Material for Hot and Dry Climate
Conditions
Item No. 07072
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
18. Kitchen Set Type B
Item No. 06933
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
19. Heavy Duty Plastic Bucket 14L
Item No. 07071
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
20. Semi-Collapsible Jerry Can 10L
Item No. 00096
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
21. Stove/Heater for Family Tent
Item No. 06649
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
22. Blanket, Synthetic (Fleece) Medium Thermal
Item No. 05787
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
Level of Expertise (from 1 to 4)
YES
NO
Page 4 of 8
Annex H, RFP/2014/602
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Name of 3rd Party (if applicable)
Capacity Company structure
References - Experience with other organizations, including contact details of those
organizations
3rd Party used
Product Group Specifications as per Annex J
Domestic Items
Country of Inspection
23. Blanket, Synthetic (Fleece) High Thermal
Item No. 05786
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
24. Blanket, Woolen, Medium Thermal
Item No. 06720
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
25. Synthetic Sleeping Mat
Item No. 02020
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
26. Mosquito Nets - LLIN
Item No. 01998
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
27. Cloth for Sanitary Material
Item No. 02098
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
Level of Expertise (from 1 to 4)
YES
NO
Page 5 of 8
Annex H, RFP/2014/602
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Name of 3rd Party (if applicable)
Capacity Company structure
References - Experience with other organizations, including contact details of those
organizations
3rd Party used
Product Group Specifications as per Annex J
Country of Inspection
28. Soap - Body and Laundry
Item No. 01511
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
29. Carrying Bag for Personal items
Item No. 06641
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
30. Rope 8mm Diameter
Item No. 06644
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
31. Rope 6mm Diameter
Item No. 06643
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
Level of Expertise (from 1 to 4)
YES
NO
Solar Items
32. UNHCR Solar Lamp with integrated design
Item No. 07192
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
33. UNHCR Solar Lamp with separated charging device
Item No. 07221
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
Page 6 of 8
Annex H, RFP/2014/602
A
Product Group Specifications as per Annex J
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Name of 3rd Party (if applicable)
Capacity Company structure
References - Experience with other organizations, including contact details of those
organizations
3rd Party used
Country of Inspection
34. UNHCR Solar Street Light
Item No. 07190
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
35. UNHCR Street Light with mobile phone charger hub
Item No. 07222
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
36. UNHCR Solar Personal Light with integrated design
Item No. 07191
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
37. UNHCR Solar Personal Light with separated charging
device
Item No. 07220
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
38. UNHCR Solar Mobile Phone Charger
Item No. 07193
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
Level of Expertise (from 1 to 4)
YES
NO
Page 7 of 8
Annex H, RFP/2014/602
A
Product Group Specifications as per Annex J
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Name of 3rd Party (if applicable)
Capacity Company structure
References - Experience with other organizations, including contact details of those
organizations
3rd Party used
Country of Inspection
Level of Expertise (from 1 to 4)
YES
NO
Pallet Information
39. EuroPallet
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
40. CRI Pallet
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
Page 8 of 8
Annex I, RFP/2014/602
Annex I
LABORATORY SERVICES YOUR OWN COMPANY structure, capacity and qualifications on country and product group basis FORM
Supplier Name
Country
Email
Telephone
IMPORTANT INSTRUCTION 1: In the "Registration of Expertise" column (column H) please specify the percentage (%) of the requested parameters you have expertise on laboratory testing considering the parameters on Annex K. For example, if you are able to do laboratory testing at your own company for half of
the parameters for the Family Tent for India, you should write 50% on the applicable line, column H. Additionally you are required to specify in "Testing Parameters not fulfilled" column J which of the parameters you are not able to perform using the parameter numbers from Annex K. For example, for UNHCR
Family Tent for Cold Weather, you are able to perform tests on Material, Dimensions, Weight and Tensile Strength, so in column J you should write all the other tests you are not able to perform per country and in column H you should put 50%, as you are able to test half of the testing parameters.
IMPORTANT INSTRUCTION 2: In the "Level of Expertise" column (column C) the numbers 1-2-3-4 and so on in case of more locations (1 being the best and 4 being the worst) for the ranking can only be used once per country per product. For example for UNHCR Family Tent only one of the 4 countries, can have rank
1, only one of the 4 countries can have rank 2, etc. It is not allowed to have more than one ranking 1 per country per product. Kindly see the example below for your ease of reference.
A
B
C
Product Group - Specifications
as per Annex J
Country of Inspection
Level of Expertise
(from 1 to 4)
India (example)
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
2. UNHCR Family Tent for Cold
Weather with Fire Retardant
Item No. 07283
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
3. UNHCR Family Tent for Hot
Climate
Item No. 07242
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
4. UNHCR Family Tent for Hot
Climate with Fire Retardant
Item No. 07282
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
5. Framed Tent
Item No. 06642
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
1
E
3rd Party used
YES
Shelter Items
1. UNHCR Family Tent for Cold
Weather
Item No. 05353
D
X
F
G
H
I
J
K
Name of 3rd Party
(if applicable)
Capacity - Company structure
Registration of
expertise (%)
Testing Equipment
Testing Parameters not fulfilled
(as per ANNEX K)
References - Experience with other organizations, including contact details of
those organizations
Destructive Test stand, rain test
equipment, UV testing equipment
PE Ground Sheet, Mosquito Nets, Guying Points Outer
Tent, Hammer
UNICEF
NO
1234
5 years experience in laboratory services for
Family Tent in India
50%
Page 1 of 8
Annex I, RFP/2014/602
A
B
C
Product Group - Specifications
as per Annex J
Country of Inspection
Level of Expertise
(from 1 to 4)
D
3rd Party used
YES
Shelter Items
6. Shade Net for the standard
Family Tent
Item No. 07223
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
7. Winterization Kit for Family
Tent
Item No. 06648
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
8. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin
with eyelets (sheet 4x5 m)
Item No. 02617
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
9. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin
with eyelets and fire retardant
(sheet 4x5 m)
Item No. 07197
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
10. Reinforced Plastic Sheet
(4x50 m)
Item No. 03153
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
Name of 3rd Party
(if applicable)
Capacity - Company structure
Registration of
expertise (%)
Testing Equipment
Testing Parameters not fulfilled
(as per ANNEX K)
References - Experience with other organizations, including contact details of
those organizations
NO
11. Reinforced Plastic Sheet with India
fire retardant (4x50 m)
China
Item No. 07186
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
Page 2 of 8
Annex I, RFP/2014/602
A
B
C
Product Group - Specifications
as per Annex J
Country of Inspection
Level of Expertise
(from 1 to 4)
D
3rd Party used
YES
Shelter Items
12. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin
with reinforced bands (sheet 4x6
m)
Item No. 07188
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
13. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin
with reinforced bands and fire
retardant (sheet 4x6 m)
Item No. 07189
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
Name of 3rd Party
(if applicable)
Capacity - Company structure
Registration of
expertise (%)
Testing Equipment
Testing Parameters not fulfilled
(as per ANNEX K)
References - Experience with other organizations, including contact details of
those organizations
NO
14. Reinforced Plastic Sheet with India
reinforced bands (4x60 m)
China
Item No. 07185
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
15. Reinforced Plastic Sheet with
reinforced bands and fire
retardant (4x60 m)
Item No. 07187
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
16. Shelter Tool Kit
Item No. 06640
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
17. Canvas Roll Material for Hot
and Dry Climate Conditions
Item No. 07072
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
Page 3 of 8
Annex I, RFP/2014/602
A
B
C
Product Group - Specifications
as per Annex J
Country of Inspection
Level of Expertise
(from 1 to 4)
D
E
3rd Party used
F
G
H
I
J
K
Name of 3rd Party
(if applicable)
Capacity - Company structure
Registration of
expertise (%)
Testing Equipment
Testing Parameters not fulfilled
(as per ANNEX K)
References - Experience with other organizations, including contact details of
those organizations
Domestic Items
18. Kitchen Set Type B
Item No. 06933
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
19. Heavy Duty Plastic Bucket
14L
Item No. 07071
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
20. Semi-Collapsible Jerry Can
10L
Item No. 00096
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
21. Stove/Heater for Family Tent India
Item No. 06649
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
22. Blanket, Synthetic (Fleece)
Medium Thermal
Item No. 05787
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
23. Blanket, Synthetic (Fleece)
High Thermal
Item No. 05786
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
Page 4 of 8
Annex I, RFP/2014/602
A
B
C
Product Group - Specifications
as per Annex J
Country of Inspection
Level of Expertise
(from 1 to 4)
D
E
3rd Party used
F
G
H
I
J
K
Name of 3rd Party
(if applicable)
Capacity - Company structure
Registration of
expertise (%)
Testing Equipment
Testing Parameters not fulfilled
(as per ANNEX K)
References - Experience with other organizations, including contact details of
those organizations
Domestic Items
24. Blanket, Woolen, Medium
Thermal
Item No. 06720
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
25. Synthetic Sleeping Mat
Item No. 02020
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
26. Mosquito Nets - LLIN
Item No. 01998
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
27. Cloth for Sanitary Material
Item No. 02098
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
28. Soap - Body and Laundry
Item No. 01511
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
29. Carrying Bag for Personal
items
Item No. 06641
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
Page 5 of 8
Annex I, RFP/2014/602
A
B
C
Product Group - Specifications
as per Annex J
Country of Inspection
Level of Expertise
(from 1 to 4)
30. Rope 8mm Diameter
Item No. 06644
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
31. Rope 6mm Diameter
Item No. 06643
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
D
E
3rd Party used
F
G
H
I
J
K
Name of 3rd Party
(if applicable)
Capacity - Company structure
Registration of
expertise (%)
Testing Equipment
Testing Parameters not fulfilled
(as per ANNEX K)
References - Experience with other organizations, including contact details of
those organizations
Solar Items
32. UNHCR Solar Lamp with
integrated design
Item No. 07192
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
33. UNHCR Solar Lamp with
separated charging device
Item No. 07221
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
34. UNHCR Solar Street Light
Item No. 07190
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
Page 6 of 8
Annex I, RFP/2014/602
A
B
C
Product Group - Specifications
as per Annex J
Country of Inspection
Level of Expertise
(from 1 to 4)
35. UNHCR Street Light with
mobile phone charger hub
Item No. 07222
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
36. UNHCR Solar Personal Light
with integrated design
Item No. 07191
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
37. UNHCR Solar Personal Light
with separated charging device
Item No. 07220
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
38. UNHCR Solar Mobile Phone
Charger
Item No. 07193
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
D
E
3rd Party used
F
G
H
I
J
K
Name of 3rd Party
(if applicable)
Capacity - Company structure
Registration of
expertise (%)
Testing Equipment
Testing Parameters not fulfilled
(as per ANNEX K)
References - Experience with other organizations, including contact details of
those organizations
Page 7 of 8
Annex I, RFP/2014/602
A
B
C
Product Group - Specifications
as per Annex J
Country of Inspection
Level of Expertise
(from 1 to 4)
D
E
3rd Party used
F
G
H
I
J
K
Name of 3rd Party
(if applicable)
Capacity - Company structure
Registration of
expertise (%)
Testing Equipment
Testing Parameters not fulfilled
(as per ANNEX K)
References - Experience with other organizations, including contact details of
those organizations
Pallet Information
39. EuroPallet
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
40. CRI Pallet
India
China
Pakistan
Kenya
Other (please specify which country)
Page 8 of 8

UNHCR Supply Catalogue
August, 2014
7th Edition
Page i
UNHCR SUPPLY CATALOGUE
August 2014
7th Edition
Page ii
Foreword
We present to you the new UNHCR Supply Catalogue.
Our target audience includes both internal and external users involved in planning and delivering humanitarian assistance to persons of
concern affected by emergencies, both man-made and natural disasters. Among the intended users of this tool, beyond UNHCR staff,
are therefore a wide range of partner organizations, such as other UN agencies, donors, national governments, manufacturers, and
implementing partners.
The provision of material assistance to refugees, IDPs and other persons of concern is fundamental to UNHCR’s mandate. The organization
continuously works to develop and improve the products that are regularly provided to populations of concern and to ensure that the
delivery of assistance is timely and effective.
Product development and innovation are important elements of UNHCR’s work and are carried out in close partnership with other UN
agencies, and other organizations, such as the international Red Cross, the International Organization for Migration, (IOM), other not for
New or improved products have resulted from this close and effective cooperation. These include the most widely used relief items: the
Plastic Tarpaulin was developed by UNHCR in cooperation with MSF and the private sector in the 1980’s; the Semi-Collapsible Jerry Can,
was developed by UNHCR during the “Rwanda emergency” in 1995; the Light Weight Emergency Tent was developed in 2005 by UNHCR
in cooperation with IFRC and MSF. Recently, in 2009, through the cooperation between ICRC, IFRC, UNHCR and the private sector, the
Family Tent was developed.
The main objective of the UNHCR Supply Catalogue is to provide clear, complete and user-friendly information with regard to relief items
Recognizing the important role that manufacturers and suppliers play in the effective delivery of essential relief items, the catalogue is
intended as a user-friendly tool to facilitate communications with manufacturers and suppliers, supporting UNHCR’s global operations.
Tents, Fleece Blankets, Sleeping Mats, Kitchen Sets, Jerry Cans, and Buckets. UNHCR establishes international Frame Agreements with
a number of manufacturers around the world to secure an effective supply of these items. Moreover, the organization maintains a stock of
these products in its central emergency stockpiles in Dubai and Copenhagen, Amman, Nairobi, Accra, Douala and Isaka to ensure their
immediate delivery in emergency situations.
UNHCR’s Supply Catalogue aims to be a useful tool for UNHCR operations and the humanitarian community as they endeavor to ensure
as in the form of smartphone application.
The Division of Emergency, Security and Supply (DESS)
Geneva, Budapest
Page iii
ii
Acronyms and Abbreviations
iii
ESC:
Emergency Shelter Cluster (IASC Cluster)
HDPE:
High Density Polyethylene
IASC:
Inter Agency Standing Committee
ICRC:
International Committee of the Red Cross
IDP:
Internally Displaced Person
IP:
Implementing Partner
IFRC:
International Federation of the Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies
ISO:
International Organization for Standardization
LDPE:
Low Density Polyethylene
MSF:
Médecins Sans Frontières
NFI:
Non-Food Items
NGO:
Non-Governmental Organization
PE:
Polyethylene
TOG:
Thermal Resistance of Garment
UN:
United Nations
UNCCS:
United Nations Common Coding System
UNHCR:
United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees
UNICEF:
United Nations Children Fund
WASH:
Water, Sanitation and Hygiene (IASC Cluster)
Page iv
Introduction to the UNHCR Supply Catalogue
to manufacturers and suppliers.
manufacturer. The catalogue does not include indicative prices for the items or references to any manufacturer that currently hold frame
agreements for the supply of the mentioned products with UNHCR.
Information included regarding each Item
Name: A simple description of the product.
Item No: Includes UNHCR item number code.
Item Application Sample: Shows pictures illustrating the item / product.
General Information and Description: Provides a short description about what the item will be used for, including the general characteristics
of the item.
Expected Life Span: Provides the average length of life of the material or item when being used or while in storage. For
example, the newly developed Family Tent has a life span use of 1 year and shelf life span of 5 years.
Shipping/Container Information: Relevant transport information (number of units per 20” and 40’’ containers), with or without
pallets.
Packing:
Graphic Reference: Includes various drawings and detailed information on relevant characteristics of individual core NFI, including
comprehensive measurements of the products.
Printing of UNHCR’s Logo:
Weight and Volume:
individual item, as well as on the packiging units.
Pallet Details:
Manufacturer Marking: Provides exact infomation for manufacturers on the markings to be used regarding each item.
For detailed information regarding the selection, combination of NFI into packages, integration of NFI distribution into wider
assistance programs and shelter sector strategies, the Emergency Shelter Cluster completed a booklet that is available at
Acknowledgements
Contributing Organisations: IFRC, ICRC and UNICEF
Lead author: Alejandro Gaitan (UNHCR)
Editorial and production: Lolita Lobenwein, Rebeka Selmeczki
Product illustration and graphic design: Luis Villarreal
Technical input: Patrick Oger
Fleet Management input: Andreas Reisinger
Page v
iv
Table of Contents I.
I. Shelter Items:
1. UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD WEATHER (Item No. 05353)...................................................................................1
2. UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT (Item No. 07283).................................... ...24
3. UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE (Item No. 07242).......................................................................................51
4. UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT (Item No. 07282).............................................74
5. FRAMED TENT (Item No. 06642)..................................................................................................................................101
6. SHADE-NET FOR THE STANDARD FAMILY TENT (Item No. 07223)..........................................................................121
7. WINTERIZATION KIT FOR FAMILY TENT (Item No. 06648).........................................................................................122
8. REINFORCED PLASTIC TARPAULIN with eyelets (sheet 4x5 m) (Item No. 02617).....................................................127
9.
(Item No. 07197)........................129
10. REINFORCED PLASTIC SHEET (4 x 50 m) (Item No. 03153)......................................................................................131
11.
(Item No. 07186).........................................................133
12. REINFORCED PLASTIC TARPAULIN with reinforced bands (sheet 4x6 m) (Item No. 07188).....................................135
13.
(Item No. 07189).........138
14. REINFORCED PLASTIC SHEET with reinforced bands (4x60 m) (Item No. 07185).....................................................142
15. REINFORCED PLASTIC SHEET
(Item No. 07187).........................145
16. SHELTER TOOL KIT (Item No. 06640)..........................................................................................................................149
17. CANVAS ROLL MATERIAL for Hot and Dry Climatic Conditions (1.5 m x 70 m) (Item No. 07072)...............................151
II. Domestic Items:
18. KITCHEN SET - TYPE B (Item No. 06933)....................................................................................................................156
19. HEAVY DUTY PLASTIC BUCKET 14 L (Item No. 07071)..............................................................................................168
20. SEMI-COLLAPSIBLE JERRY CAN 10 L (water container) (Item No. 00096)................................................................176
21. STOVE / HEATER FOR FAMILY TENT (Item No. 06649)..............................................................................................184
22. BLANKET, SYNTHETIC (Fleece) 1.5 x 2 m, Medium Thermal (Item No. 05787)..........................................................192
23. BLANKET, SYNTHETIC (Fleece) 1.5 x 2 m, High Thermal (Item No. 05786)................................................................195
24. BLANKET, WOOLEN, Medium Thermal (Item No. 06720).............................................................................................198
25. SYNTHETIC SLEEPING MAT (Item No. 02020)............................................................................................................200
26.
27. CLOTH FOR SANITARY MATERIAL (Item No. 02098)..................................................................................................204
28. SOAP - Body and laundry (Item No. 01511)...................................................................................................................205
29. CARRYING BAG FOR PERSONAL ITEMS (Item No. 06641).......................................................................................206
30. ROPE 8 MM DIAMETER (Item No. 06644)....................................................................................................................207
Page vi
Table of Contents II.
31. ROPE 6 MM DIAMETER (Item No. 06643)......................................................................................................................208
III. Solar Items: NHCR SOLAR LAMP..........................................................................................................................................
...
30. UNHCR SOLAR LAMP WITH INTEGRATED DESIGN (Item No. 07192).......................................................................210
32. UNHCR SOLAR LAMP WITH SEPARATED CHARGING DEVICE (Item No. 07221)......................................................213
33. UNHCR SOLAR STREET LIGHT (Item No. 07190)........................................................................................................216
34. UNHCR SOLAR STREET LIGHT WITH MOBILE PHONE CHARGER HUB (Item No. 07222).......................................219
35. UNHCR SOLAR PERSONAL LIGHT WITH INTEGRATED DESIGN (Item No. 07191)..................................................222
36. UNHCR SOLAR PERSONAL LIGHT WITH SEPARATED CHARGING DEVICE (Item No. 07220).................................225
37. UNHCR SOLAR MOBILE PHONE CHARGER (Item No. 07193)...................................................................................228
V. Vehicles:
38. NISSAN PATROL STD Left-hand-drive (Item ID 00006789)..........................................................................................233
39. NISSAN PATROL STD Right-hand-drive (Item ID 00006786)........................................................................................234
40. TOYOTA LAND CRUISER 10 seater Left-hand-drive (Item ID 00006793 ).....................................................................235
41. TOYOTA LAND CRUISER 10 seater Right-hand-drive (Item ID 00006799)...................................................................236
42. TOYOTA LAND CRUISER 6 seater Left-hand-drive (Item ID 00006796)........................................................................237
43. TOYOTA LAND CRUISER 6 seater Right-hand-drive (Item ID 00006794).....................................................................238
44. TOYOTA LAND CRUISER Single Cabin Pick-Up, 2 Door Left-hand-drive (Item ID 00006798)....................................239
45. TOYOTA LAND CRUISER Single Cabin Pick-Up, 2 Door Right-hand-drive (Item ID 00006795)...................................240
46. TOYOTA LAND CRUISER Double Cabin Pick-Up Left-hand-drive (Item ID 00006800).................................................241
47. TOYOTA LAND CRUISER Double Cabin Pick-Up Right-hand-drive(Item ID 00006797)...............................................242
48. TOYOTA HILUX Double Cabin Pick-up Left-hand-drive (Item ID 00006788).................................................................243
49. TOYOTA HILUX Double Cabin Pick-up Right-hand-drive (Item ID 00006792)...............................................................244
50. TOYOTA LAND CRUISER PRADO TX, 5-Door Left-hand-drive (Item ID 00006801) ...................................................245
51. TOYOTA LAND CRUISER PRADO TX, 5-Door Right-hand-drive (Item ID 00006783)..................................................246
52. TOYOTA COROLLA SEDAN Left-hand-drive (Item ID 00006787)..................................................................................247
53. TOYOTA COROLLA SEDAN Right-hand-drive Item (ID 00006802)...............................................................................248
54. TOYOTA HIACE MINIBUS Left-hand-drive (Item ID 00006791).....................................................................................249
55. TOYOTA HIACE MINIBUS Right-hand-drive (Item ID 00006785)..................................................................................250
Page vii
I. Shelter Items
Page viii
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
Item Application Sample
Expected Life Span
General Information and Description
The Family Tent has 16 m2
total area of 23 m2, double-fold with ground sheet.
2
vestibules, for a
It is the standard tent used by UNHCR/ICRC/IFRC and suitable for a family of
5 people, following the recommended minimum living area in hot and temperate
climates (3.5 m2 per person), and providing additional space for cold climates.
with close technical cooperation between UNHCR, IFRC and ICRC, to guarantee
at a minimum cost.
Family Tents are designed as a short term shelter solution, particularly in
support to emergency situations and is not a substitute for a more permanent
shelter. It is expected that Family tents should have a life span of 1 year,
types of climates.
Shelf-life: the tent has a shelf-life of minimum 5 years, under normal storage
conditions, in dry, clean, and ventilated warehouses. It should be elevated from
the ground, not piled, stored on pallets and pallet racks, not in containers or
in tented warehouses. Tents are sensitive to rain and moisture when packed.
can be manufactured by different suppliers in various countries, with the
Packing
UNHCR purchases Family Tents through international tender processes and
establishes Frame Agreements (Long Term Agreements) with manufacturers
One tent with all accessories can be packed into a master bundle. The outer
shell and the inner tent are folded in a way to ensure that the ground sheet
protects the tent and accessories from dirt and moisture. The master bundle
is made of woven polyethylene (PE) fabric of 180 g/m2 identical to the one used
of the UNHCR approved laboratories. Family Tents are subject to random and
with an approximate diameter of 300 mm in order to have extra space to facilitate
repacking.
approved technical laboratories can be obtained from UNHCR Supply
Management Service in Budapest.
According to its design, Family Tents should comply with all the technical
Information for laboratory testing:
samples are to be sent to one of the UNHCR approved laboratories for testing
and make up checking. One sample will be used for material testing and the
second for a rain test. A product is acceptable only if all criteria are passed on
the same sample.
The metal poles and metal pegs are packed in 2 separate bags to avoid
damaging other items inside the master bundle. Both of these bags are made
of the same material as the master bundle. These bags have a closure system
that ensures that the accessories will not fall out of the bag during transport
and handling. Particular care should be taken when packing the pegs to assure
they will not pierce the bag.
The master bundle is closed with 2 webbing straps on the outside, and each
strap has a self-locking buckle that will not slide during transport. Each
wire, welded-closed, or with one rectangular buckle and one sliding middle bar,
of 4 mm steel rod, welded-closed. Each strap has 2 handles (PE or polyester).
These straps are not sewn to the bundle.
Weight and Volume
Gross weight per unit: approx. 55 kg
Gross volume per unit: approx. 0.20 m3
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
165 units per 20’ GP without cage,
340 units per 40’ DC without cage.
400 units per 40’ HC without cage.
150 pieces / 10 cages per 20’ DC with cage (15 pieces per cage).
300 pieces / 20 cages per 40’ DC with cage (15 pieces per cage).
300 pieces / 20 cages per 40’ HC with cage (15 pieces per cage).
Page 1
Before placing the Family Tent into the master bundle, the tent must be protected
with one additional layer made with a piece of polycotton canvas as per the
wall canvas minimum, of 2.3 x 1 m. This canvas is attached around the bundle
with 3 ropes of 1 m and 3 mm diameter.
The international standard warning sign "protect from water" should be printed
on the outside of the package. The buyer's markings are printed on the outside
in indelible ink.
Note: last updated, June 2014
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
Optional Packing
Metallic Cages
To facilitate loading of Family Tents into pallets, size 120 x 80 x 15 cm, an
It is advisable to use stackable metal frame pallets. Such pallets avoid multiple
manual handling of the bags and prevent the bags from being torn, and
provides easy and fast on and off loading of containers, trucks, etc. Assures
ventilation between the tents while stored in hot and humid climates which are
order to obtain a package of 1.2 m in length.
The package must be a polycotton bag of 120 x 40 x 30 cm with a zip closure.
The bundle must be secured with 2 webbing straps, each with a self-locking
buckle that will not slide during transport. Each strap provides 2 handles.
The straps must not be sewn to the bag. All other aspects as per standard
packaging instructions. The palletized goods must not exceed the length and
width of the pallet.
The metal cage pallet is stackable and adapted to optimize the container
capacity.
UNHCR Logo Application Reference
UNHCR vertical visibility logo on the roof of the tent:
The logo should be printed in blue indelible ink on both sides of the roof and
in the middle for maximum visibility as showed on the graphic reference, when
using 150 cm material and two seams on the canvas roof (L= 1.35 m and H=
1.65 m), following the “X” and “Y” proportionality rule to avoid distortion on the
logo and letterings.
Rule: Length, L = (1 X = 15 cm), so (9 X = 1.35 m). Height, H = (1 Y = 15 cm),
so (11 Y = 1.65 m).
Alternatively, the vertical visibility logos could be placed diagonally on opposite
sides of the roof, when using 200 cm material and a central seam.
UNHCR horizontal visibility logo on both sides next to the tent’s doors:
UNHCR horizontal visibility logo should be printed in blue indelible ink on both
sides of the outer tent on both ends (2) of the tent next to the doors (L= 1.2 m
and H = 0.35 m). The width of marking must be 120 cm and the
heightproportionate to the width without any distortion of the logo and letterings
(approximately 35 cm).
120cm
(CMYK). C = 100%, M = 45%, Y = 0%, K = 0%.
Page 2
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
Repair Kit
Should include 1 needle, 20 m stiching thread, 3 m polyester rope or string of 6 mm used to attach the canvas spare piece around the bundle as per
information on packaging on page 1.
Markings on the Single Bag
Marking of UNHCR logo: (50 x 15 cm): Should be printed in blue indelible ink in color Pantone No PMS 300 C on one side of the single bag.

 

  
 


Shipping Marks:
Project Symbol, Consignee and Content on one side of the polyethylene bag (25 x 10 cm).







10 cm
25 cm
Manufacturer Marking
Every tent should include a tag, stitched inside the tent in one corner seam of one side wall, on the outer tent, 10 cm from the end of the wall, and 10
marking.
Assembling Instruction and Content List
In the accessory bag, a content list and a set-up / assembling instructions sheet written in English is to be enclosed. The content list and the set-up /
assembling instructions sheet have to be printed on durable laminated A4 paper or durable fabric, showing step-by-step, set-up information drawings /
photos and tent set up instructions in color.
Page 3
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
Graphic Reference

UNHCR vertical Logo on the roof of the Family Tent




Family Tent General View
TOPView
VIEW
Top
Page 4
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
Graphic Reference
Page 5
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
1.
Materials
3.
Make-up of the outer tent
4.
Make-up of the inner tent with ground sheet
5.
Poles and accessories
1. MATERIALS
hereunder.
1.1 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE OUTER TENT ROOF CANVAS
Denomination and norms
1. Composition, ISO 1833
2.
(g/m2), ISO 3801
Required minimum values
(±10), polyester: 60% (±10) = Polyester: 50% to 70%, with balance
in cotton.
350 g/m2
3. Colour
Natural white, not dyed.
4. Water vapor permeability, ISO 17229
Minimum 2000 g/m2/24h.
5. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1
Warp and Weft 850 N minimum.
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas.
For plain canvas test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
To apply on 5 test pieces with seams, cut from the tent, perpendicular
to the seam.
On seams, the grab test is applied on 25 mm width in the 50 mm
sample.
6. Tear resistance (N), Started, ISO 9073-4
Warp and Weft 60 N minimum.
7. Water penetration resistance, ISO 811
30 hPa minimum, with increasing speed at 100 mm per minute.
Test pieces of plain canvas.
8. Rain penetration resistance, ISO 5912
Test piece is the complete outer tent only.
Resistance to rain as per point 4.2.11 applying procedure as point
5.6 during 2 h on one end and 3 h on one side.
9. Dimensional variation, ISO 7771
Maximum 3%.
When soaking in water.
10. Resistance to micro-organisms
On tensile strength under ISO 13934-1 after BS6085 (soil burial
28 days).
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas and 10 test pieces with
seams.
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
For each type of test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
Page 6
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
1.1 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE OUTER TENT ROOF CANVAS
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
11.
Same test as point 7 on samples soaked in water in point 9.
30 hPa minimum, with increasing speed at 100 mm per minute.
Maximum 10% of additional loss as compared with the result from
point 10.
12.
Same test as point 10 on samples soaked in water in point 9.
For each type of test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
13. Tensile strength
After exposure to UV and moisturizing (climatic simulation).
Exposure in a climatic chamber under ISO4892-2, type A, 360
hours, followed by tensile test under ISO13934-1.
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
For each type of test: 3 test pieces in warp and 3 test pieces in
weft.
1.2 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE OUTER TENT WALL CANVAS
Denomination and norms
1. Composition, ISO 1833
2.
(g/m2), ISO 3801
Required minimum values
polyester: 60% (±10) = Polyester: 50% to 70%, balance cotton.
200 g/m2
3. Colour
Natural white, not dyed.
4. Water vapor permeability, ISO 17229
Minimum 2000 g/m2/24h.
5.a. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1
Warp and Weft 650 N minimum.
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas.
For plain canvas test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
To apply on 5 test pieces with seams, cut from the tent, perpendicular
to the seam.
On seams, the grab test is applied on 25 mm width in the 50 mm
sample.
5.b. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1
Warp and Weft 650 N minimum.
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas and 10 test pieces with
seams.
For each type of test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
6. Tear resistance (N), Started ISO 9073-4
Warp and Weft 40 N minimum.
7. Water penetration resistance, ISO 811
20 hPa minimum, with increasing speed at 100 mm per minute.
Test pieces of plain canvas.
Page 7
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
1.2 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE OUTER TENT WALL CANVAS
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
8. Dimensional variation, ISO 7771
Maximum 3%.
When soaking in water.
9. Resistance to micro-organisms
On tensile strength under ISO 13934-1 after BS6085 (soil burial 28
days).
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas and 10 test pieces with
seams.
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
For each type of test: 5 test pieces in warp, 5 test pieces in weft.
10.
20 hPa minimum, with increasing speed at 100 mm per minute.
Same test as point 7 on samples soaked in water in point 8.
11.
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
Same test as point 9 on samples soaked in water in point 8.
12. Tensile strength after exposure to UV and moisturizing (climatic
simulation)
Exposure in a climatic chamber under ISO 4892-2, type A, 360hours,
followed by tensile test under ISO 13934-1.
For each type of test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
For each type of test: 3 test pieces in warp and 3 test pieces in weft.
1.3 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE INNER TENT CANVAS
Denomination and norms
1. Composition, ISO1833
2.
(g/m2), ISO 3801
Required minimum values
polyester: 60%(±10) = Polyester: 50% to 70%, balance cotton or
Cotton 100%.
130 g/m2
retardancy, component’s weight is 170 g/m2 ±10%.
3. Colour
Dyed cream or beige color.
4. Water vapor permeability, ISO 17229
Minimum 2000 g/m2/24h.
5. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1
Warp and Weft 300 N minimum.
6. Tear resistance (N), ISO 9073-4
Warp and Weft 20 N minimum.
7. Resistance to micro-organisms on tensile strength
Under ISO 13934-1 after BS6085 (soil burial - 14 days).
and maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same
product.
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas and 10 test pieces with
seams.
5 test pieces in warp, 5 test pieces in weft.
Page 8
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353

1.4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE PE FABRIC FOR THE MUD FLAPS
Denomination and norms
1. Composition
2.
Required minimum values
on both sides with low density polyethylene coating.
Alternatively Plastic Tarpaulin can be used.
(g/m2), ISO 3801
3. a. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain PE fabric.
To apply on 5 test pieces with seams, cut from the tent,
perpendicularly to the seam, at the junction of PE and canvas.
180 g/m2±5%.
Warp and Weft 650 N minimum.
Elongation 15% to 25%.
For plain PE fabric test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
On seams, the grab test is applied on 25 mm width in the 50 mm
sample.
3.b.Tensile strength (N), ISO 1421
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas and 10 test pieces with
Warp 650 N minimum weft 650 N minimum for each type of test:
5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
4.Tear resistance (N), ISO 4674 (A2)
100 N minimum warp and 100 N minimum weft.
5. Resistance to micro-organisms
Insensitive to micro-organisms. Not to be tested.
6. Resistance to UV
In percentage of tensile strength loss under ISO 1421 after 1500
hours UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm peak).
7. Colour
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
5 test pieces in weft, and 5 in warp.
White if made with IFRC/ICRC/UNHCR standard plastic sheeting.
1.5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE PE FABRIC FOR THE GROUND SHEET
Denomination and norms
Woven polyethylene fabric coated on both sides with low density
polyethylene.
Alternatively Plastic Tarpaulin can be used.
1. Composition
2.
Page 9
Required minimum values
(g/m2), ISO 3801
180 g/m2±5%.
3. Tensile strength (N), ISO 1421
Warp 300 N minimum weft 300 N minimum.
4. Tear resistance (N), ISO 4674 (A2)
Warp 60 N minimum weft 60 N minimum.
5. Resistance to micro-organisms
Insensitive to micro-organisms.
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
1.5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE PE FABRIC FOR THE GROUND SHEET
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
6. Water penetration resistance ISO 811
20 hPa minimum.
Test pieces of plain canvas.
7. Resistance to UV
In percentage of tensile strength loss under ISO 1421 after 300
hours UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm peak).
8. Colour
and maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same
product. 5 test pieces in weft 5 test pieces in warp.
White if made with UNHCR standard plastic sheeting.
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
1. Material, ISO 1833
Polyester 100%, or PE 100%.
2. Fabric, ISO 8388
Warp knitted.
3. Denier
75/100 for the polyester and 100 to 150 for the PE.
4. Filament
for the PE.
5. Mesh size
25 holes/cm2 (156 holes/inch2)
6. Weight, ISO 3801
85 to 100 g/m2 for polyester and Min 38 g/m 2 for PE depending
of denier.
7. Shrinkage, ISO 5077
5% maximum.
8. Bursting strength, ISO 1393-8
250 kPa minimum for polyester and 320 kPa minimum for PE.
9. Bursting strength after exposure to UV and moisturizing (climatic
simulation), ISO 1393-8
maximum strength-loss on original value of the same product.
Exposure in a climatic chamber under ISO 4892-2, type A, 360
hours, followed by bursting test under ISO 13938
Number of test pieces: 3 test pieces.
10. Colour
White.
Page 10
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
1.7 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE GUYING POINTS OF THE OUTER TENT
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
1. Material composition
Polyethylene/Polypropylene/Polyester ropes. Polyester straps.
Steel rings. Elastic device.
2. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934
3000 N minimum for the 6 side points (3 test pieces).
On samples taking the complete guying point assembly including
the entire reinforcement pieces.
1400 N minimum for the 4 other points (2 test pieces).
Elongation of the elastic device under 1000 N: minimum 50 mm,
maximum 100 mm.
See note here under.
3. Resistance to UV
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
In percentage of tensile strength loss after exposure in a climatic
chamber under ISO 4892-2, type A, 360 hours.
4. Colour
1 test piece at 1400 N 1 test piece at 3000 N.
Black ropes and straps. Galvanized steel.
Note for point N°2:
Sample size: W 300 x L 500 mm. Sample to be cut at the centre guy line for the side point (500 mm length is with eave included).
Samples to be cut on the top corner of the outer doors for the other points.
clamped in the apparatus jaw. The sample must include: the tent roof canvas, the reinforcement of the canvas, the strap, the ring, the
UV test).
The traction must be applied between the tent roof canvas and the guy rope.
1.8 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE HAMMER
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
1.Type
Sledge hammer, 1 kg head, with 30 cm wooden handle. In
2.Handle
No chip, rough surface, holes, knots. Smooth surface. Dry and
on other side of the head, and be blocked with a metal wedge or
be a conical shape (like hoes). Moisture minimum 10%, maximum
15%, under ISO3130.
3.Pull apart test
After two series of 25 vigorous blows with varying delivery angle,
apply traction of 500 N trying to pull out the handle, head being
attached to the head.
Page 11
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
2. GENERAL POINTS FOR THE FINISHED PRODUCT
2.1 Performances:
When closed, the tent must give a good protection against dust, wind, rain, snow, insects and small crawling fauna.
Minimum roof load to be 300 N/m2 under ISO8937 (snow load for camping tent).
2.2 Seams and stitching:
All seams subject to possible tension are double-lock stitched and water-proofed. Stitching should produce strong, long lasting, neat and
professional looking seams.
The stitch count as well as UV and rot-proof sewing threads are appropriate and adapted to each fabric. It allows for strong waterproof
seams with at least the same life span as the tent.
The seams are always oriented in order to let the rain run freely, to avoid retaining water lines or water pockets.
Wherever possible, the colour of the sewing thread is adapted to the fabric color.
Note: Taping, gluing or any other methods that do not ensure the overall performance of the Tent are not accepted on stiching.
2.3 Ropes, webbing bands, toggles, loops, reinforcement nettings, and all other accessories:
All ropes and webbing bands are heat cut. All ropes are knotted to the tent from the factory. All above mentioned items are rot-proof and
UV-proof at least as much as the tent canvas which they are sewn to. No webbing or rope is sewn through a stitch going from outside the
tent to inside the tent to avoid water penetration by capillarity, or are made of waterproof materials. Laces or loops can also be made of
the same canvas as the tent roof/wall for the outer tent loops, and of the same canvas they are sewn to for the inner tent loops.
2.4 Zipper fasteners:
All the zipper fasteners should conform to a resistance of 700 N lateral traction under ISO5912.
2.5 Eyelets:
All metal eyelets should be rustproof and correctly placed, reinforced with a fabric patch and of a minimum 10 mm inner diameter.
2.6 Metal rings:
All metal rings should be rustproof galvanized and closed by welding.
2.7 Dimensional tolerance:
2.8 Long storage (shelf life):
The tent is treated and packed in such a way that it can be stored up to minimum of 5 years in proper storage conditions without any
damage or performance reduction. The tent should be stored elevated from the ground (on pallets and pallet racks) in a dry, clean and
ventilated warehouse.
The tent must be manufactured and packed in clean and appropriate conditions to avoid contamination from soil dust and other
contaminants.
Page 12
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
3.1 General description of outer tent:
The outer tent is made of several cloth sections which form the general shape of the tent. The seams run from the ridge down to the roof
edges, perpendicular to the ridge line. The outer tent is supported by 3 upright poles +1 ridge beam, 6 side poles and 4 door poles, 3 guy
ropes on each side and 2 guy ropes at each end. The attachment points of each guy rope are reinforced.
3.2 Dimensions / erecting system:
Centre height:
2.2 m
Width:
4m
Ridge length:
4m
Side wall height:
1.25 m
Door height:
1.4 m
Centre base length:
6.6 m
The outer tent is placed over the ridge beam which is held by 3 upright poles, one at each end of ridge beam, and one at the centre of the
ridge beam. The outer tent is maintained in position on the ridge pipe with 2 canvas sleeves of 100 mm long, closed by Velcro on full 100
mm length, one sleeve at each end of the ridge, at 200 mm from the end.
The side walls are held by 6 side poles with a metal hook on top to hook into the eyelet of the webbing band (25 mm wide) placed on the
3.3 Reinforcements:
The 10 roof guying points are made of 50 mm wide polyester straps, sewn to the eave in extension of the roof. The eave is made with a
double fold of the roof canvas, of 200 mm width, running all around the tent roof, including above the doors. The eave is part of the roof
panel, without interruption of the canvas. On the 6 side guying points an additional layer of PVC coated canvas is added on the inside to
protect against abrasion from the top of the pole.
In addition, the 6 side guy points have a second triangular piece of canvas of 300 mm side length sewn to the roof, from the edge of the
eave.
Page 13
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
3.4 Attachment system (guy lines):
The outer tent is anchored to the ground using 10 guy lines which are attached to 10 metal pegs.
Each guying point on both sides presents a loop made of 50 mm wide webbing. The length of the webbing allows, when folded double, the
creation of a minimum 30 mm long loop, to be stitched to the tent with a strong Z or X sewing on minimum 50 mm long.
The webbing loops are placed perpendicular to the tent edge on the sides, at 30° angle in the corners, and in the alignment of the
vestibules roof shape at both ends.
10 metal rings are attached to the loops with an elastic device. The ropes pass into the 10 metal rings. When tensioning, the ropes slide
The attachment points are made in such a way
3.5 Side windows:
Internal View
windows are 3600 mm wide and 300 mm high and the top edge of the window is placed 100 mm below the roof of the tent. The window
openings are reinforced either with strong reinforcement netting (large holes strong plastic net) or with standard netting and strips of 20
mm poly-cotton webbing that reinforce the window horizontally (1 webbing) and vertically (7 webbings). These webbings are sewn to the
3.6 Ventilation 1/2 cones on top of the vestibules:
External View
Internal View
can be closed with a 25 mm Velcro attached to the full width.
The vent openings are reinforced either with strong reinforcement netting (large holes strong plastic net), or with standard netting and with
two strips of 20 mm cotton or polyester webbing that bisects the vent horizontally and vertically. These webbings are sewn to the edges
of the vent opening and to the netting.
Page 14
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
3.7 Outer tent doors:
Door size: W 1.3 x H 1.4 m.
W 1.4 x H 1.6 m:
- Upper part: W 1.4 x H 0.9 m, made of canvas.
- Lower part: W 1.4 x H 0.7 m, made of woven PE fabric.
The vestibule doors can be used as awnings by moving the front door poles to the 2 eyelets placed at the bottom of the door, in the
corners. The rolled up door is held up by 2 loops and 2 plastic toggles or hooks.
The doors can be closed by means of a lacing/loop system. The loops are made of 4 mm rope or canvas strips (7 loops and eyelets per
door side). For each lace/loop system, a toggle or a hook is placed in order to attach the last loop.
the other side closable from outside.
Total height is 1.45 m corresponding to 1.25 m vertical plus 0.2 m on the ground.
22 eyelets (7 on each side including corners, 2 on each vestibule side), placed on a line reinforced with a full length 50 mm webbing sewn
The outer tent is attached to the side poles, with webbings or canvas strings stitched on the inner side of the outer tent, where the PE joins
the poly-cotton, in front of each side pole and door pole (10 points in total).
Page 15
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
The vestibule walls are made in the same way, to complete the outer tent between the doors and the side walls. One of the vestibule
carries the chimney hole.
3.9 Chimney reinforcement:
A chimney reinforcement with a non-perforated opening is placed at 0.5 m from one corner, on one end of the tent, between the corner
of one side wall and the corner of one tent door. This is made of heat resistant fabric (minimum 900°C). It is the type of fabric that keeps
The lower edge of the opening is 500 mm above the ground, where the canvas joins the PE part (a band of canvas of 2 to 3 cm is
Inside dimensions: 250 mm x 650 mm
is held by 25 mm Velcro webbing which is placed along the entire vertical sides and upper end at a 25 mm distance from the chimney
opening.
The tent fabric is cut away completely at the position of the chimney opening. The edges of the Chimney opening are hemmed stitched
to the inside.
External View
Internal View
Page 16
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
3.10 other accessories:
4 loops of 30 mm each are placed on the inside of the tent in places where inner tent doors have corresponding toggles, at the top of the
inner tent door zips (see inner tent door description). 10 D-rings (25 x 4 mm thickness), inside the outer tent, to allow the inner tent to be
hooked to these D-rings (see inner tent description point 4/4): 6 are placed in the webbings at the top of each side-pole’s position, 4 are
placed in intermediate position.
3.11 Plastic for document pouch:
On the outside of each left hand vestibule wall there will be a clear plastic document sleeve. The material will be UV stabilized polyurethane
transparent plastic with a minimum thickness of 0.15 mm. The lower edge of the sleeve will be 800 mm above the ground. The sleeve will
have an opening on the left side with the other three sides sewn with two rows of stitching to the tent. The inside dimensions of the sleeve
after sewing will be 230 mm high and 310 mm wide.
Page 17
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
4. MAKE-UP OF INNER TENT WITH GROUND SHEET
4.1 General description:
the outer tent and the inner tent.
At the ground sheet level it is hooked to the outer tent D-rings with 6 elastic webbings and plastic hooks of 20 mm width.
direction.
sewn to the inner tent and extends up the sides of the wall to assure that the inside remains waterproof. No stitching is allowed at the lower
Ridge
Inner Tent Front
Inner Tent Rear
Page 18
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
4. MAKE-UP OF INNER TENT WITH GROUND SHEET
4.2 Inner tent dimensions:
The inner tent, when hooked to the outer tent has a center height of 2.1 m, a width of 3.8 m, a wall height of 1.15 m and a base length of
3.95 m.
4.3 Inner doors:
The door panels (1.1 m wide) are placed in the center of the front and rear walls.
The doors are made of the same material as the tent and closed with polyester n°10 coil zipper fasteners at the 2 vertical sides. The zipper
fasteners can be opened from inside and outside.
Black UV stabilized ropes or canvas laces with plastic toggles or hooks are used to keep the door opened when rolled up.
To facilitate the door closing:
- 2 elastic webbing loops of 80 mm with toggles or hooks are placed at the top of each door side aligned with the zippers. They attach to
the corresponding 3 cm loops available inside the outer tent.
- 2 webbing loops with eyelets are placed at the bottom of each door side aligned with the zippers. They are used to attach the tent to
the ground with pegs of 6 x 230 mm. The webbing loops are stitched into the seam where the PE joins the fabric, and are 200 mm long.
Page 19
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
4. MAKE-UP OF INNER TENT WITH GROUND SHEET
4.4 Inner tent suspension system:
The inner tent is placed between the 2 end upright poles. It is attached (knotted) to these poles by 2 strings or strips of 25 mm by 200 mm
long at each end.
The inner tent is suspended from the ridge pipe with 8 galvanized 4 mm wire hooks mounted on 8 webbing loops of 50 mm wide. The total
length of the loops including the metal hook is 100 mm. One at each end, two in the centre at 100 mm from the centre pole gap, and the 4
to the corresponding D-rings of the outer tent inside, at the top of each side pole and in the intermediate positions. The loops are made of
The elastic webbing bands for the bottom of the walls are stitched to the tent in the seam where the PE and fabric are joined.
The inner tent has 32 loops of 20 mm, made of canvas, for the attachment of the optional inner lining or the optional inner partition. The
loops are placed in the inside of the inner tent at every place where the inner tent is attached to the outer tent or to the frame, plus 2 loops
at the bottom of each door where the webbings for the ground attachment are placed (8 at the ridge, 5 at the top of each side wall, 3 at
the bottom of each side wall, 2 at the base of each door).

4.5 Inner tent ventilation system:
is 750 x 300 mm (all space from the ridge to the top of each door).
4.6 Inner tent windows:
material as the inner tent is placed inside and opens downwards. It closes with 25 mm Velcro on all sides, and hangs freely when open.
4.7 Accessories inside the inner tent:
To hang light weight properties, 3 hooks of 20 mm mounted on webbing and 1 pouch of 150 x 200 mm made of netting material sewn on
3 sides are sewn inside the inner tent at the ridge. The pouch hangs from the ridge at the place of the 2nd ridge hook; the 3 hooks are
placed at the level of the 3rd, 6th and 7th ridge hooks.
Page 20
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
4. MAKE-UP OF INNER TENT WITH GROUND SHEET
4.8 Ground sheet:
The integrated ground sheet is made of PE woven fabric. The seam that attaches the ground sheet to the sides of the inner tent is 200
and have a 25 mm overlap. A reinforcement patch of 150 x 150 mm of the same material in the centre of the groundsheet to be glued or
sealed, to avoid the centre pole damaging the groundsheet.
4.9 Chimney reinforcement:
A chimney reinforcement with non-perforated opening is placed at 0.5 m from one corner, on one end of the tent, between the corner of
one side wall and the corner of one tent door. This is made of heat resistant fabric (minimum 900°C).
Inside dimensions: W 250 x H 800 mm.
The lower edge of the opening is 300 mm above the ground.
The tent fabric is to be cut away completely at the position of the chimney opening. The edges of the opening are hemmed stitched.
4.10 Inner partition:
One partition running from either side of the centre pole to the side walls, constructed from 2 half-partitions, stitched together at the top.
The partition is attached to the loops on the inner tent at the roof and wall levels with 10 pairs of string, and to the centre pole with 2 pairs
of string.
The partition can be maintained open with 2 additional pair of string.
Page 21
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
5. POLES AND ACCESSORIES
5.1 Poles:
the pipes (not to be made with press-reduced pipe diameter).
- Ridge beam:
4 m long, with minimum outer diameter of 30 mm galvanized or painted steel pipe, minimum 1.2 mm wall thickness, in 2 pieces or 4 pieces
depending on type of packaging.
The ends of the ridge beam to be reinforced with 2 short pipes of 27.5 mm outer diameter and of 100 mm length , inserted and point welded
at both ends of the ridge.
The ends of the ridge beam to be protected with a non-sharp, non-cutting plastic cap.
- Upright poles:
2 upright poles of 2200 mm each (end plug included), with minimum outer diameter of 25 mm, galvanized or painted steel pipe of minimum
1.2 mm wall thickness, comes in one piece or in two pieces depending of the type of packaging. These 2 poles have a narrowed diameter
of 21.5 mm by 40 mm long at the top end (end plug included), to insert into the ridge. The top end of these 2 poles to have a plastic bushing
protruding in order to protect from the edges of the pipe.
1 central upright pole of 2170 mm each (size without U-bracket), with minimum outer diameter of 30 mm galvanized or painted steel pipe
of minimum 1.2 mm wall thickness, comes in one piece or in two pieces depending on the type of packaging. This pole comes with a
U-shaped metal bracket of 30 mm length .
The base of the 2 upright poles must have a round metal or plastic base-plate of 50 mm diameter.
damage to the ground sheet while keeping proper stability.
- Side poles:
6 side poles of 1.25 m with minimum outer diameter of 19 mm painted or galvanized steel pipes of minimum 1 mm wall thickness, in one
4 door poles of 1.4 m with minimum outer diameter of 19 mm painted or galvanized steel pipes of minimum 1 mm wall thickness, in one
piece or in two pieces depending on the type of packaging.
Side poles and door poles base plates are made with a round piece of plastic of 40 mm diameter, with a pin of 20 to 30 mm length pointing
downward.
5.2 Ropes/loops/ guy runners:
6 ropes, black, UV treated, 3 m long each, 8 mm diameter, with a minimum tensile strength of 300 kg.
4 ropes, black, UV treated, 3 m long each, 6 mm diameter, with a minimum tensile strength of 140 kg.
All ropes to be passed in the rings of the tent from factory.
All ropes to have a securely knotted loop at one end, to place over the peg.
Hard wood or strong UV proof plastic guy runners, red color, already mounted on the ropes.
Page 22
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
COLD WEATHER
UNHCR Item No 05353
5. POLES AND ACCESSORIES
The grain of the wood runners to run lengthwise on the runner.
Size of the runners: 100 x 35 x 12 mm for wood runners, 15% less if made of plastic, the holes must be the same diameter as that of the
ropes and adapted to the good running and blocking of the supplied ropes.
5.3 Pegs and accessories:
6 pegs of 450 mm length made of angled iron of 25 x 25 mm, 3 mm thick, with an iron rod of 50 mm length and 6 mm diameter welded
on the top. On one end, both wings of the angled iron are cut at a 45° angle to form a pointed end. On the other end, both wings of the
angled iron are pressed together to touch each other, and the 6 mm rod is welded on top of that end. The 6 mm rod produces a 25 mm
prominence slightly bended downwards. These 6 pegs have 2 slots on each side, not opposite, to improve grip in soft ground. The width
of the slots is approximately 3 mm, the depth is maximum 3 mm. Pegs are painted or galvanized.
4 pegs of 300 mm length after bending, made of iron rebar of 10 mm diameter, with a hook bended on one end, “candy cane” shape, or
a cross shape, painted or galvanized.
26 pegs of 230 mm length , made of iron bar of 6 mm diameter, with a round or cross shaped head on one end, to avoid damaging the
Page 23
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
Item Application Sample
Expected Life Span
General Information and Description
The Family Tent has 16 m2
total area of 23 m2, double-fold with ground sheet.
2
vestibules, for a
It is the standard tent used by UNHCR/ICRC/IFRC and suitable for a family of
5 people, following the recommended minimum living area in hot and temperate
climates (3.5 m2 per person), and providing additional space for cold climates.
with close technical cooperation between UNHCR, IFRC and ICRC, to guarantee
at a minimum cost.
Family Tents are designed as a short term shelter solution, particularly in
support to emergency situations and is not a substitute for a more permanent
shelter. It is expected that Family tents should have a life span of 1 year,
types of climates.
Shelf-life: the tent has a shelf-life of minimum 5 years, under normal storage
conditions, in dry, clean, and ventilated warehouses. It should be elevated from
the ground, not piled, stored on pallets and pallet racks, not in containers or
in tented warehouses. Tents are sensitive to rain and moisture when packed.
can be manufactured by different suppliers in various countries, with the
Packing
UNHCR purchases Family tents through international tender processes and
establishes Frame Agreements (Long Term Agreements) with manufacturers
One tent with all accessories can be packed into a master bundle. The outer
shell and the inner tent are folded in a way to ensure that the ground sheet
protects the tent and accessories from dirt and moisture. The master bundle
is made of woven polyethylene (PE) fabric of 180 g/m2 identical to the one used
of the UNHCR approved laboratories. Family Tents are subject to random and
with an approximate diameter of 300 mm in order to have extra space to facilitate
repacking.
approved technical laboratories can be obtained from UNHCR Supply
Management Service in Budapest.
According to its design, Family Tents should comply with all the technical
Information for laboratory testing:
samples are to be sent to one of the UNHCR approved laboratories for testing
and make up checking. One sample will be used for material testing and the
second for a rain test. A product is acceptable only if all criteria are passed on
the same sample.
The metal poles and metal pegs are packed in 2 separate bags to avoid
damaging other items inside the master bundle. Both of these bags are made
of the same material as the master bundle. These bags have a closure system
that ensures that the accessories will not fall out of the bag during transport
and handling. Particular care should be taken when packing the pegs to assure
they will not pierce the bag.
The master bundle is closed with 2 webbing straps on the outside, and each
strap has a self-locking buckle that will not slide during transport. Each
wire, welded-closed, or with one rectangular buckle and one sliding middle bar,
of 4 mm steel rod, welded-closed. Each strap has 2 handles (PE or polyester).
These straps are not sewn to the bundle.
Weight and Volume
Gross weight per unit: approx. 62 kg
Gross volume per unit: approx. 0.23 m3
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
140 tents per 20’ GP without cage,
300 tents per 40’ DC without cage.
350 tents per 40’ HC without cage.
120 tents / 10 cages per 20’ DC with cage (10 tents per cage).
240 tents / 20 cages per 40’ DC with cage (10 tents per cage).
240 tents / 20 cages per 40’ DC with cage (10 tents per cage).
Before placing the Family Tent into the master bundle, the tent must be protected
with one additional layer made with a piece of polycotton canvas as per the
wall canvas minimum, of 2.3 x 1 m. This canvas is attached around the bundle
with 3 ropes of 1 m and 3 mm diameter.
The international standard warning sign "protect from water" should be printed
on the outside of the package. The buyer's markings are printed on the outside
in indelible ink.
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 24
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
Optional Packing
To facilitate loading of Family Tents into pallets, size 120 x 80 x 15 cm, an
order to obtain a package of 1.2 m in length.
The package must be a polycotton bag of 120 x 40 x 30 cm with a zip closure.
The bundle must be secured with 2 webbing straps, each with a self-locking
buckle that will not slide during transport. Each strap provides 2 handles.
The straps must not be sewn to the bag. All other aspects as per standard
packaging instructions. The palletized goods must not exceed the length and
width of the pallet.
UNHCR Logo Application Reference
UNHCR vertical visibility logo on the roof of the tent:
The logo should be printed in blue indelible ink on both sides of the roof and
in the middle for maximum visibility as showed on the graphic reference, when
using 150 cm material and two seams on the canvas roof (L= 1.35 m and H=
1.65 m), following the “X” and “Y” proportionality rule to avoid distortion on the
logo and letterings.
Rule: Length, L = (1 X = 15 cm), so (9 X = 1.35 m). Height, H = (1 Y = 15 cm),
so (11 Y = 1.65 m).
Alternatively, the vertical visibility logos could be placed diagonally on opposite
sides of the roof, when using 200 cm material and a central seam.
UNHCR horizontal visibility logo on both sides next to the tent’s doors:
UNHCR horizontal visibility logo should be printed in blue indelible ink on both
sides of the outer tent on both ends (2) of the tent next to the doors (L= 1.2 m
and H = 0.35 m). The width of marking must be 120 cm and the
heightproportionate to the width without any distortion of the logo and letterings
(approximately 35 cm).
120cm
(CMYK). C = 100%, M = 45%, Y = 0%, K = 0%.
Page 25
Metallic Cages
It is advisable to use stackable metal frame pallets. Such pallets avoid multiple
manual handling of the bags and prevent the bags from being torn, and
provides easy and fast on and off loading of containers, trucks, etc. Assures
ventilation between the tents while stored in hot and humid climates which are
The metal cage pallet is stackable and adapted to optimize the container
capacity.
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
Repair Kit
Should include 1 needle, 20 m stiching thread, 3 m polyester rope or string of 6 mm used to attach the canvas spare piece around the bundle as per
information on packaging on page 1.
Markings on the Single Bag
Marking of UNHCR logo: (50 x 15 cm): Should be printed in blue indelible ink in color Pantone No PMS 300 C on one side of the single bag.

 

  
 


Shipping Marks:
Project Symbol, Consignee and Content on one side of the polyethylene bag (25 x 10 cm).







10 cm
25 cm
Manufacturer Marking
Every tent should include a tag, stitched inside the tent in one corner seam of one side wall, on the outer tent, 10 cm from the end of the wall, and 10
marking.
Assembling Instruction and Content List
In the accessory bag, a content list and a set-up / assembling instructions sheet written in English is to be enclosed. The content list and the set-up /
assembling instructions sheet have to be printed on durable laminated A4 paper or durable fabric, showing step-by-step, set-up information drawings /
photos and tent set up instructions in color.
Page 26
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
Graphic Reference
UNHCR vertical Logo on the roof of the Family Tent

Repair kit




Family Tent General View
TOPView
VIEW
Top
Page 27
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
Graphic Reference
Page 28
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
1.
Materials
3.
Make-up of the outer tent
4.
Make-up of the inner tent with ground sheet
5.
Poles and accessories
1. MATERIALS
hereunder.
Fire Retardant Testing Conditions:
Temperature:
Wind:
Humidity:
Weather Conditions:
Rain:
Dew Point:
15 - 20 C
2 - 5 Knots
60% TO 75%
Sunny Day or Partly Cloudy
0
10 - 15
1.1 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE OUTER TENT ROOF CANVAS
Denomination and norms
1. Composition, ISO 1833
2.
(g/m2), ISO 3801
Required minimum values
(±10), polyester: 60% (±10) = Polyester: 50% to 70%, with balance
in cotton.
350 g/m2
3. Colour
Natural white, not dyed.
4. Water vapor permeability, ISO 17229
Minimum 2000 g/m2/24h.
5. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1
Warp and Weft 850 N minimum.
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas.
For plain canvas test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
To apply on 5 test pieces with seams, cut from the tent, perpendicular
to the seam.
On seams, the grab test is applied on 25 mm width in the 50 mm
sample.
6. Tear resistance (N), Started, ISO 9073-4
Warp and Weft 60 N minimum.
7. Water penetration resistance, ISO 811
30 hPa minimum, with increasing speed at 100 mm per minute.
Test pieces of plain canvas.
8. Rain penetration resistance, ISO 5912
Test piece is the complete outer tent only.
Resistance to rain as per point 4.2.11 applying procedure as point
5.6 during 2 h on one end and 3 h on one side.
9. Dimensional variation, ISO 7771
Maximum 3%.
When soaking in water.
10. Resistance to micro-organisms
On tensile strength under ISO 13934-1 after BS6085 (soil burial
28 days).
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas and 10 test pieces with
seams.
Page 29
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
For each type of test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
1.1 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE OUTER TENT ROOF CANVAS
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
11.
Same test as point 7 on samples soaked in water in point 9.
12.
30 hPa minimum, with increasing speed at 100 mm per minute.
Maximum 10% of additional loss as compared with the result from
point 10.
Same test as point 10 on samples soaked in water in point 9.
For each type of test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
13. Tensile strength
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
After exposure to UV and moisturizing (climatic simulation).
Exposure in a climatic chamber under ISO4892-2, type A, 360
hours, followed by tensile test under ISO13934-1.
For each type of test: 3 test pieces in warp and 3 test pieces in
weft.
14. Fire resistance/retardancy
max damaged length of each specimen; average damage length
(140mm).
max damaged length of each specifmen; average damage
6 (140mm).
good max damaged length of each specimen; average damage
6 (140mm).
Page 30
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
1.2 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE OUTER TENT WALL CANVAS
Denomination and norms
1. Composition, ISO 1833
2.
(g/m2), ISO 3801
Required minimum values
polyester: 60% (±10) = Polyester: 50% to 70%, balance cotton.
275 g/m2
3. Colour
Natural white, not dyed.
4. Water vapor permeability, ISO 17229
Minimum 2000 g/m2/24h.
5.a. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1
Warp and Weft 650 N minimum.
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas.
For plain canvas test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
To apply on 5 test pieces with seams, cut from the tent, perpendicular
to the seam.
On seams, the grab test is applied on 25 mm width in the 50 mm
sample.
5.b. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1
Warp and Weft 650 N minimum.
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas and 10 test pieces with
seams.
For each type of test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
6. Tear resistance (N), Started ISO 9073-4
Warp and Weft 40 N minimum.
7. Water penetration resistance, ISO 811
20 hPa minimum, with increasing speed at 100 mm per minute.
Test pieces of plain canvas.
Page 31
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
1.2 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE OUTER TENT WALL CANVAS
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
8. Dimensional variation, ISO 7771
Maximum 3%.
When soaking in water.
9. Resistance to micro-organisms
On tensile strength under ISO 13934-1 after BS6085 (soil burial
28 days).
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas and 10 test pieces with
seams.
10.
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
For each type of test: 5 test pieces in warp, 5 test pieces in weft.
20 hPa minimum, with increasing speed at 100 mm per minute.
Same test as point 7 on samples soaked in water in point 8.
11.
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
Same test as point 9 on samples soaked in water in point 8.
For each type of test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
12. Tensile strength after exposure to UV and moisturizing (climatic
simulation)
Exposure in a climatic chamber under ISO 4892-2, type A,
360hours, followed by tensile test under ISO 13934-1.
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
For each type of test: 3 test pieces in warp and 3 test pieces in weft.
13. Fire resistance/retardancy
max damaged length of each speciman; average damage length is
max damaged length of each speciman; average damage length is
max damaged length of each speciman; average damage length is
Page 32
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
1.3 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE INNER TENT CANVAS
Denomination and norms
1. Composition, ISO1833
2.
(g/m2), ISO 3801
Required minimum values
polyester: 60%(±10) = Polyester: 50% to 70%, balance cotton or
Cotton 100%.
165 g/m2
retardancy, component’s weight is 170 g/m2 ±10%.
3. Colour
Dyed cream or beige color.
4. Water vapor permeability, ISO 17229
Minimum 2000 g/m2/24h.
5. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1
Warp and Weft 300 N minimum.
6. Tear resistance (N), ISO 9073-4
Warp and Weft 20 N minimum.
7. Resistance to micro-organisms on tensile strength
Under ISO 13934-1 after BS6085 (soil burial - 14 days).
and maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same
product.
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas and 10 test pieces with
seams.
5 test pieces in warp, 5 test pieces in weft.
8. Fire resistance/retardancy
Page 33
good max damaged length of each specimen; good max
damaged length of each specimen; good average length
(190mm). User health safety: The materials and additives used in
the fabric should be non toxic for human use. Free from asbestos
and other toxic products according to EC regulation.
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
1.4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE PE FABRIC FOR THE MUD FLAPS
Denomination and norms
1. Composition
2.
Required minimum values
on both sides with low density polyethylene coating.
Alternatively Plastic Tarpaulin can be used.
(g/m2), ISO 3801
190 g/m2±30gr
Warp and Weft 650 N minimum.
3. a. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1
Elongation 15% to 25%.
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain PE fabric.
To apply on 5 test pieces with seams, cut from the tent,
perpendicularly to the seam, at the junction of PE and canvas.
For plain PE fabric test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in
weft.
On seams, the grab test is applied on 25 mm width in the 50
mm sample.
3.b.Tensile strength (N), ISO 1421
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas and 10 test pieces with
Warp 650 N minimum weft 650 N minimum for each type of
test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
4.Tear resistance (N), ISO 4674 (A2)
100 N minimum warp and 100 N minimum weft.
5. Resistance to micro-organisms
Insensitive to micro-organisms. Not to be tested.
6. Resistance to UV
In percentage of tensile strength loss under ISO 1421 after 1500
hours UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm peak).
7. Colour
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
5 test pieces in weft, and 5 in warp.
White if made with IFRC/ICRC/UNHCR standard plastic
sheeting.
8. Fire resistance/retardancy
good max damaged length of each specimen; good average
damaged length (190mm).
time slightly higher than 5s; good average damaged length
(190mm).
good max damaged length of each specimen; good average
length (190mm).
Page 34
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
1.5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE PE FABRIC FOR THE GROUND SHEET
Denomination and norms
Woven polyethylene fabric coated on both sides with low density
polyethylene.
Alternatively Plastic Tarpaulin can be used.
1. Composition
2.
Page 35
Required minimum values
(g/m2), ISO 3801
190 g/m2± 30 grams.
3. Tensile strength (N), ISO 1421
Warp 300 N minimum weft 300 N minimum.
4. Tear resistance (N), ISO 4674 (A2)
Warp 60 N minimum weft 60 N minimum.
5. Resistance to micro-organisms
Insensitive to micro-organisms.
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
1.5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE PE FABRIC FOR THE GROUND SHEET
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
6. Water penetration resistance, ISO 811
20 hPa minimum.
Test pieces of plain canvas.
7. Resistance to UV
In percentage of tensile strength loss under ISO 1421 after 300
hours UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm peak).
and maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same
product. 5 test pieces in weft 5 test pieces in warp.
8. Colour
White if made with UNHCR standard plastic sheeting.
9. Fire resistance/retardancy
CPAI-84, 1980, Section 6.
max damaged length of each speciman; good average damaged
length (190mm).
higher than 5s; good averaged damaged length (190mm).
good max damaged length of each speciman; good average
damaged length (190mm).
PASS - CPAI 84 section 5 as received; no speciman of the sample
unit shall display any damage within 25mm of the edge of the hole
PASS - CPAI 84 section 5 after weathering; speciman of the
sample unit shall display any damage within 25mm of the edge of
Page 36
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
1. Material, ISO 1833
Polyester 100%, or PE 100%.
2. Fabric, ISO 8388
Warp knitted.
3. Denier
75/100 for the polyester and 100 to 150 for the PE.
4. Filament
for the PE.
5. Mesh size
25 holes/cm2 (156 holes/inch2)
6. Weight, ISO 3801
85 to 100 g/m2 for polyester and Min 38 g/m2 for PE depending
of denier.
7. Shrinkage, ISO 5077
5% maximum.
8. Bursting strength, ISO 1393-8
250 kPa minimum for polyester and 320 kPa minimum for PE.
9. Bursting strength after exposure to UV and moisturizing (climatic
simulation), ISO 1393-8
maximum strength-loss on original value of the same product.
Page 37
Exposure in a climatic chamber under ISO 4892-2, type A, 360
hours, followed by bursting test under ISO 13938
Number of test pieces: 3 test pieces.
10. Colour
White.
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
1.7 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE GUYING POINTS OF THE OUTER TENT
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
1. Material composition
Polyethylene/Polypropylene/Polyester ropes. Polyester straps.
Steel rings. Elastic device.
2. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934
3000 N minimum for the 6 side points (3 test pieces).
On samples taking the complete guying point assembly including
the entire reinforcement pieces.
1400 N minimum for the 4 other points (2 test pieces).
Elongation of the elastic device under 1000 N: minimum 50 mm,
maximum 100 mm.
See note here under.
3. Resistance to UV
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
In percentage of tensile strength loss after exposure in a climatic
chamber under ISO 4892-2, type A, 360 hours.
4. Colour
1 test piece at 1400 N 1 test piece at 3000 N.
Black ropes and straps. Galvanized steel.
Note for point N°2:
Sample size: W 300 x L 500 mm. Sample to be cut at the centre guy line for the side point (500 mm length is with eave included).
Samples to be cut on the top corner of the outer doors for the other points.
clamped in the apparatus jaw. The sample must include: the tent roof canvas, the reinforcement of the canvas, the strap, the ring, the
UV test).
The traction must be applied between the tent roof canvas and the guy rope.
1.8 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE HAMMER
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
1.Type
Sledge hammer, 1 kg head, with 30 cm wooden handle. In
2.Handle
No chip, rough surface, holes, knots. Smooth surface. Dry and
on other side of the head, and be blocked with a metal wedge or
be a conical shape (like hoes). Moisture minimum 10%, maximum
15%, under ISO3130.
3.Pull apart test
After two series of 25 vigorous blows with varying delivery angle,
apply traction of 500 N trying to pull out the handle, head being
attached to the head.
Page 38
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
2. GENERAL POINTS FOR THE FINISHED PRODUCT
2.1 Performances:
When closed, the tent must give a good protection against dust, wind, rain, snow, insects and small crawling fauna.
Minimum roof load to be 300 N/m2 under ISO8937 (snow load for camping tent).
2.2 Seams and stitching:
All seams subject to possible tension are double-lock stitched and water-proofed. Stitching should produce strong, long lasting, neat and
professional looking seams.
The stitch count as well as UV and rot-proof sewing threads are appropriate and adapted to each fabric. It allows for strong waterproof
seams with at least the same life span as the tent.
The seams are always oriented in order to let the rain run freely, to avoid retaining water lines or water pockets.
Wherever possible, the colour of the sewing thread is adapted to the fabric color.
Note: Gluing or any other methods that do not ensure the overall performance of the Tent are not accepted on stiching.
2.3 Ropes, webbing bands, toggles, loops, reinforcement nettings, and all other accessories:
All ropes and webbing bands are heat cut. All ropes are knotted to the tent from the factory. All above mentioned items are rot-proof and
UV-proof at least as much as the tent canvas which they are sewn to. No webbing or rope is sewn through a stitch going from outside the
tent to inside the tent to avoid water penetration by capillarity, or are made of waterproof materials. Laces or loops can also be made of
the same canvas as the tent roof/wall for the outer tent loops, and of the same canvas they are sewn to for the inner tent loops.
2.4 Zipper fasteners:
All the zipper fasteners should conform to a resistance of 700 N lateral traction under ISO5912.
2.5 Eyelets:
All metal eyelets should be rustproof and correctly placed, reinforced with a fabric patch and of a minimum 10 mm inner diameter.
2.6 Metal rings:
All metal rings should be rustproof galvanized and closed by welding.
2.7 Dimensional tolerance:
2.8 Long storage (shelf life):
The tent is treated and packed in such a way that it can be stored up to minimum of 5 years in proper storage conditions without any
damage or performance reduction. The tent should be stored elevated from the ground (on pallets and pallet racks) in a dry, clean and
ventilated warehouse.
The tent must be manufactured and packed in clean and appropriate conditions to avoid contamination from soil dust and other
contaminants.
Page 39
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
3.1 General description of outer tent:
The outer tent is made of several cloth sections which form the general shape of the tent. The seams run from the ridge down to the roof
edges, perpendicular to the ridge line. The outer tent is supported by 3 upright poles +1 ridge beam, 6 side poles and 4 door poles, 3 guy
ropes on each side and 2 guy ropes at each end. The attachment points of each guy rope are reinforced.
3.2 Dimensions / erecting system:
Centre height:
2.2 m
Width:
4m
Ridge length:
4m
Side wall height:
1.25 m
Door height:
1.4 m
Centre base length:
6.6 m
The outer tent is placed over the ridge beam which is held by 3 upright poles, one at each end of ridge beam, and one at the centre of the
ridge beam. The outer tent is maintained in position on the ridge pipe with 2 canvas sleeves of 100 mm long, closed by Velcro on full 100
mm length, one sleeve at each end of the ridge, at 200 mm from the end.
The side walls are held by 6 side poles with a metal hook on top to hook into the eyelet of the webbing band (25 mm wide) placed on the
3.3 Reinforcements:
The 10 roof guying points are made of 50 mm wide polyester straps, sewn to the eave in extension of the roof. The eave is made with a
double fold of the roof canvas, of 200 mm width, running all around the tent roof, including above the doors. The eave is part of the roof
panel, without interruption of the canvas. On the 6 side guying points an additional layer of PVC coated canvas is added on the inside to
protect against abrasion from the top of the pole.
In addition, the 6 side guy points have a second triangular piece of canvas of 300 mm side length sewn to the roof, from the edge of the
eave.
Page 40
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
3.4 Attachment system (guy lines):
The outer tent is anchored to the ground using 10 guy lines which are attached to 10 metal pegs.
Each guying point on both sides presents a loop made of 50 mm wide webbing. The length of the webbing allows, when folded double, the
creation of a minimum 30 mm long loop, to be stitched to the tent with a strong Z or X sewing on minimum 50 mm long.
The webbing loops are placed perpendicular to the tent edge on the sides, at 30° angle in the corners, and in the alignment of the
vestibules roof shape at both ends.
10 metal rings are attached to the loops with an elastic device. The ropes pass into the 10 metal rings. When tensioning, the ropes slide
The attachment points are made in such a way
3.5 Side windows:
Internal View
windows are 3600 mm wide and 600 mm high and the top edge of the window is placed 100 mm below the roof of the tent. The window
openings are reinforced either with strong reinforcement netting (large holes strong plastic net) or with standard netting and strips of 20
mm poly-cotton webbing that reinforce the window horizontally (1 webbing) and vertically (7 webbings). These webbings are sewn to the
3.6 Ventilation 1/2 cones on top of the vestibules:
External View
Internal View
can be closed with a 25 mm Velcro attached to the full width.
The vent openings are reinforced either with strong reinforcement netting (large holes strong plastic net), or with standard netting and with
two strips of 20 mm cotton or polyester webbing that bisects the vent horizontally and vertically. These webbings are sewn to the edges
of the vent opening and to the netting.
Page 41
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
3.7 Outer tent doors:
Door size: W 1.3 x H 1.4 m.
W 1.4 x H 1.6 m:
- Upper part: W 1.4 x H 0.9 m, made of canvas.
- Lower part: W 1.4 x H 0.7 m, made of woven PE fabric.
The vestibule doors can be used as awnings by moving the front door poles to the 2 eyelets placed at the bottom of the door, in the
corners. The rolled up door is held up by 2 loops and 2 plastic toggles or hooks.
The doors can be closed by means of a lacing/loop system. The loops are made of 4 mm rope or canvas strips (7 loops and eyelets per
door side). For each lace/loop system, a toggle or a hook is placed in order to attach the last loop.
the other side closable from outside.
Total height is 1.45 m corresponding to 1.25 m vertical plus 0.2 m on the ground.
22 eyelets (7 on each side including corners, 2 on each vestibule side), placed on a line reinforced with a full length 50 mm webbing sewn
The outer tent is attached to the side poles, with webbings or canvas strings stitched on the inner side of the outer tent, where the PE joins
the poly-cotton, in front of each side pole and door pole (10 points in total).
Page 42
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
The vestibule walls are made in the same way, to complete the outer tent between the doors and the side walls. One of the vestibule
carries the chimney hole.
3.9 Chimney reinforcement:
A chimney reinforcement with a non-perforated opening is placed at 0.5 m from one corner, on one end of the tent, between the corner
of one side wall and the corner of one tent door. This is made of heat resistant fabric (minimum 900°C). It is the type of fabric that keeps
The lower edge of the opening is 500 mm above the ground, where the canvas joins the PE part (a band of canvas of 2 to 3 cm is
Inside dimensions: 250 mm x 650 mm
is held by 25 mm Velcro webbing which is placed along the entire vertical sides and upper end at a 25 mm distance from the chimney
opening.
The tent fabric is cut away completely at the position of the chimney opening. The edges of the Chimney opening are hemmed stitched
to the inside.
External View
Page 43
Internal View
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
3.10 other accessories:
4 loops of 30 mm each are placed on the inside of the tent in places where inner tent doors have corresponding toggles, at the top of the
inner tent door zips (see inner tent door description). 10 D-rings (25 x 4 mm thickness), inside the outer tent, to allow the inner tent to be
hooked to these D-rings (see inner tent description point 4/4): 6 are placed in the webbings at the top of each side-pole’s position, 4 are
placed in intermediate position.
3.11 Plastic for document pouch:
On the outside of each left hand vestibule wall there will be a clear plastic document sleeve. The material will be UV stabilized polyurethane
transparent plastic with a minimum thickness of 0.15 mm. The lower edge of the sleeve will be 800 mm above the ground. The sleeve will
have an opening on the left side with the other three sides sewn with two rows of stitching to the tent. The inside dimensions of the sleeve
after sewing will be 230 mm high and 310 mm wide.
Page 44
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
4. MAKE-UP OF INNER TENT WITH GROUND SHEET
4.1 General description:
the outer tent and the inner tent.
At the ground sheet level it is hooked to the outer tent D-rings with 6 elastic webbings and plastic hooks of 20 mm width.
direction.
sewn to the inner tent and extends up the sides of the wall to assure that the inside remains waterproof. No stitching is allowed at the lower
Ridge
Inner Tent Front
Page 45
Inner Tent Rear
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
4. MAKE-UP OF INNER TENT WITH GROUND SHEET
4.2 Inner tent dimensions:
The inner tent, when hooked to the outer tent has a center height of 2.1 m, a width of 3.8 m, a wall height of 1.15 m and a base length of
3.95 m.
4.3 Inner doors:
The door panels (1.1 m wide) are placed in the center of the front and rear walls.
The doors are made of the same material as the tent and closed with polyester n°10 coil zipper fasteners at the 2 vertical sides. The zipper
fasteners can be opened from inside and outside.
Black UV stabilized ropes or canvas laces with plastic toggles or hooks are used to keep the door opened when rolled up.
To facilitate the door closing:
- 2 elastic webbing loops of 80 mm with toggles or hooks are placed at the top of each door side aligned with the zippers. They attach to
the corresponding 3 cm loops available inside the outer tent.
- 2 webbing loops with eyelets are placed at the bottom of each door side aligned with the zippers. They are used to attach the tent to
the ground with pegs of 6 x 230 mm. The webbing loops are stitched into the seam where the PE joins the fabric, and are 200 mm long.
Page 46
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
4. MAKE-UP OF INNER TENT WITH GROUND SHEET
4.4 Inner tent suspension system:
The inner tent is placed between the 2 end upright poles. It is attached (knotted) to these poles by 2 strings or strips of 25 mm by 200 mm
long at each end.
The inner tent is suspended from the ridge pipe with 8 galvanized 4 mm wire hooks mounted on 8 webbing loops of 50 mm wide. The total
length of the loops including the metal hook is 100 mm. One at each end, two in the centre at 100 mm from the centre pole gap, and the 4
to the corresponding D-rings of the outer tent inside, at the top of each side pole and in the intermediate positions. The loops are made of
The elastic webbing bands for the bottom of the walls are stitched to the tent in the seam where the PE and fabric are joined.
The inner tent has 32 loops of 20 mm, made of canvas, for the attachment of the optional inner lining or the optional inner partition. The
loops are placed in the inside of the inner tent at every place where the inner tent is attached to the outer tent or to the frame, plus 2 loops
at the bottom of each door where the webbings for the ground attachment are placed (8 at the ridge, 5 at the top of each side wall, 3 at
the bottom of each side wall, 2 at the base of each door).

4.5 Inner tent ventilation system:
is 750 x 300 mm (all space from the ridge to the top of each door).
4.6 Inner tent windows:
material as the inner tent is placed inside and opens downwards. It closes with 25 mm Velcro on all sides, and hangs freely when open.
4.7 Accessories inside the inner tent:
To hang light weight properties, 3 hooks of 20 mm mounted on webbing and 1 pouch of 150 x 200 mm made of netting material sewn on
3 sides are sewn inside the inner tent at the ridge. The pouch hangs from the ridge at the place of the 2nd ridge hook; the 3 hooks are
placed at the level of the 3rd, 6th and 7th ridge hooks.
Page 47
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
4. MAKE-UP OF INNER TENT WITH GROUND SHEET
4.8 Ground sheet:
The integrated ground sheet is made of PE woven fabric. The seam that attaches the ground sheet to the sides of the inner tent is 200
and have a 25 mm overlap. A reinforcement patch of 150 x 150 mm of the same material in the centre of the groundsheet to be glued or
sealed, to avoid the centre pole damaging the groundsheet.
4.9 Chimney reinforcement:
A chimney reinforcement with non-perforated opening is placed at 0.5 m from one corner, on one end of the tent, between the corner of
one side wall and the corner of one tent door. This is made of heat resistant fabric (minimum 900°C).
Inside dimensions: W 250 x H 800 mm.
The lower edge of the opening is 300 mm above the ground.
The tent fabric is to be cut away completely at the position of the chimney opening. The edges of the opening are hemmed stitched.
4.10 Inner partition:
One partition running from either side of the centre pole to the side walls, constructed from 2 half-partitions, stitched together at the top.
The partition is attached to the loops on the inner tent at the roof and wall levels with 10 pairs of string, and to the centre pole with 2 pairs
of string.
The partition can be maintained open with 2 additional pair of string.
Page 48
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
5. POLES AND ACCESSORIES
5.1 Poles:
the pipes (not to be made with press-reduced pipe diameter).
- Ridge beam:
4 m long, with minimum outer diameter of 30 mm galvanized or painted steel pipe, minimum 1.2 mm wall thickness, in 2 pieces or 4 pieces
depending on type of packaging.
The ends of the ridge beam to be reinforced with 2 short pipes of 27.5 mm outer diameter and of 100 mm length , inserted and point welded
at both ends of the ridge.
The ends of the ridge beam to be protected with a non-sharp, non-cutting plastic cap.
- Upright poles:
2 upright poles of 2200 mm each (end plug included), with minimum outer diameter of 25 mm, galvanized or painted steel pipe of minimum
1.2 mm wall thickness, comes in one piece or in two pieces depending of the type of packaging. These 2 poles have a narrowed diameter
of 21.5 mm by 40 mm long at the top end (end plug included), to insert into the ridge. The top end of these 2 poles to have a plastic bushing
protruding in order to protect from the edges of the pipe.
1 central upright pole of 2170 mm each (size without U-bracket), with minimum outer diameter of 30 mm galvanized or painted steel pipe
of minimum 1.2 mm wall thickness, comes in one piece or in two pieces depending on the type of packaging. This pole comes with a
U-shaped metal bracket of 30 mm length .
The base of the 2 upright poles must have a round metal or plastic base-plate of 50 mm diameter.
damage to the ground sheet while keeping proper stability.
- Side poles:
6 side poles of 1.25 m with minimum outer diameter of 19 mm painted or galvanized steel pipes of minimum 1 mm wall thickness, in one
4 door poles of 1.4 m with minimum outer diameter of 19 mm painted or galvanized steel pipes of minimum 1 mm wall thickness, in one
piece or in two pieces depending on the type of packaging.
Side poles and door poles base plates are made with a round piece of plastic of 40 mm diameter, with a pin of 20 to 30 mm length pointing
downward.
5.2 Ropes/loops/ guy runners:
6 ropes, black, UV treated, 3 m long each, 8 mm diameter, with a minimum tensile strength of 300 kg.
4 ropes, black, UV treated, 3 m long each, 6 mm diameter, with a minimum tensile strength of 140 kg.
All ropes to be passed in the rings of the tent from factory.
All ropes to have a securely knotted loop at one end, to place over the peg.
Hard wood or strong UV proof plastic guy runners, red color, already mounted on the ropes.
Page 49
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR COLD
WEATHER WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07283
5. POLES AND ACCESSORIES
The grain of the wood runners to run lengthwise on the runner.
Size of the runners: 100 x 35 x 12 mm for wood runners, 15% less if made of plastic, the holes must be the same diameter as that of the
ropes and adapted to the good running and blocking of the supplied ropes.
5.3 Pegs and accessories:
6 pegs of 450 mm length made of angled iron of 25 x 25 mm, 3 mm thick, with an iron rod of 50 mm length and 6 mm diameter welded
on the top. On one end, both wings of the angled iron are cut at a 45° angle to form a pointed end. On the other end, both wings of the
angled iron are pressed together to touch each other, and the 6 mm rod is welded on top of that end. The 6 mm rod produces a 25 mm
prominence slightly bended downwards. These 6 pegs have 2 slots on each side, not opposite, to improve grip in soft ground. The width
of the slots is approximately 3 mm, the depth is maximum 3 mm. Pegs are painted or galvanized.
4 pegs of 300 mm length after bending, made of iron rebar of 10 mm diameter, with a hook bended on one end, “candy cane” shape, or
a cross shape, painted or galvanized.
26 pegs of 230 mm length , made of iron bar of 6 mm diameter, with a round or cross shaped head on one end, to avoid damaging the
Page 50
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
HOT CLIMATE
UNHCR Item No 07242
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
The Family Tent has 16 m 2
total area of 23 m2, double-fold with ground sheet.
Expected Life Span
2
vestibules, for a
It is the standard tent used by UNHCR/ICRC/IFRC and suitable for a family of
5 people, following the recommended minimum living area in hot and temperate
climates (3.5 m2 per person), and providing additional space for cold climates.
with close technical cooperation between UNHCR, IFRC and ICRC, to guarantee
at a minimum cost.
can be manufactured by different suppliers in various countries, with the
UNHCR purchases Family tents through international tender processes and
establishes Frame Agreements (Long Term Agreements) with manufacturers
of the UNHCR approved laboratories. Family Tents are subject to random and
Family Tents are designed as a short term shelter solution, particularly in
support to emergency situations and is not a substitute for a more permanent
shelter. It is expected that Family tents should have a life span of 1 year,
types of climates.
Shelf-life: the tent has a shelf-life of minimum 5 years, under normal storage
conditions, in dry, clean, and ventilated warehouses. It should be elevated from
the ground, not piled, stored on pallets and pallet racks, not in containers or
in tented warehouses. Tents are sensitive to rain and moisture when packed.
Packing
One tent with all accessories can be packed into a master bundle. The outer
shell and the inner tent are folded in a way to ensure that the ground sheet
protects the tent and accessories from dirt and moisture. The master bundle
is made of woven polyethylene (PE) fabric of 180 g/m2 identical to the one used
with an approximate diameter of 300 mm in order to have extra space to facilitate
repacking.
approved technical laboratories can be obtained from UNHCR Supply
Management Service in Budapest.
According to its design, Family Tents should comply with all the technical
Information for laboratory testing:
samples are to be sent to one of the UNHCR approved laboratories for testing
and make up checking. One sample will be used for material testing and the
second for a rain test. A product is acceptable only if all criteria are passed on
the same sample.
The metal poles and metal pegs are packed in 2 separate bags to avoid
damaging other items inside the master bundle. Both of these bags are made
of the same material as the master bundle. These bags have a closure system
that ensures that the accessories will not fall out of the bag during transport
and handling. Particular care should be taken when packing the pegs to assure
they will not pierce the bag.
The master bundle is closed with 2 webbing straps on the outside, and each
strap has a self-locking buckle that will not slide during transport. Each
wire, welded-closed, or with one rectangular buckle and one sliding middle bar,
of 4 mm steel rod, welded-closed. Each strap has 2 handles (PE or polyester).
These straps are not sewn to the bundle.
Weight and Volume
Gross weight per unit: approx. 55 kg
Gross volume per unit: approx. 0.20 m3
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
165 units per 20’ GP without cage,
340 units per 40’ DC without cage.
400 units per 40’ HC without cage.
150 pieces / 10 cages per 20’ DC with cage (15 pieces per cage).
300 pieces / 20 cages per 40’ DC with cage (15 pieces per cage).
300 pieces / 20 cages per 40’ HC with cage (15 pieces per cage).
Page 51
Before placing the Family Tent into the master bundle, the tent must be protected
with one additional layer made with a piece of polycotton canvas as per the
wall canvas minimum, of 2.3 x 1 m. This canvas is attached around the bundle
with 3 ropes of 1 m and 3 mm diameter.
The international standard warning sign "protect from water" should be printed
on the outside of the package. The buyer's markings are printed on the outside
in indelible ink.
Note: last updated, June 2014
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
HOT CLIMATE
UNHCR Item No 07242
Optional Packing
Metallic Cages
To facilitate loading of Family Tents into pallets, size 120 x 80 x 15 cm, an
It is advisable to use stackable metal frame pallets. Such pallets avoid multiple
manual handling of the bags and prevent the bags from being torn, and
provides easy and fast on and off loading of containers, trucks, etc. Assures
ventilation between the tents while stored in hot and humid climates which are
order to obtain a package of 1.2 m in length.
The package must be a polycotton bag of 120 x 40 x 30 cm with a zip closure.
The bundle must be secured with 2 webbing straps, each with a self-locking
buckle that will not slide during transport. Each strap provides 2 handles.
The straps must not be sewn to the bag. All other aspects as per standard
packaging instructions. The palletized goods must not exceed the length and
width of the pallet.
The metal cage pallet is stackable and adapted to optimize the container
capacity.
UNHCR Logo Application Reference
UNHCR vertical visibility logo on the roof of the tent:
The logo should be printed in blue indelible ink on both sides of the roof and
in the middle for maximum visibility as showed on the graphic reference, when
using 150 cm material and two seams on the canvas roof (L= 1.35 m and H=
1.65 m), following the “X” and “Y” proportionality rule to avoid distortion on the
logo and letterings.
Rule: Length, L = (1 X = 15 cm), so (9 X = 1.35 m). Height, H = (1 Y = 15 cm),
so (11 Y = 1.65 m).
Alternatively, the vertical visibility logos could be placed diagonally on opposite
sides of the roof, when using 200 cm material and a central seam.
UNHCR horizontal visibility logo on both sides next to the tent’s doors:
UNHCR horizontal visibility logo should be printed in blue indelible ink on both
sides of the outer tent on both ends (2) of the tent next to the doors (L= 1.2 m
and H = 0.35 m). The width of marking must be 120 cm and the
heightproportionate to the width without any distortion of the logo and letterings
(approximately 35 cm).
120cm
(CMYK). C = 100%, M = 45%, Y = 0%, K = 0%.
Page 52
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
HOT CLIMATE
UNHCR Item No 07242
Repair Kit
Should include 1 needle, 20 m stiching thread, 3 m polyester rope or string of 6 mm used to attach the canvas spare piece around the bundle as per
information on packaging on page 1.
Markings on the Single Bag
Marking of UNHCR logo: (50 x 15 cm): Should be printed in blue indelible ink in color Pantone No PMS 300 C on one side of the single bag.

 

  
 


Shipping Marks:
Symbol, Consignee and Content on one side of the polyethylene bag (25 x 10 cm). The international standard warning sign “protect from water” should be printed
on the outside of the package. The buyer’s markings are printed on the outside







10 cm
25 cm
Manufacturer Marking
Every tent should include a tag, stitched inside the tent in one corner seam of one side wall, on the outer tent, 10 cm from the end of the wall, and 10
marking.
Assembling Instruction and Content List
In the accessory bag, a content list and a set-up / assembling instructions sheet written in English is to be enclosed. The content list and the set-up /
assembling instructions sheet have to be printed on durable laminated A4 paper or durable fabric, showing step-by-step, set-up information drawings /
photos and tent set up instructions in color.
Page 53
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
HOT CLIMATE
UNHCR Item No 07242
Graphic Reference

UNHCR vertical Logo on the roof of the Family Tent




Family Tent General View
TOPView
VIEW
Top
Page 54
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
HOT CLIMATE
UNHCR Item No 07242
Graphic Reference
Page 55
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
HOT CLIMATE
UNHCR Item No 07242
1.
Materials
3.
Make-up of the outer tent
4.
Make-up of the inner tent with ground sheet
5.
Poles and accessories
1. MATERIALS
hereunder.
1.1 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE OUTER TENT ROOF CANVAS
Denomination and norms
1. Composition, ISO 1833
2.
(g/m2), ISO 3801
Required minimum values
(±10), polyester: 60% (±10) = Polyester: 50% to 70%, with balance
in cotton.
350 g/m2
3. Colour
Natural white, not dyed.
4. Water vapor permeability, ISO 17229
Minimum 2000 g/m2/24h.
5. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1
Warp and Weft 850 N minimum.
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas.
For plain canvas test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
To apply on 5 test pieces with seams, cut from the tent, perpendicular
to the seam.
On seams, the grab test is applied on 25 mm width in the 50 mm
sample.
6. Tear resistance (N), Started, ISO 9073-4
Warp and Weft 60 N minimum.
7. Water penetration resistance, ISO 811
30 hPa minimum, with increasing speed at 100 mm per minute.
Test pieces of plain canvas.
8. Rain penetration resistance, ISO 5912
Test piece is the complete outer tent only.
Resistance to rain as per point 4.2.11 applying procedure as point
5.6 during 2 h on one end and 3 h on one side.
9. Dimensional variation, ISO 7771
Maximum 3%.
When soaking in water.
10. Resistance to micro-organisms
On tensile strength under ISO 13934-1 after BS6085 (soil burial
28 days).
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas and 10 test pieces with
seams.
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
For each type of test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
Page 56
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
HOT CLIMATE
UNHCR Item No 07242
1.1 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE OUTER TENT ROOF CANVAS
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
11.
Same test as point 7 on samples soaked in water in point 9.
30 hPa minimum, with increasing speed at 100 mm per minute.
Maximum 10% of additional loss as compared with the result from
point 10.
12.
Same test as point 10 on samples soaked in water in point 9.
For each type of test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
13. Tensile strength
After exposure to UV and moisturizing (climatic simulation).
Exposure in a climatic chamber under ISO4892-2, type A, 360
hours, followed by tensile test under ISO13934-1.
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
For each type of test: 3 test pieces in warp and 3 test pieces in
weft.
1.2 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE OUTER TENT WALL CANVAS
Denomination and norms
1. Composition, ISO 1833
2.
(g/m2), ISO 3801
Required minimum values
polyester: 60% (±10) = Polyester: 50% to 70%, balance cotton.
200 g/m2
3. Colour
Natural white, not dyed.
4. Water vapor permeability, ISO 17229
Minimum 2000 g/m2/24h.
5.a. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1
Warp and Weft 650 N minimum.
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas.
For plain canvas test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
To apply on 5 test pieces with seams, cut from the tent, perpendicular
to the seam.
On seams, the grab test is applied on 25 mm width in the 50 mm
sample.
5.b. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1
Warp and Weft 650 N minimum.
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas and 10 test pieces with
seams.
For each type of test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
6. Tear resistance (N), Started ISO 9073-4
Warp and Weft 40 N minimum.
7. Water penetration resistance, ISO 811
20 hPa minimum, with increasing speed at 100 mm per minute.
Test pieces of plain canvas.
Page 57
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
HOT CLIMATE
UUNHCR Item No 07242
1.2 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE OUTER TENT WALL CANVAS
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
8. Dimensional variation, ISO 7771
Maximum 3%.
When soaking in water.
9. Resistance to micro-organisms
On tensile strength under ISO 13934-1 after BS6085 (soil burial 28
days).
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas and 10 test pieces with
seams.
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
For each type of test: 5 test pieces in warp, 5 test pieces in weft.
10.
20 hPa minimum, with increasing speed at 100 mm per minute.
Same test as point 7 on samples soaked in water in point 8.
11.
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
Same test as point 9 on samples soaked in water in point 8.
12. Tensile strength after exposure to UV and moisturizing (climatic
simulation)
Exposure in a climatic chamber under ISO 4892-2, type A, 360hours,
followed by tensile test under ISO 13934-1.
For each type of test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
For each type of test: 3 test pieces in warp and 3 test pieces in weft.
1.3 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE INNER TENT CANVAS
Denomination and norms
1. Composition, ISO1833
2.
(g/m2), ISO 3801
Required minimum values
polyester: 60%(±10) = Polyester: 50% to 70%, balance cotton or
Cotton 100%.
130 g/m2
retardancy, component’s weight is 170 g/m2 ±10%.
3. Colour
Dyed cream or beige color.
4. Water vapor permeability, ISO 17229
Minimum 2000 g/m2/24h.
5. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1
Warp and Weft 300 N minimum.
6. Tear resistance (N), ISO 9073-4
Warp and Weft 20 N minimum.
7. Resistance to micro-organisms on tensile strength
Under ISO 13934-1 after BS6085 (soil burial - 14 days).
and maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same
product.
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas and 10 test pieces with
seams.
5 test pieces in warp, 5 test pieces in weft.
Page 58
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
HOT CLIMATE
UNHCR Item No 07242
1.4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE PE FABRIC FOR THE MUD FLAPS

Denomination and norms
1. Composition
2.
Required minimum values
on both sides with low density polyethylene coating.
Alternatively Plastic Tarpaulin can be used.
(g/m2), ISO 3801
3. a. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain PE fabric.
To apply on 5 test pieces with seams, cut from the tent,
perpendicularly to the seam, at the junction of PE and canvas.
180 g/m2±5%.
Warp and Weft 650 N minimum.
Elongation 15% to 25%.
For plain PE fabric test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
On seams, the grab test is applied on 25 mm width in the 50 mm
sample.
3.b.Tensile strength (N), ISO 1421
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas and 10 test pieces with
Warp 650 N minimum weft 650 N minimum for each type of test:
5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
4.Tear resistance (N), ISO 4674 (A2)
100 N minimum warp and 100 N minimum weft.
5. Resistance to micro-organisms
Insensitive to micro-organisms. Not to be tested.
6. Resistance to UV
In percentage of tensile strength loss under ISO 1421 after 1500
hours UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm peak).
7. Colour
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
5 test pieces in weft, and 5 in warp.
White if made with IFRC/ICRC/UNHCR standard plastic sheeting.
1.5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE PE FABRIC FOR THE GROUND SHEET
Denomination and norms
Woven polyethylene fabric coated on both sides with low density
polyethylene.
Alternatively Plastic Tarpaulin can be used.
1. Composition
2.
Page 59
Required minimum values
(g/m2), ISO 3801
180 g/m2±5%.
3. Tensile strength (N), ISO 1421
Warp 300 N minimum weft 300 N minimum.
4. Tear resistance (N), ISO 4674 (A2)
Warp 60 N minimum weft 60 N minimum.
5. Resistance to micro-organisms
Insensitive to micro-organisms.
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
HOT CLIMATE
UNHCR Item No 07242
1.5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE PE FABRIC FOR THE GROUND SHEET
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
6. Water penetration resistance, ISO 811
20 hPa minimum.
Test pieces of plain canvas.
7. Resistance to UV
In percentage of tensile strength loss under ISO 1421 after 300
hours UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm peak).
8. Colour
and maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same
product. 5 test pieces in weft 5 test pieces in warp.
White if made with UNHCR standard plastic sheeting.
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
1. Material, ISO 1833
Polyester 100%, or PE 100%.
2. Fabric, ISO 8388
Warp knitted.
3. Denier
75/100 for the polyester and 100 to 150 for the PE.
4. Filament
for the PE.
5. Mesh size
25 holes/cm2 (156 holes/inch2)
6. Weight, ISO 3801
85 to 100 g/m2 for polyester and Min 38 g/m2 for PE depending
of denier.
7. Shrinkage, ISO 5077
5% maximum.
8. Bursting strength, ISO 1393-8
250 kPa minimum for polyester and 320 kPa minimum for PE.
9. Bursting strength after exposure to UV and moisturizing (climatic
simulation), ISO 1393-8
maximum strength-loss on original value of the same product.
Exposure in a climatic chamber under ISO 4892-2, type A, 360
hours, followed by bursting test under ISO 13938
Number of test pieces: 3 test pieces.
10. Colour
White.
Page 60
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
HOT CLIMATE
UNHCR Item No 07242
1.7 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE GUYING POINTS OF THE OUTER TENT
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
1. Material composition
Polyethylene/Polypropylene/Polyester ropes. Polyester straps.
Steel rings. Elastic device.
2. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934
3000 N minimum for the 6 side points (3 test pieces).
On samples taking the complete guying point assembly including
the entire reinforcement pieces.
1400 N minimum for the 4 other points (2 test pieces).
Elongation of the elastic device under 1000 N: minimum 50 mm,
maximum 100 mm.
See note here under.
3. Resistance to UV
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
In percentage of tensile strength loss after exposure in a climatic
chamber under ISO 4892-2, type A, 360 hours.
4. Colour
1 test piece at 1400 N 1 test piece at 3000 N.
Black ropes and straps. Galvanized steel.
Note for point N°2:
Sample size: W 300 x L 500 mm. Sample to be cut at the centre guy line for the side point (500 mm length is with eave included).
Samples to be cut on the top corner of the outer doors for the other points.
clamped in the apparatus jaw. The sample must include: the tent roof canvas, the reinforcement of the canvas, the strap, the ring, the
UV test).
The traction must be applied between the tent roof canvas and the guy rope.
1.8 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE HAMMER
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
1.Type
Sledge hammer, 1 kg head, with 30 cm wooden handle. In
2.Handle
No chip, rough surface, holes, knots. Smooth surface. Dry and
on other side of the head, and be blocked with a metal wedge or
be a conical shape (like hoes). Moisture minimum 10%, maximum
15%, under ISO3130.
3.Pull apart test
After two series of 25 vigorous blows with varying delivery angle,
apply traction of 500 N trying to pull out the handle, head being
attached to the head.
Page 61
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
HOT CLIMATE
UNHCR Item No 07242
2. GENERAL POINTS FOR THE FINISHED PRODUCT
2.1 Performances:
When closed, the tent must give a good protection against dust, wind, rain, snow, insects and small crawling fauna.
Minimum roof load to be 300 N/m2 under ISO8937 (snow load for camping tent).
2.2 Seams and stitching:
All seams subject to possible tension are double-lock stitched and water-proofed. Stitching should produce strong, long lasting, neat and
professional looking seams.
The stitch count as well as UV and rot-proof sewing threads are appropriate and adapted to each fabric. It allows for strong waterproof
seams with at least the same life span as the tent.
The seams are always oriented in order to let the rain run freely, to avoid retaining water lines or water pockets.
Wherever possible, the colour of the sewing thread is adapted to the fabric color.
Note: Taping, gluing or any other methods that do not ensure the overall performance of the Tent are not accepted on stiching.
2.3 Ropes, webbing bands, toggles, loops, reinforcement nettings, and all other accessories:
All ropes and webbing bands are heat cut. All ropes are knotted to the tent from the factory. All above mentioned items are rot-proof and
UV-proof at least as much as the tent canvas which they are sewn to. No webbing or rope is sewn through a stitch going from outside the
tent to inside the tent to avoid water penetration by capillarity, or are made of waterproof materials. Laces or loops can also be made of
the same canvas as the tent roof/wall for the outer tent loops, and of the same canvas they are sewn to for the inner tent loops.
2.4 Zipper fasteners:
All the zipper fasteners should conform to a resistance of 700 N lateral traction under ISO5912.
2.5 Eyelets:
All metal eyelets should be rustproof and correctly placed, reinforced with a fabric patch and of a minimum 10 mm inner diameter.
2.6 Metal rings:
All metal rings should be rustproof galvanized and closed by welding.
2.7 Dimensional tolerance:
2.8 Long storage (shelf life):
The tent is treated and packed in such a way that it can be stored up to minimum of 5 years in proper storage conditions without any
damage or performance reduction. The tent should be stored elevated from the ground (on pallets and pallet racks) in a dry, clean and
ventilated warehouse.
The tent must be manufactured and packed in clean and appropriate conditions to avoid contamination from soil dust and other
contaminants.
Page 62
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
HOT CLIMATE
UNHCR Item No 07242
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
3.1 General description of outer tent:
The outer tent is made of several cloth sections which form the general shape of the tent. The seams run from the ridge down to the roof
edges, perpendicular to the ridge line. The outer tent is supported by 3 upright poles +1 ridge beam, 6 side poles and 4 door poles, 3 guy
ropes on each side and 2 guy ropes at each end. The attachment points of each guy rope are reinforced.
3.2 Dimensions / erecting system:
Centre height:
2.2 m
Width:
4m
Ridge length:
4m
Side wall height:
1.25 m
Door height:
1.4 m
Centre base length:
6.6 m
The outer tent is placed over the ridge beam which is held by 3 upright poles, one at each end of ridge beam, and one at the centre of the
ridge beam. The outer tent is maintained in position on the ridge pipe with 2 canvas sleeves of 100 mm long, closed by Velcro on full 100
mm length, one sleeve at each end of the ridge, at 200 mm from the end.
The side walls are held by 6 side poles with a metal hook on top to hook into the eyelet of the webbing band (25 mm wide) placed on the
3.3 Reinforcements:
The 10 roof guying points are made of 50 mm wide polyester straps, sewn to the eave in extension of the roof. The eave is made with a
double fold of the roof canvas, of 200 mm width, running all around the tent roof, including above the doors. The eave is part of the roof
panel, without interruption of the canvas. On the 6 side guying points an additional layer of PVC coated canvas is added on the inside to
protect against abrasion from the top of the pole.
In addition, the 6 side guy points have a second triangular piece of canvas of 300 mm side length sewn to the roof, from the edge of the
eave.
Page 63
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
HOT CLIMATE
UNHCR Item No 07242
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
The vestibule walls are made in the same way, to complete the outer tent between the doors and the side walls. One of the vestibule
carries the chimney hole.
3.9 Chimney reinforcement:
A chimney reinforcement with a non-perforated opening is placed at 0.5 m from one corner, on one end of the tent, between the corner
of one side wall and the corner of one tent door. This is made of heat resistant fabric (minimum 900°C). It is the type of fabric that keeps
The lower edge of the opening is 500 mm above the ground, where the canvas joins the PE part (a band of canvas of 2 to 3 cm is allowed
Inside dimensions: 250 mm x 600 mm
is held by 25 mm Velcro webbing which is placed along the entire vertical sides and upper end at a 25 mm distance from the chimney
opening.
The tent fabric is cut away completely at the position of the chimney opening. The edges of the Chimney opening are hemmed stitched
to the inside.
External View
Internal View
Page 66
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
HOT CLIMATE
UNHCR Item No 07242
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
3.10 other accessories:
4 loops of 30 mm each are placed on the inside of the tent in places where inner tent doors have corresponding toggles, at the top of the
inner tent door zips (see inner tent door description). 10 D-rings (25 x 4 mm thickness), inside the outer tent, to allow the inner tent to be
hooked to these D-rings (see inner tent description point 4/4): 6 are placed in the webbings at the top of each side-pole’s position, 4 are
placed in intermediate position.
3.11 Plastic for document pouch:
On the outside of each left hand vestibule wall there will be a clear plastic document sleeve. The material will be UV stabilized polyurethane
transparent plastic with a minimum thickness of 0.15 mm. The lower edge of the sleeve will be 800 mm above the ground. The sleeve will
have an opening on the left side with the other three sides sewn with two rows of stitching to the tent. The inside dimensions of the sleeve
after sewing will be 230 mm high and 310 mm wide.
Page 67
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
HOT CLIMATE
UNHCR Item No 07242
4. MAKE-UP OF INNER TENT WITH GROUND SHEET
4.1 General description:
the outer tent and the inner tent.
At the ground sheet level it is hooked to the outer tent D-rings with 6 elastic webbings and plastic hooks of 20 mm width.
direction.
sewn to the inner tent and extends up the sides of the wall to assure that the inside remains waterproof. No stitching is allowed at the lower
Ridge
Inner Tent Front
Inner Tent Rear
Page 68
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
HOT CLIMATE
UNHCR Item No 07242
4. MAKE-UP OF INNER TENT WITH GROUND SHEET
4.2 Inner tent dimensions:
The inner tent, when hooked to the outer tent has a center height of 2.1 m, a width of 3.8 m, a wall height of 1.15 m and a base length of
3.95 m.
4.3 Inner doors:
The door panels (1.1 m wide) are placed in the center of the front and rear walls.
The doors are made of the same material as the tent and closed with polyester n°10 coil zipper fasteners at the 2 vertical sides. The zipper
fasteners can be opened from inside and outside.
Black UV stabilized ropes or canvas laces with plastic toggles or hooks are used to keep the door opened when rolled up.
To facilitate the door closing:
- 2 elastic webbing loops of 80 mm with toggles or hooks are placed at the top of each door side aligned with the zippers. They attach to
the corresponding 3 cm loops available inside the outer tent.
- 2 webbing loops with eyelets are placed at the bottom of each door side aligned with the zippers. They are used to attach the tent to
the ground with pegs of 6 x 230 mm. The webbing loops are stitched into the seam where the PE joins the fabric, and are 200 mm long.
Page 69
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
HOT CLIMATE
UNHCR Item No 07242
4. MAKE-UP OF INNER TENT WITH GROUND SHEET
4.4 Inner tent suspension system:
The inner tent is placed between the 2 end upright poles. It is attached (knotted) to these poles by 2 strings or strips of 25 mm by 200 mm
long at each end.
The inner tent is suspended from the ridge pipe with 8 galvanized 4 mm wire hooks mounted on 8 webbing loops of 50 mm wide. The total
length of the loops including the metal hook is 100 mm. One at each end, two in the centre at 100 mm from the centre pole gap, and the 4
to the corresponding D-rings of the outer tent inside, at the top of each side pole and in the intermediate positions. The loops are made of
The elastic webbing bands for the bottom of the walls are stitched to the tent in the seam where the PE and fabric are joined.
The inner tent has 32 loops of 20 mm, made of canvas, for the attachment of the optional inner lining or the optional inner partition. The
loops are placed in the inside of the inner tent at every place where the inner tent is attached to the outer tent or to the frame, plus 2 loops
at the bottom of each door where the webbings for the ground attachment are placed (8 at the ridge, 5 at the top of each side wall, 3 at
the bottom of each side wall, 2 at the base of each door).

4.5 Inner tent ventilation system:
freely when open, and closing with 20 mm wide Velcro on all sides.
4.6 Inner tent windows:
material as the inner tent is placed inside and opens downwards. It closes with 25 mm Velcro on all sides, and hangs freely when open.
4.7 Accessories inside the inner tent:
To hang light weight properties, 3 hooks of 20 mm mounted on webbing and 1 pouch of 150 x 200 mm made of netting material sewn on
3 sides are sewn inside the inner tent at the ridge. The pouch hangs from the ridge at the place of the 2nd ridge hook; the 3 hooks are
placed at the level of the 3rd, 6th and 7th ridge hooks.
Page 70
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
HOT CLIMATE
UNHCR Item No 07242
4. MAKE-UP OF INNER TENT WITH GROUND SHEET
4.8 Ground sheet:
The integrated ground sheet is made of PE woven fabric. The seam that attaches the ground sheet to the sides of the inner tent is 200
and have a 25 mm overlap. A reinforcement patch of 150 x 150 mm of the same material in the centre of the groundsheet to be glued or
sealed, to avoid the centre pole damaging the groundsheet.
4.9 Chimney reinforcement:
A chimney reinforcement with non-perforated opening is placed at 0.5 m from one corner, on one end of the tent, between the corner of
one side wall and the corner of one tent door. This is made of heat resistant fabric (minimum 900°C).
Inside dimensions: W 250 x H 800 mm.
The lower edge of the opening is 300 mm above the ground.
The tent fabric is to be cut away completely at the position of the chimney opening. The edges of the opening are hemmed stitched.
4.10 Inner partition:
One partition running from either side of the centre pole to the side walls, constructed from 2 half-partitions, stitched together at the top.
The partition is attached to the loops on the inner tent at the roof and wall levels with 10 pairs of string, and to the centre pole with 2 pairs
of string.
The partition can be maintained open with 2 additional pair of string.
Page 71
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
HOT CLIMATE
UNHCR Item No 07242
5. POLES AND ACCESSORIES
5.1 Poles:
the pipes (not to be made with press-reduced pipe diameter).
- Ridge beam:
4 m long, with minimum outer diameter of 30 mm galvanized or painted steel pipe, minimum 1.2 mm wall thickness, in 2 pieces or 4 pieces
depending on type of packaging.
The ends of the ridge beam to be reinforced with 2 short pipes of 27.5 mm outer diameter and of 100 mm length , inserted and point welded
at both ends of the ridge.
The ends of the ridge beam to be protected with a non-sharp, non-cutting plastic cap.
- Upright poles:
2 upright poles of 2200 mm each (end plug included), with minimum outer diameter of 25 mm, galvanized or painted steel pipe of minimum
1.2 mm wall thickness, comes in one piece or in two pieces depending of the type of packaging. These 2 poles have a narrowed diameter
of 21.5 mm by 40 mm long at the top end (end plug included), to insert into the ridge. The top end of these 2 poles to have a plastic bushing
protruding in order to protect from the edges of the pipe.
1 central upright pole of 2170 mm each (size without U-bracket), with minimum outer diameter of 30 mm galvanized or painted steel pipe
of minimum 1.2 mm wall thickness, comes in one piece or in two pieces depending on the type of packaging. This pole comes with a
U-shaped metal bracket of 30 mm length .
The base of the 2 upright poles must have a round metal or plastic base-plate of 50 mm diameter.
damage to the ground sheet while keeping proper stability.
- Side poles:
6 side poles of 1.25 m with minimum outer diameter of 19 mm painted or galvanized steel pipes of minimum 1 mm wall thickness, in one
4 door poles of 1.4 m with minimum outer diameter of 19 mm painted or galvanized steel pipes of minimum 1 mm wall thickness, in one
piece or in two pieces depending on the type of packaging.
Side poles and door poles base plates are made with a round piece of plastic of 40 mm diameter, with a pin of 20 to 30 mm length pointing
downward.
5.2 Ropes/loops/ guy runners:
6 ropes, black, UV treated, 3 m long each, 8 mm diameter, with a minimum tensile strength of 300 kg.
4 ropes, black, UV treated, 3 m long each, 6 mm diameter, with a minimum tensile strength of 140 kg.
All ropes to be passed in the rings of the tent from factory.
All ropes to have a securely knotted loop at one end, to place over the peg.
Hard wood or strong UV proof plastic guy runners, red color, already mounted on the ropes.
Page 72
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR
HOT CLIMATE
UNHCR Item No 07282
5. POLES AND ACCESSORIES
The grain of the wood runners to run lengthwise on the runner.
Size of the runners: 100 x 35 x 12 mm for wood runners, 15% less if made of plastic, the holes must be the same diameter as that of the
ropes and adapted to the good running and blocking of the supplied ropes.
5.3 Pegs and accessories:
6 pegs of 450 mm length made of angled iron of 25 x 25 mm, 3 mm thick, with an iron rod of 50 mm length and 8 mm diameter welded
on the top. On one end, both wings of the angled iron are cut at a 45° angle to form a pointed end. On the other end, both wings of the
angled iron are pressed together to touch each other, and the 6 mm rod is welded on top of that end. The 6 mm rod produces a 25 mm
prominence slightly bended downwards. These 6 pegs have 2 slots on each side, not opposite, to improve grip in soft ground. The width
of the slots is approximately 3 mm, the depth is maximum 3 mm. Pegs are painted or galvanized.
4 pegs of 300 mm length after bending, made of iron rebar of 10 mm diameter, with a hook bended on one end, “candy cane” shape, or
a cross shape, painted or galvanized.
26 pegs of 230 mm length , made of iron bar of 6 mm diameter, with a round or cross shaped head on one end, to avoid damaging the
Page 73
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
The Family Tent has 16 m 2
total area of 23 m2, double-fold with ground sheet.
Expected Life Span
2
vestibules, for a
It is the standard tent used by UNHCR/ICRC/IFRC and suitable for a family of
5 people, following the recommended minimum living area in hot and temperate
climates (3.5 m2 per person), and providing additional space for cold climates.
with close technical cooperation between UNHCR, IFRC and ICRC, to guarantee
at a minimum cost.
Family Tents are designed as a short term shelter solution, particularly in
support to emergency situations and is not a substitute for a more permanent
shelter. It is expected that Family tents should have a life span of 1 year,
types of climates.
Shelf-life: the tent has a shelf-life of minimum 5 years, under normal storage
conditions, in dry, clean, and ventilated warehouses. It should be elevated from
the ground, not piled, stored on pallets and pallet racks, not in containers or
in tented warehouses. Tents are sensitive to rain and moisture when packed.
Packing
can be manufactured by different suppliers in various countries, with the
UNHCR purchases Family tents through international tender processes and
establishes Frame Agreements (Long Term Agreements) with manufacturers
of the UNHCR approved laboratories. Family Tents are subject to random and
One tent with all accessories can be packed into a master bundle. The outer
shell and the inner tent are folded in a way to ensure that the ground sheet
protects the tent and accessories from dirt and moisture. The master bundle
is made of woven polyethylene (PE) fabric of 180 g/m2 identical to the one used
3200 mm.
approved technical laboratories can be obtained from UNHCR Supply
Management Service in Budapest.
According to its design, Family Tents should comply with all the technical
Information for laboratory testing:
The metal poles and metal pegs are packed in 2 separate bags to avoid
damaging other items inside the master bundle. Both of these bags are made
of the same material as the master bundle. These bags have a closure system
that ensures that the accessories will not fall out of the bag during transport
and handling. Particular care should be taken when packing the pegs to assure
they will not pierce the bag.
The master bundle is closed with 2 webbing straps on the outside, and each
strap has a self-locking buckle that will not slide during transport. Each
samples are to be sent to one of the UNHCR approved laboratories for testing
and make up checking. One sample will be used for material testing and the
second for a rain test. A product is acceptable only if all criteria are passed on
the same sample.
wire, welded-closed, or with one rectangular buckle and one sliding middle bar,
of 4 mm steel rod, welded-closed. Each strap has 2 handles (PE or polyester).
These straps are not sewn to the bundle.
Weight and Volume
Before placing the Family Tent into the master bundle, the tent must be protected
with one additional layer made with a piece of polycotton canvas as per the
wall canvas minimum, of 2.3 x 1 m. This canvas is attached around the bundle
with 3 ropes of 1 m and 3 mm diameter.
Gross weight per unit: approx. 64 kg approx.
Gross volume per unit: approx. 0.23 m3
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
The international standard warning sign "protect from water" should be printed
on the outside of the package. The buyer's markings are printed on the outside
in indelible ink.
130 units per 20’ GP without cage,
290 units per 40’ DC without cage.
340 units per 40’ HC without cage.
120 pieces / 10 cages per 20’ DC with cage (12 pieces per cage).
240 pieces / 20 cages per 40’ DC with cage (12 pieces per cage).
240 pieces / 20 cages per 40’ HC with cage (12 pieces per cage).
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 74
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
Optional Packing
Metallic Cages
To facilitate loading of Family Tents into pallets, size 120 x 80 x 15 cm, an
It is advisable to use stackable metal frame pallets. Such pallets avoid multiple
manual handling of the bags and prevent the bags from being torn, and
provides easy and fast on and off loading of containers, trucks, etc. Assures
ventilation between the tents while stored in hot and humid climates which are
order to obtain a package of 1.2 m in length.
The package must be a polycotton bag of 120 x 40 x 30 cm with a zip closure.
The bundle must be secured with 2 webbing straps, each with a self-locking
buckle that will not slide during transport. Each strap provides 2 handles.
The straps must not be sewn to the bag. All other aspects as per standard
packaging instructions. The palletized goods must not exceed the length and
width of the pallet.
UNHCR Logo Application Reference
UNHCR vertical visibility logo on the roof of the tent:
The logo should be printed in blue indelible ink on both sides of the roof and
in the middle for maximum visibility as showed on the graphic reference, when
using 150 cm material and two seams on the canvas roof (L= 1.35 m and H=
1.65 m), following the “X” and “Y” proportionality rule to avoid distortion on the
logo and letterings.
Rule: Length, L = (1 X = 15 cm), so (9 X = 1.35 m). Height, H = (1 Y = 15 cm),
so (11 Y = 1.65 m).
Alternatively, the vertical visibility logos could be placed diagonally on opposite
sides of the roof, when using 200 cm material and a central seam.
UNHCR horizontal visibility logo on both sides next to the tent’s doors:
UNHCR horizontal visibility logo should be printed in blue indelible ink on both
sides of the outer tent on both ends (2) of the tent next to the doors (L= 1.2 m
and H = 0.35 m). The width of marking must be 120 cm and the
heightproportionate to the width without any distortion of the logo and letterings
(approximately 35 cm).
120cm
(CMYK). C = 100%, M = 45%, Y = 0%, K = 0%.
Page 75
The metal cage pallet is stackable and adapted to optimize the container
capacity.
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
Repair Kit
Should include 1 needle, 20 m stiching thread, 3 m polyester rope or string of 6 mm used to attach the canvas spare piece around the bundle as per
information on packaging on page 1.
Markings on the Single Bag
Marking of UNHCR logo: (50 x 15 cm): Should be printed in blue indelible ink in color Pantone No PMS 300 C on one side of the single bag.

 

  
 


Shipping Marks:
Symbol, Consignee and Content on one side of the polyethylene bag (25 x 10 cm). The international standard warning sign “protect from water” should be printed
on the outside of the package. The buyer’s markings are printed on the outside







10 cm
25 cm
Manufacturer Marking
Every tent should include a tag, stitched inside the tent in one corner seam of one side wall, on the outer tent, 10 cm from the end of the wall, and 10
marking.
Assembling Instruction and Content List
In the accessory bag, a content list and a set-up / assembling instructions sheet written in English is to be enclosed. The content list and the set-up /
assembling instructions sheet have to be printed on durable laminated A4 paper or durable fabric, showing step-by-step, set-up information drawings /
photos and tent set up instructions in color.
Page 76
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
Graphic Reference
UNHCR vertical Logo on the roof of the Family Tent

Repair kit




Family Tent General View
TOPView
VIEW
Top
Page 77
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
Graphic Reference
Page 78
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
1.
Materials
3.
Make-up of the outer tent
4.
Make-up of the inner tent with ground sheet
5.
Poles and accessories
1. MATERIALS
hereunder.
Fire Retardant Testing Conditions:
Temperature:
Wind:
Humidity:
Weather Conditions:
Rain:
Dew Point:
15 - 20 C
2 - 5 Knots
60% TO 75%
Sunny Day or Partly Cloudy
0
10 - 15
1.1 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE OUTER TENT ROOF CANVAS
Denomination and norms
1. Composition, ISO 1833
2.
(g/m2), ISO 3801
Required minimum values
(±10), polyester: 60% (±10) = Polyester: 50% to 70%, with balance
in cotton.
350 g/m2
3. Colour
Natural white, not dyed.
4. Water vapor permeability, ISO 17229
Minimum 2000 g/m2/24h.
5. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1
Warp and Weft 850 N minimum.
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas.
For plain canvas test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
To apply on 5 test pieces with seams, cut from the tent, perpendicular
to the seam.
On seams, the grab test is applied on 25 mm width in the 50 mm
sample.
6. Tear resistance (N), Started, ISO 9073-4
Warp and Weft 60 N minimum.
7. Water penetration resistance, ISO 811
30 hPa minimum, with increasing speed at 100 mm per minute.
Test pieces of plain canvas.
8. Rain penetration resistance, ISO 5912
Test piece is the complete outer tent only.
Resistance to rain as per point 4.2.11 applying procedure as point
5.6 during 2 h on one end and 3 h on one side.
9. Dimensional variation, ISO 7771
Maximum 3%.
When soaking in water.
10. Resistance to micro-organisms
On tensile strength under ISO 13934-1 after BS6085 (soil burial
28 days).
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas and 10 test pieces with
seams.
Page 79
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
For each type of test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
1.1 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE OUTER TENT ROOF CANVAS
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
11.
Same test as point 7 on samples soaked in water in point 9.
12.
30 hPa minimum, with increasing speed at 100 mm per minute.
Maximum 10% of additional loss as compared with the result from
point 10.
Same test as point 10 on samples soaked in water in point 9.
For each type of test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
13. Tensile strength
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
After exposure to UV and moisturizing (climatic simulation).
Exposure in a climatic chamber under ISO4892-2, type A, 360
hours, followed by tensile test under ISO13934-1.
For each type of test: 3 test pieces in warp and 3 test pieces in
weft.
14. Fire resistance/retardancy
max damaged length of each specimen; average damage length
(140mm).
max damaged length of each specifmen; average damage
6 (140mm).
good max damaged length of each specimen; average damage
6 (140mm).
Page 80
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UUNHCR Item No 07282
1.2 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE OUTER TENT WALL CANVAS
Denomination and norms
1. Composition, ISO 1833
2.
(g/m2), ISO 3801
Required minimum values
polyester: 60% (±10) = Polyester: 50% to 70%, balance cotton.
275 g/m2
3. Colour
Natural white, not dyed.
4. Water vapor permeability, ISO 17229
Minimum 2000 g/m2/24h.
5.a. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1
Warp and Weft 650 N minimum.
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas.
For plain canvas test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
To apply on 5 test pieces with seams, cut from the tent, perpendicular
to the seam.
On seams, the grab test is applied on 25 mm width in the 50 mm
sample.
5.b. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1
Warp and Weft 650 N minimum.
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas and 10 test pieces with
seams.
For each type of test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
6. Tear resistance (N), Started ISO 9073-4
Warp and Weft 40 N minimum.
7. Water penetration resistance, ISO 811
20 hPa minimum, with increasing speed at 100 mm per minute.
Test pieces of plain canvas.
Page 81
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UUNHCR Item No 07282
1.2 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE OUTER TENT WALL CANVAS
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
8. Dimensional variation, ISO 7771
Maximum 3%.
When soaking in water.
9. Resistance to micro-organisms
On tensile strength under ISO 13934-1 after BS6085 (soil burial
28 days).
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas and 10 test pieces with
seams.
10.
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
For each type of test: 5 test pieces in warp, 5 test pieces in weft.
20 hPa minimum, with increasing speed at 100 mm per minute.
Same test as point 7 on samples soaked in water in point 8.
11.
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
Same test as point 9 on samples soaked in water in point 8.
For each type of test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
12. Tensile strength after exposure to UV and moisturizing (climatic
simulation)
Exposure in a climatic chamber under ISO 4892-2, type A,
360hours, followed by tensile test under ISO 13934-1.
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
For each type of test: 3 test pieces in warp and 3 test pieces in weft.
13. Fire resistance/retardancy
max damaged length of each speciman; average damage length is
max damaged length of each speciman; average damage length is
max damaged length of each speciman; average damage length is
Page 82
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UUNHCR Item No 07282
1.3 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE INNER TENT CANVAS
Denomination and norms
1. Composition, ISO1833
2.
(g/m2), ISO 3801
Required minimum values
polyester: 60%(±10) = Polyester: 50% to 70%, balance cotton or
Cotton 100%.
165 g/m2
retardancy, component’s weight is 170 g/m2 ±10%.
3. Colour
Dyed cream or beige color.
4. Water vapor permeability, ISO 17229
Minimum 2000 g/m2/24h.
5. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1
Warp and Weft 300 N minimum.
6. Tear resistance (N), ISO 9073-4
Warp and Weft 20 N minimum.
7. Resistance to micro-organisms on tensile strength
Under ISO 13934-1 after BS6085 (soil burial - 14 days).
and maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same
product.
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas and 10 test pieces with
seams.
5 test pieces in warp, 5 test pieces in weft.
8. Fire resistance/retardancy
Page 83
good max damaged length of each specimen; good max
damaged length of each specimen; good average length
(190mm). User health safety: The materials and additives used in
the fabric should be non toxic for human use. Free from asbestos
and other toxic products according to EC regulation.
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UUNHCR Item No 07282
1.4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE PE FABRIC FOR THE MUD FLAPS
Denomination and norms
1. Composition
2.
Required minimum values
on both sides with low density polyethylene coating.
Alternatively Plastic Tarpaulin can be used.
(g/m2), ISO 3801
190 g/m2±30gr
Warp and Weft 650 N minimum.
3. a. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1
Elongation 15% to 25%.
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain PE fabric.
To apply on 5 test pieces with seams, cut from the tent,
perpendicularly to the seam, at the junction of PE and canvas.
For plain PE fabric test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in
weft.
On seams, the grab test is applied on 25 mm width in the 50
mm sample.
3.b.Tensile strength (N), ISO 1421
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas and 10 test pieces with
Warp 650 N minimum weft 650 N minimum for each type of
test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
4.Tear resistance (N), ISO 4674 (A2)
100 N minimum warp and 100 N minimum weft.
5. Resistance to micro-organisms
Insensitive to micro-organisms. Not to be tested.
6. Resistance to UV
In percentage of tensile strength loss under ISO 1421 after 1500
hours UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm peak).
7. Colour
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
5 test pieces in weft, and 5 in warp.
White if made with IFRC/ICRC/UNHCR standard plastic
sheeting.
8. Fire resistance/retardancy
good max damaged length of each specimen; good average
damaged length (190mm).
time slightly higher than 5s; good average damaged length
(190mm).
good max damaged length of each specimen; good average
length (190mm).
Page 84
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UUNHCR Item No 07282
1.5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE PE FABRIC FOR THE GROUND SHEET
Denomination and norms
Woven polyethylene fabric coated on both sides with low density
polyethylene.
Alternatively Plastic Tarpaulin can be used.
1. Composition
2.
Page 85
Required minimum values
(g/m2), ISO 3801
190 g/m2± 30 grams.
3. Tensile strength (N), ISO 1421
Warp 300 N minimum weft 300 N minimum.
4. Tear resistance (N), ISO 4674 (A2)
Warp 60 N minimum weft 60 N minimum.
5. Resistance to micro-organisms
Insensitive to micro-organisms.
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
1.5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE PE FABRIC FOR THE GROUND SHEET
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
6. Water penetration resistance, ISO 811
20 hPa minimum.
Test pieces of plain canvas.
7. Resistance to UV
In percentage of tensile strength loss under ISO 1421 after 300
hours UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm peak).
and maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same
product. 5 test pieces in weft 5 test pieces in warp.
8. Colour
White if made with UNHCR standard plastic sheeting.
9. Fire resistance/retardancy
CPAI-84, 1980, Section 6.
max damaged length of each speciman; good average damaged
length (190mm).
higher than 5s; good averaged damaged length (190mm).
good max damaged length of each speciman; good average
damaged length (190mm).
PASS - CPAI 84 section 5 as received; no speciman of the sample
unit shall display any damage within 25mm of the edge of the hole
PASS - CPAI 84 section 5 after weathering; speciman of the
sample unit shall display any damage within 25mm of the edge of
Page 86
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
1. Material, ISO 1833
Polyester 100%, or PE 100%.
2. Fabric, ISO 8388
Warp knitted.
3. Denier
75/100 for the polyester and 100 to 150 for the PE.
4. Filament
for the PE.
5. Mesh size
25 holes/cm2 (156 holes/inch2)
6. Weight, ISO 3801
85 to 100 g/m2 for polyester and Min 38 g/m 2 for PE depending
of denier.
7. Shrinkage, ISO 5077
5% maximum.
8. Bursting strength, ISO 1393-8
250 kPa minimum for polyester and 320 kPa minimum for PE.
9. Bursting strength after exposure to UV and moisturizing (climatic
simulation), ISO 1393-8
maximum strength-loss on original value of the same product.
Page 87
Exposure in a climatic chamber under ISO 4892-2, type A, 360
hours, followed by bursting test under ISO 13938
Number of test pieces: 3 test pieces.
10. Colour
White.
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
1.7 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE GUYING POINTS OF THE OUTER TENT
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
1. Material composition
Polyethylene/Polypropylene/Polyester ropes. Polyester straps.
Steel rings. Elastic device.
2. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934
3000 N minimum for the 6 side points (3 test pieces).
On samples taking the complete guying point assembly including
the entire reinforcement pieces.
1400 N minimum for the 4 other points (2 test pieces).
Elongation of the elastic device under 1000 N: minimum 50 mm,
maximum 100 mm.
See note here under.
3. Resistance to UV
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
In percentage of tensile strength loss after exposure in a climatic
chamber under ISO 4892-2, type A, 360 hours.
4. Colour
1 test piece at 1400 N 1 test piece at 3000 N.
Black ropes and straps. Galvanized steel.
Note for point N°2:
Sample size: W 300 x L 500 mm. Sample to be cut at the centre guy line for the side point (500 mm length is with eave included).
Samples to be cut on the top corner of the outer doors for the other points.
clamped in the apparatus jaw. The sample must include: the tent roof canvas, the reinforcement of the canvas, the strap, the ring, the
UV test).
The traction must be applied between the tent roof canvas and the guy rope.
1.8 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE HAMMER
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
1.Type
Sledge hammer, 1 kg head, with 30 cm wooden handle. In
2.Handle
No chip, rough surface, holes, knots. Smooth surface. Dry and
on other side of the head, and be blocked with a metal wedge or
be a conical shape (like hoes). Moisture minimum 10%, maximum
15%, under ISO3130.
3.Pull apart test
After two series of 25 vigorous blows with varying delivery angle,
apply traction of 500 N trying to pull out the handle, head being
attached to the head.
Page 88
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
2. GENERAL POINTS FOR THE FINISHED PRODUCT
2.1 Performances:
When closed, the tent must give a good protection against dust, wind, rain, snow, insects and small crawling fauna.
Minimum roof load to be 300 N/m2 under ISO8937 (snow load for camping tent).
2.2 Seams and stitching:
All seams subject to possible tension are double-lock stitched and water-proofed. Stitching should produce strong, long lasting, neat and
professional looking seams.
The stitch count as well as UV and rot-proof sewing threads are appropriate and adapted to each fabric. It allows for strong waterproof
seams with at least the same life span as the tent.
The seams are always oriented in order to let the rain run freely, to avoid retaining water lines or water pockets.
Wherever possible, the colour of the sewing thread is adapted to the fabric color.
Note: Taping, gluing or any other methods that do not ensure the overall performance of the Tent are not accepted on stiching.
2.3 Ropes, webbing bands, toggles, loops, reinforcement nettings, and all other accessories:
All ropes and webbing bands are heat cut. All ropes are knotted to the tent from the factory. All above mentioned items are rot-proof and
UV-proof at least as much as the tent canvas which they are sewn to. No webbing or rope is sewn through a stitch going from outside the
tent to inside the tent to avoid water penetration by capillarity, or are made of waterproof materials. Laces or loops can also be made of
the same canvas as the tent roof/wall for the outer tent loops, and of the same canvas they are sewn to for the inner tent loops.
2.4 Zipper fasteners:
All the zipper fasteners should conform to a resistance of 700 N lateral traction under ISO5912.
2.5 Eyelets:
All metal eyelets should be rustproof and correctly placed, reinforced with a fabric patch and of a minimum 10 mm inner diameter.
2.6 Metal rings:
All metal rings should be rustproof galvanized and closed by welding.
2.7 Dimensional tolerance:
2.8 Long storage (shelf life):
The tent is treated and packed in such a way that it can be stored up to minimum of 5 years in proper storage conditions without any
damage or performance reduction. The tent should be stored elevated from the ground (on pallets and pallet racks) in a dry, clean and
ventilated warehouse.
The tent must be manufactured and packed in clean and appropriate conditions to avoid contamination from soil dust and other
contaminants.
Page 89
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
3.1 General description of outer tent:
The outer tent is made of several cloth sections which form the general shape of the tent. The seams run from the ridge down to the roof
edges, perpendicular to the ridge line. The outer tent is supported by 3 upright poles +1 ridge beam, 6 side poles and 4 door poles, 3 guy
ropes on each side and 2 guy ropes at each end. The attachment points of each guy rope are reinforced.
3.2 Dimensions / erecting system:
Centre height:
2.2 m
Width:
4m
Ridge length:
4m
Side wall height:
1.25 m
Door height:
1.4 m
Centre base length:
6.6 m
The outer tent is placed over the ridge beam which is held by 3 upright poles, one at each end of ridge beam, and one at the centre of the
ridge beam. The outer tent is maintained in position on the ridge pipe with 2 canvas sleeves of 100 mm long, closed by Velcro on full 100
mm length, one sleeve at each end of the ridge, at 200 mm from the end.
The side walls are held by 6 side poles with a metal hook on top to hook into the eyelet of the webbing band (25 mm wide) placed on the
3.3 Reinforcements:
The 10 roof guying points are made of 50 mm wide polyester straps, sewn to the eave in extension of the roof. The eave is made with a
double fold of the roof canvas, of 200 mm width, running all around the tent roof, including above the doors. The eave is part of the roof
panel, without interruption of the canvas. On the 6 side guying points an additional layer of PVC coated canvas is added on the inside to
protect against abrasion from the top of the pole.
In addition, the 6 side guy points have a second triangular piece of canvas of 300 mm side length sewn to the roof, from the edge of the
eave.
Page 90
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
3.4 Attachment system (guy lines):
The outer tent is anchored to the ground using 10 guy lines which are attached to 10 metal pegs.
Each guying point on both sides presents a loop made of 50 mm wide webbing. The length of the webbing allows, when folded double, the
creation of a minimum 30 mm long loop, to be stitched to the tent with a strong Z or X sewing on minimum 50 mm long.
The webbing loops are placed perpendicular to the tent edge on the sides, at 30° angle in the corners, and in the alignment of the
vestibules roof shape at both ends.
10 metal rings are attached to the loops with an elastic device. The ropes pass into the 10 metal rings. When tensioning, the ropes slide
The attachment points are made in such a way
3.5 Side windows:
Internal View
windows are 3600 mm wide and 600 mm high and the top edge of the window is placed 100 mm below the roof of the tent. The window
openings are reinforced either with strong reinforcement netting (large holes strong plastic net) or with standard netting and strips of 20
mm poly-cotton webbing that reinforce the window horizontally (1 webbing) and vertically (7 webbings). These webbings are sewn to the
type should be PE fabric in white colour.
3.6 Ventilation 1/2 cones on top of the vestibules:
External View
Internal View
closed with a 25 mm Velcro attached to the full width.
The vent openings are reinforced either with strong reinforcement netting (large holes strong plastic net), or with standard netting and with
two strips of 20 mm cotton or polyester webbing that bisects the vent horizontally and vertically. These webbings are sewn to the edges
of the vent opening and to the netting.
Page 91
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
3.7 Outer tent doors:
Door size: W 1.3 x H 1.4 m.
W 1.4 x H 1.6 m:
- Upper part: W 1.4 x H 0.9 m, made of canvas.
- Lower part: W 1.4 x H 0.7 m, made of woven PE fabric.
The vestibule doors can be used as awnings by moving the front door poles to the 2 eyelets placed at the bottom of the door, in the
corners. The rolled up door is held up by 2 loops and 2 plastic toggles or hooks.
The doors can be closed by means of a lacing/loop system. The loops are made of 4 mm rope or canvas strips (7 loops and eyelets per
door side). For each lace/loop system, a toggle or a hook is placed in order to attach the last loop.
the other side closable from outside.
Total height is 1.45 m corresponding to 1.25 m vertical plus 0.2 m on the ground.
22 eyelets (7 on each side including corners, 2 on each vestibule side), placed on a line reinforced with a full length 50 mm webbing sewn
The outer tent is attached to the side poles, with webbings or canvas strings stitched on the inner side of the outer tent, where the PE joins
the poly-cotton, in front of each side pole and door pole (10 points in total).
Page 92
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
The vestibule walls are made in the same way, to complete the outer tent between the doors and the side walls. One of the vestibule
carries the chimney hole.
3.9 Chimney reinforcement:
A chimney reinforcement with a non-perforated opening is placed at 0.5 m from one corner, on one end of the tent, between the corner
of one side wall and the corner of one tent door. This is made of heat resistant fabric (minimum 900°C). It is the type of fabric that keeps
The lower edge of the opening is 500 mm above the ground, where the canvas joins the PE part (a band of canvas of 2 to 3 cm is
Inside dimensions: 250 mm x 600 mm
is held by 25 mm Velcro webbing which is placed along the entire vertical sides and upper end at a 25 mm distance from the chimney
opening.
The tent fabric is cut away completely at the position of the chimney opening. The edges of the Chimney opening are hemmed stitched
to the inside.
External View
Page 93
Internal View
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
3.10 other accessories:
4 loops of 30 mm each are placed on the inside of the tent in places where inner tent doors have corresponding toggles, at the top of the
inner tent door zips (see inner tent door description). 10 D-rings (25 x 4 mm thickness), inside the outer tent, to allow the inner tent to be
hooked to these D-rings (see inner tent description point 4/4): 6 are placed in the webbings at the top of each side-pole’s position, 4 are
placed in intermediate position.
3.11 Plastic for document pouch:
On the outside of each left hand vestibule wall there will be a clear plastic document sleeve. The material will be UV stabilized polyurethane
transparent plastic with a minimum thickness of 0.15 mm. The lower edge of the sleeve will be 800 mm above the ground. The sleeve will
have an opening on the left side with the other three sides sewn with two rows of stitching to the tent. The inside dimensions of the sleeve
after sewing will be 230 mm high and 310 mm wide.
Page 94
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
4. MAKE-UP OF INNER TENT WITH GROUND SHEET
4.1 General description:
the outer tent and the inner tent.
At the ground sheet level it is hooked to the outer tent D-rings with 6 elastic webbings and plastic hooks of 20 mm width.
direction.
sewn to the inner tent and extends up the sides of the wall to assure that the inside remains waterproof. No stitching is allowed at the lower
Ridge
Inner Tent Front
Page 95
Inner Tent Rear
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
4. MAKE-UP OF INNER TENT WITH GROUND SHEET
4.2 Inner tent dimensions:
The inner tent, when hooked to the outer tent has a center height of 2.1 m, a width of 3.8 m, a wall height of 1.15 m and a base length of
3.95 m.
4.3 Inner doors:
The door panels (1.1 m wide) are placed in the center of the front and rear walls.
The doors are made of the same material as the tent and closed with polyester n°10 coil zipper fasteners at the 2 vertical sides. The zipper
fasteners can be opened from inside and outside.
Black UV stabilized ropes or canvas laces with plastic toggles or hooks are used to keep the door opened when rolled up.
To facilitate the door closing:
- 2 elastic webbing loops of 80 mm with toggles or hooks are placed at the top of each door side aligned with the zippers. They attach to
the corresponding 3 cm loops available inside the outer tent.
- 2 webbing loops with eyelets are placed at the bottom of each door side aligned with the zippers. They are used to attach the tent to
the ground with pegs of 6 x 230 mm. The webbing loops are stitched into the seam where the PE joins the fabric, and are 200 mm long.
Page 96
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
4. MAKE-UP OF INNER TENT WITH GROUND SHEET
4.4 Inner tent suspension system:
The inner tent is placed between the 2 end upright poles. It is attached (knotted) to these poles by 2 strings or strips of 25 mm by 200 mm
long at each end.
The inner tent is suspended from the ridge pipe with 8 galvanized 4 mm wire hooks mounted on 8 webbing loops of 50 mm wide. The total
length of the loops including the metal hook is 100 mm. One at each end, two in the centre at 100 mm from the centre pole gap, and the 4
to the corresponding D-rings of the outer tent inside, at the top of each side pole and in the intermediate positions. The loops are made of
The elastic webbing bands for the bottom of the walls are stitched to the tent in the seam where the PE and fabric are joined.
The inner tent has 32 loops of 20 mm, made of canvas, for the attachment of the optional inner lining or the optional inner partition. The
loops are placed in the inside of the inner tent at every place where the inner tent is attached to the outer tent or to the frame, plus 2 loops
at the bottom of each door where the webbings for the ground attachment are placed (8 at the ridge, 5 at the top of each side wall, 3 at
the bottom of each side wall, 2 at the base of each door).

4.5 Inner tent ventilation system:
freely when open, and closing with 20 mm wide Velcro on all sides.
4.6 Inner tent windows:
material as the inner tent is placed inside and opens downwards. It closes with 25 mm Velcro on all sides, and hangs freely when open.
4.7 Accessories inside the inner tent:
To hang light weight properties, 3 hooks of 20 mm mounted on webbing and 1 pouch of 150 x 200 mm made of netting material sewn on
3 sides are sewn inside the inner tent at the ridge. The pouch hangs from the ridge at the place of the 2nd ridge hook; the 3 hooks are
placed at the level of the 3rd, 6th and 7th ridge hooks.
Page 97
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
4. MAKE-UP OF INNER TENT WITH GROUND SHEET
4.8 Ground sheet:
The integrated ground sheet is made of PE woven fabric. The seam that attaches the ground sheet to the sides of the inner tent is 200
and have a 25 mm overlap. A reinforcement patch of 150 x 150 mm of the same material in the centre of the groundsheet to be glued or
sealed, to avoid the centre pole damaging the groundsheet.
4.9 Chimney reinforcement:
A chimney reinforcement with non-perforated opening is placed at 0.5 m from one corner, on one end of the tent, between the corner of
one side wall and the corner of one tent door. This is made of heat resistant fabric (minimum 900°C).
Inside dimensions: W 250 x H 800 mm.
The lower edge of the opening is 300 mm above the ground.
The tent fabric is to be cut away completely at the position of the chimney opening. The edges of the opening are hemmed stitched.
4.10 Inner partition:
One partition running from either side of the centre pole to the side walls, constructed from 2 half-partitions, stitched together at the top.
The partition is attached to the loops on the inner tent at the roof and wall levels with 10 pairs of string, and to the centre pole with 2 pairs
of string.
The partition can be maintained open with 2 additional pair of string.
Page 98
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
5. POLES AND ACCESSORIES
5.1 Poles:
the pipes (not to be made with press-reduced pipe diameter).
- Ridge beam:
4 m long, with minimum outer diameter of 30 mm galvanized or painted steel pipe, minimum 1.2 mm wall thickness, in 2 pieces or 4 pieces
depending on type of packaging.
The ends of the ridge beam to be reinforced with 2 short pipes of 27.5 mm outer diameter and of 100 mm length , inserted and point welded
at both ends of the ridge.
The ends of the ridge beam to be protected with a non-sharp, non-cutting plastic cap.
- Upright poles:
2 upright poles of 2200 mm each (end plug included), with minimum outer diameter of 25 mm, galvanized or painted steel pipe of minimum
1.2 mm wall thickness, comes in one piece or in two pieces depending of the type of packaging. These 2 poles have a narrowed diameter
of 21.5 mm by 40 mm long at the top end (end plug included), to insert into the ridge. The top end of these 2 poles to have a plastic bushing
protruding in order to protect from the edges of the pipe.
1 central upright pole of 2170 mm each (size without U-bracket), with minimum outer diameter of 30 mm galvanized or painted steel pipe
of minimum 1.2 mm wall thickness, comes in one piece or in two pieces depending on the type of packaging. This pole comes with a
U-shaped metal bracket of 30 mm length .
The base of the 2 upright poles must have a round metal or plastic base-plate of 50 mm diameter.
damage to the ground sheet while keeping proper stability.
- Side poles:
6 side poles of 1.25 m with minimum outer diameter of 19 mm painted or galvanized steel pipes of minimum 1 mm wall thickness, in one
4 door poles of 1.4 m with minimum outer diameter of 19 mm painted or galvanized steel pipes of minimum 1 mm wall thickness, in one
piece or in two pieces depending on the type of packaging.
Side poles and door poles base plates are made with a round piece of plastic of 40 mm diameter, with a pin of 20 to 30 mm length pointing
downward.
5.2 Ropes/loops/ guy runners:
6 ropes, black, UV treated, 3 m long each, 8 mm diameter, with a minimum tensile strength of 300 kg.
4 ropes, black, UV treated, 3 m long each, 6 mm diameter, with a minimum tensile strength of 140 kg.
All ropes to be passed in the rings of the tent from factory.
All ropes to have a securely knotted loop at one end, to place over the peg.
Hard wood or strong UV proof plastic guy runners, red color, already mounted on the ropes.
Page 99
UNHCR FAMILY TENT FOR HOT CLIMATE WITH FIRE RETARDANT
UNHCR Item No 07282
5. POLES AND ACCESSORIES
The grain of the wood runners to run lengthwise on the runner.
Size of the runners: 100 x 35 x 12 mm for wood runners, 15% less if made of plastic, the holes must be the same diameter as that of the
ropes and adapted to the good running and blocking of the supplied ropes.
5.3 Pegs and accessories:
6 pegs of 450 mm length made of angled iron of 25 x 25 mm, 3 mm thick, with an iron rod of 50 mm length and 8 mm diameter welded
on the top. On one end, both wings of the angled iron are cut at a 45° angle to form a pointed end. On the other end, both wings of the
angled iron are pressed together to touch each other, and the 6 mm rod is welded on top of that end. The 6 mm rod produces a 25 mm
prominence slightly bended downwards. These 6 pegs have 2 slots on each side, not opposite, to improve grip in soft ground. The width
of the slots is approximately 3 mm, the depth is maximum 3 mm. Pegs are painted or galvanized.
4 pegs of 300 mm length after bending, made of iron rebar of 10 mm diameter, with a hook bended on one end, “candy cane” shape, or
a cross shape, painted or galvanized.
26 pegs of 230 mm length , made of iron bar of 6 mm diameter, with a round or cross shaped head on one end, to avoid damaging the
Page 100
FRAMED TENT
UNHCR Item No 06642
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Packing
The Framed Tent is ideal to be used in urban areas (hard surfaces). It
is used by UNHCR/ICRC/IFRC and suitable for a family of 5 people,
following the recommended minimum living area in hot and temperate
climates (3.5 m2 per person), and providing additional space for cold
climates. In cold climates, it is advisable to supply the “Winterization
Kit for Family Tent”.
One tent with all accessories is packed in one bundle. The inner
tent and outer tent are folded in a way that assures that the ground
sheet provides protection to the tent and accessories from dirt and
moisture.
The bundle is made of woven PE fabric of 180 g.
Total length is maximum 2250 mm, approximate diameter is 400 mm.
specialists, with close technical cooperation between UNHCR, IFRC
with appropriate outdoor life span, at a minimum cost.
the product can be manufactured by different suppliers in various
countries, with the common technical know-how and standard
UNHCR purchases Framed Tents through international tender
processes and establishes Frame Agreements (Long Term
Agreements) with manufacturers that have completed validation /
The metal poles and metal pegs are packed in 2 separate bags to
avoid damaging other items inside the master bundle. Both of these
bags are made of the same material as the master bundle.
These bags have a closure system that assures that the accessories
will not come out of the bag during transport and handling. Particular
care is taken when packing the pegs to assure they will not pierce
the bag.
The bundle is closed with 2 webbing straps, each strap with a selflocking buckle that will not slide during transport. Each strap has 2
handles (PE or polyester). These straps are not sewn to the bundle.
laboratories. Family Tents are subject to random and continuous
The buyer’s markings are printed on the outside in indelible ink.
The international standard warning sign “protect from water” is
printed on the outside of the package.
Information about approved technical laboratories can be obtained
from UNHCR Supply Management Service in Budapest.
According to its design, Framed Tents should comply with all the
This tent is heavier and more expensive as compared to the standard
Family Tent. This tent is meant for situations where the standard
Family Tent is not the appropriate solution, i.e. urban areas with
restricted space to install tents.
Expected Life Span
The tent is not a long-term habitat solution. It is meant for
emergencies. It has a minimum 1-year lifespan, irrespective of
climate.
This self-standing frame tent allows easy set up on hard surface,
as compared to the standard Family Tent. Nevertheless, to assure a
good wind resistance, the tent needs to be securely anchored to the
offer the possibility to join 2 tents together lengthwise to create larger
units.
Page 101
Note: last updated, June 2014
FRAMED TENT
UNHCR Item No 06642
Weight and Volume
Metallic Cages
Gross weight of Framed Tent: 87 kg approx.
3
Dimensions of Framed Tent: 220 x 40 x 40 cm (0.35 m )
Dimensions
It is advisable to use stackable metal frame pallets. Such pallets
avoid multiple manual handling of the bags and prevent the bags
from being torn, and provides easy and fast on and off loading of
containers, trucks, etc. Assures ventilation between the tents while
storage.
Centre height:
2.4 m
Width:
4.15 m
Ridge length:
4m
Side wall height:
1.50 m
Door height:
1.6 m
Centre base length:
5.2 m
The metal cage pallet is stackable and adapted to optimize the
container capacity.
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
Load ability without metallic cages:
It is advisable not to load the tents as bulk shipment as they are too
heavy and can be damaged during transportation (due to connectors).
Load ability with metallic cages:
40’HC
Gross weight of cages with Framed Tents
kg (approx.)
Dimension of cage with Framed Tents
x 113 cm
Manufacturer Marking
Every tent should include a tag, stitched inside the tent in one corner
seam of one side wall, on the outer tent, 10 cm from the end of the
batch number and the date of manufacturing. No company logo
should be included with the manufacturer’s marking.
Page 102
FRAMED TENT
UNHCR Item No 06642
Graphic Reference
Single erecting: Setting up of one single tent
Page 103
FRAMED TENT
UNHCR Item No 06642
Graphic Reference
Optional erecting: Setting up two tents jointly in order to achive bigger inner space
Page 104
FRAMED TENT
UNHCR Item No 06642
UNHCR Logo Application Reference
120cm
UNHCR vertical visibility logo on the roof of the tent:
The vertical visibility logo should be printed in blue
indelible ink on both sides of the roof and in the middle
for maximum visibility as showed on the graphic
reference, when using 150 cm material and two seams
on the canvas roof (L= 1.35 m and H= 1.65 m), following
the “X” and “Y” proportionality rule to avoid distortion on
the logo and letterings. RULE: Length , L = (1 X = 15
cm), so (9 X = 1.35 m). Height, H = (1 Y = 15 cm), so
(11 Y = 1.65 m).
Alternatively, the vertical visibility logos could be placed
diagonally on opposite sides of the roof, when using 200
cm material and a central seam.
UNHCR horizontal visibility logo on both sides next to the
tent’s doors:
UNHCR horizontal visibility logo should be printed in blue
indelible ink on both sides of the outer tent on both ends
(2) of the tent next to the doors (L = 1.2 m and H = 0.35 m).
The width of the marking must be 120 cm and the height
proportionate to the width without any distortion of the logo
and letterings (approx. 35 cm).
C = 100%, M = 45%, Y = 0%, K = 0%.

UNHCR vertical Logo on the roof of the Framed Tent




Page 105
FRAMED TENT
UNHCR Item No 06642
1.
Materials
3.
4.
5.
Make-up outer tent
Make-up inner tent with ground sheet
Frame, poles and accessories
1. MATERIALS
Information for testing:
- The test pieces would be cut from one complete tent.
- The second complete tent would be used for the rain test.
- A product is deemed acceptable only if the same sample passes all criteria.
1.1 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE OUTER TENT CANVAS
Denomination and norms
1. Composition, ISO 1833
2.
(g/m2), ISO 3801
Required minimum values
Cotton: 40% (±10), polyester: 60% (±10) i.e., 50 to 70% polyester,
with balance in cotton.
350 g/m² (±15%)
3. Colour
Natural white, not dyed.
4. Water vapor permeability, ISO 17229
Minimum 2000 g/m2/24h.
5. Tensile strength (N),
Warp and weft 850 N minimum.
Apply ISO 13934-1 to 10 test pieces of plain canvas.
For plain canvas test: 5 test pieces in warp direction, 5 test pieces
in weft.
Apply ISO 13935-1 on 5 test pieces with seams, cut from the tent
perpendicular to the seam, in the roof.
6. Tear resistance, started (N), ISO 9073-4
On seams, the test is applied to 50 mm width on the sample, as
described in ISO 13935-1 page 7.
Warp and Weft 60 N minimum.
7. Water penetration resistance, ISO 811
30 hPa minimum, increasing speed at 100 mm per minute.
Test pieces of plain canvas.
8. Rain penetration resistance, ISO 5912
Test piece is the complete outer tent only.
Apply procedure as per point 4.2.11 in ISO 5912 in point 5.6 plus
following:
There should be no water penetrating inside the inner and outer
tent, including through wick effect. Only the 4 places at the top of the
door poles may have some leakages through the eyelets.
is on, must be done after 2h and 5h, with the complete tent.
9. Dimensional variation when soaked in water, ISO 7771
Maximum 3%.
Page 106
FRAMED TENT
UNHCR Item No 06642
1.1 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE OUTER TENT CANVAS
Denomination and norms
10. Tensile strength resistance after exposure to micro-organisms
Under ISO 13934-1 and ISO 13935-1 after completing BS 6085 (soil
burial - 28 days).
Apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas and 5 test pieces with
seams.
Required minimum values
maximum strength loss on original value of the same product.
For plain canvas test: 5 test pieces in warp direction, 5 test pieces
in weft.
On seams, the test is applied to 50 mm width on the sample, as
described in ISO 13935-1 page 7.
11.
Same test as point 7, on samples soaked in water under ISO 7771
without wetting agent.
30 hPa minimum, increasing speed at 100 mm per minute.
12.
Same test as point 10, on samples soaked in water under ISO 7771
without wetting agent.
10% maximum additional loss as compared to the results from
point 10.
1.2 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE INNER TENT CANVAS
Denomination and norms
1. Composition, ISO1833
2.
(g/m2), ISO 3801
Required minimum values
Cotton: 40%(±10), polyester: 60%(±10) i.e., 50 to 70% with
balance in cotton or cotton 100%.
130 g/m2
retardancy, component’s weight is 170 g/m2 ±10%.
3. Colour
Dyed cream or beige color.
4. Water vapor permeability, ISO 17229
Minimum 2000 g/m2/24h.
5. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1
Warp and Weft 300 N minimum.
6. Tear resistance (N), ISO 9073-4
Warp and Weft 20 N minimum.
7. Tensile strength resistance after exposure to micro-organisms
Page 107
Under ISO 13934-1 after BS6085 (soil burial - 14 days).
and maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same
product.
Apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas.
5 test pieces in warp, 5 test pieces in weft.
8. Fire resistance/retardancy (OPTIONAL)
CPAI-84, 1980, Section 6 (should pass the test).
User health safety: The materials and additives used in the fabric
should be non toxic for human use. Free from asbestos and other
toxic products according to EC regulation.
FRAMED TENT
UNHCR Item No 06642
1.3 SPECIFICATIONS FOR MUD FLAP PE FABRIC
accepted if still valid.
Denomination and norms
1. Composition
2.
Required minimum values
both sides with low-density polyethylene coating.
Alternatively Plastic Tarpaulin can be used.
(g/m2), ISO 3801
180 g/m² (±5%).
3. Tensile strength (N)
Warp and weft 650 N minimum.
Apply ISO 13934-1on 10 test pieces of plain PE fabric.
Elongation 15% to 25%. For plain PE fabric test: 5 test pieces in
warp direction, 5 test pieces in weft.
Apply ISO 13935-1 on 5 test pieces with seams, cut from the tent
perpendicular to the seam, at the junction of PE and canvas.
On seams, the test is applied to 50 mm width on the sample, as
described in ISO 13935-1 page 7.
4. Tear resistance (N)
Warp 100 N minimum, weft 100 N minimum.
ISO 4674-1 (method B)
5. Resistance to micro-organisms
Insensitive to micro-organisms. Not to be tested.
6. UV resistance as percentage of tensile strength-loss
50% maximum strength-loss on original value of the same
product.
Under ISO 1421, after 1500 hours.
UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm peak).
5 test pieces in weft direction, and 5 in warp direction.
7. Colour
White if made with UNHCR standard plastic sheeting.
8. Fire resistance/retardancy (OPTIONAL)
CPAI-84, 1980, Section 6 (should pass the test).
1.4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE GROUNDSHEET PE FABRIC
criteria below do not apply.
Denomination and norms
Woven polyethylene fabric, coated on both sides with low-density
polyethylene.
Alternatively Plastic Tarpaulin can be used.
1. Composition
2.
Required minimum values
(g/m2), ISO 3801
180 g/m² (±5%).
3. Tensile strength (N), ISO 1421
Warp 300 N minimum, weft 300 N minimum.
4. Tear resistance (N), ISO 4674-1 (method B)
Warp 60 N minimum, weft 60 N minimum.
Page 108
FRAMED TENT
UNHCR Item No 06642
1.4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE GROUNDSHEET PE FABRIC
Denomination and norms
5. Resistance to micro-organisms
Required minimum values
Insensitive to micro-organisms. Not to be tested.
6. UV resistance as percentage of tensile strength-loss
Under ISO 1421, after 300 hours.
50% maximum strength-loss on original value of the same
product.
UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm peak).
5 test pieces in weft direction, 5 test pieces in warp.
7. Colour
White if made with UNHCR standard plastic sheeting.
8. Fire resistance/retardancy (OPTIONAL)
CPAI- 84, 1980, Section 6 (should pass the test).
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
1. Material, ISO 1833
Polyester 100%, or PE 100%.
2. Fabrication, ISO 8388
Warp knitted.
75/100 for the polyester.
3. Denier
100 to 150 for the PE.
4. Filament
5. Mesh size
25 holes/cm² (156 holes/inch²).
85 to 100 g/m² for polyester.
6. Weight, ISO 3801
40 to 47 g/m² for PE.
7. Shrinkage, ISO 5077
5% maximum.
250 kPa minimum for polyester.
8. Bursting strength, ISO 13938
320 kPa minimum for PE.
9. Bursting strength after exposure to UV and moisturizing
(climatic simulation)
Exposure in a climatic chamber under ISO 4892-2, type A, 180
hours, followed by bursting test under ISO 13938.
10. Colour
Page 109
50% maximum strength-loss on original value of the same
product.
Number of test pieces: 3 test pieces.
White.
FRAMED TENT
UNHCR Item No 06642
1.6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE OUTER TENT GUYING POINTS
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
1. Material compositions
Polyethylene, polypropylene or polyester ropes, Polyester
straps, steel rings, elastic device.
2. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934
3000 N minimum for the 6 side guy points (3 test pieces).
On the samples with a complete guy point ensemble including all
of the reinforcement pieces.
1400 N minimum for 4 other guy points (2 test pieces).
Elongation of the elastic device under 1000 N: 50 mm minimum,
100 mm maximum.
Refer to note below.
3. UV resistance in percentage of tensile strength-loss after
exposure in a climatic chamber
50% maximum strength-loss on original value of the same
product 1 test piece at 1400 N, and one at 3000 N.
Under ISO 4892-2, type A, 360hours.
4. Colour
Black ropes and straps, galvanized steel.
Notes for point n°2:
-
Sample size: W 300 x L 500 mm.
Sample to be cut at the centre guy line for the 6 side points (500 mm length including eave).
Samples to be cut on the top corner of the outer doors for the 4 other points.
clamped in the jaw of the apparatus. Samples must include: a canvas section from the tent roof, canvas reinforcements, strap,
-
UV test).
Traction must be applied between the tent’s roof canvas and the guy rope.
1.7 SPECIFICATIONS FOR HAMMER
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
Sledge hammer, 1 kg head, with 30 cm wooden handle.
1. Type
below.
No chips, rough surfaces, holes or knots. Smooth surface.
2. Handle
protrude on other side of the head, and be blocked with a metal
wedge; or have a conical shape (like a hoe).
Moisture minimum 10% and maximum 15%, under ISO 3130.
3. Pull apart test
Clamp head in a vice jaw after two series of 25 vigorous blows
from varying delivery angles. Apply traction of 500 N while
trying to pull out the handle, there should be no damage to the
attached to the head.
Page 110
FRAMED TENT
UNHCR Item No 06642
2. GENERAL POINTS FOR THE FINISHED PRODUCT
2.1 Performances:
When closed, the tent must give a good protection against dust, wind, rain, snow, insects and small crawling fauna. Minimum roof load to
be 300 N/m² under ISO8937 (snow load for camping tent). In combination with additional central 31 mm support pole included in optional
winter package.
2.2 Seams and stitching:
All seams subject to possible tension are double lock stitched and water proofed. Stitching produces strong, long lasting, neat and
professional looking seams.
The stitch count as well as UV and rot-proof sewing threads are appropriate and adapted to each fabric. It allows for strong waterproof
seams with at least the same life span as the tent.
The seams are always oriented in order to let the rain run freely, to avoid retaining water lines or water pockets.
Wherever possible the colour of the sewing thread is adapted to the fabric colour.
2.3 Ropes, webbing bands, toggles, loops, reinforcement nettings, and all other accessories:
All ropes and webbing bands are heat cut. All ropes are knotted to the tent from the factory.
All above mentioned items are rot proof and UV proof at least as much as the tent canvas which they are sewn to. No webbing or rope
is sewn through a stitch going from outside the tent to inside the tent to avoid water penetration by capillarity, or are made of waterproof
materials.
Laces or loops can also be made of the same canvas as the tent roof/wall for the outer tent loops, and of the same canvas they are sewn
to for the inner tent loops.
2.4 Zipper fasteners:
All the zip fasteners conform to a resistance of 700 N lateral traction under ISO5912.
2.5 Eyelets:
All metal eyelets are rustproof and correctly placed, reinforced with a fabric patch and of a minimum 10 mm inner diameter.
2.6 Metal rings:
All metal rings are rustproof galvanized and closed by welding.
2.7 Dimensional tolerance:
2.8 Long storage (shelf life):
The tent is treated and packed in such a way that the tent can be stored up to minimum 5 years in proper storage conditions without any
damage or performance reduction. Store elevated from the ground (on pallets and pallet racks) in a dry, clean and ventilated warehouse.
The tent must be manufactured and packed in clean and appropriate conditions to avoid contamination from soil dust and other
contaminants.
We recommend using metal frame pallets. These pallets avoid multiple manual handling of the bags, easy and fast on and off loading of
containers, trucks, etc. Assures ventilation between the tents while stored.
Page 111
FRAMED TENT
UNHCR Item No 06642
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
3.1 General Description of outer tent:
The outer tent is made of several cloth sections that form the general shape of the tent. The seams are running from the ridge down to
the roof edges, perpendicular to the ridge line. The outer tent is supported by a metal frame with 2 up standing poles to support the ridge
of the frame, 4 guy ropes on each side, 2 guy ropes at front end and 1 guy rope at the back. The attachment points of each guy rope are
reinforced.
3.2 Dimensions / erecting system:
Centre height:
2.4 m
Width:
4.15 m
Ridge length:
4m
Side wall height:
1.50 m
Door height:
1.6 m
Centre base length:
5.2 m
The outer tent is placed on the frame and maintained in position to the frame by using strings, Velcro straps and webbing bands with hooks
(please refer to point 3.8)
3.3 Reinforcements:
The 11 roof guying points are made of 50 mm wide polyester straps, sewn to the fabric in extension of the roof. On the 4 corner guying
points an additional layer of PVC coated canvas is added on the inside.
The entire length of the ridge is reinforced on the inside with a 150 mm strap of same fabric as the roof.
The attachment sleeves for the ridge pipe are sewn to this reinforcement.
FAMILY TENT
3.4 Attachment system (guy lines):
The outer tent is anchored to the ground using 11 guy lines which are attached to 11 metal pegs.
Each guying point on both sides presents a loop made of 50 mm wide webbing. The length of the webbing allows, when folded double, the
creation of a loop of minimum 30 mm long, to be stitched to the tent with a strong Z or X sewing on minimum 50 mm long.
The webbing loops are placed perpendicularly to the tent edge on the sides, at 30° angle in the corners, and in the alignment of the
vestibules roof shape at ends.
11 metal rings are attached to the loops by the means of an elastic device. The ropes pass into the metal rings. When tensioning, the
ropes are sliding in the metal rings.
Page 112
FRAMED TENT
UNHCR Item No 06642
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
FAMILY TENT
3.5 Windows:
window with transparent PE fabric on the vestibule.
The inside dimension of the large windows are 80 cm wide and 45 cm high and the top edge of the window is placed ±30 cm below the
roof of the tent. The 5 window openings are reinforced either with strong reinforcement netting (large holes strong plastic net) or with
standard netting and strips of 20 mm polycotton webbing that reinforce the window horizontally (1 webbing) and vertically (1 webbing).
when rolled up.
3.6 Ventilation ½ cones on top of the vestibules:
Front vent is triangular and is placed on the top of the vestibule. The inside dimensions of the vent is 280 mm wide and 250 mm high. The
in its middle.
The back ventilation opening is rectangular and placed on top of the wall, Size 300 x 300 mm.
The vent openings are reinforced either with strong reinforcement netting (large holes strong plastic net), or with standard netting and with
two strips of 20 mm cotton or polyester webbing that bisects the vent horizontally and vertically. These webbings are sewn to the edges
of the vent opening and to the netting.
3.7 Outer tent door
Page 113
Front door
Rear door
Size: W 1.5 x H 1.6 m
Size: W 1.0 x H 2.1 m
- Upper part is 1.6 m wide x 1.08 m high, made of canvas.
- Lower part is 1.5m wide x 0.52 m high, made of woven PE fabric.
- Upper part is 1.0 m wide x 1.58 m high, made of canvas.
- Lower part is 1.0 m wide x 0.52 m high, made of woven PE fabric.
FRAMED TENT
UNHCR Item No 06642
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
The vestibule doors can be used as awnings. The rolled up door is hold up by 3 loops and 3 plastic toggles or hooks.
The doors can be closed by means of lacing/loop system. The loops are made of 4 mm rope or canvas strips (7 loops and eyelets per door
side). For each lace/loop system, a toggle or a hook is placed in order to attach the last loop.
Each door has one side closable from inside and the other side closable from outside.
Total height is 1.70 m corresponding to 1.50 m vertical plus 0.2 m on the ground.
The upper part (1 m) of the walls is made of Polyester Cotton fabric, lower part (0.7 m) of PE fabric.
Alternatively plastic sheeting can be used and instead of webbing bands reinforcement bands are acceptable. Stitch length and thread to
The outer tent is attached to the frame and poles, with 8 Velcro straps for the roof pipes.
Page 114
FRAMED TENT
UNHCR Item No 06642
3. MAKE-UP OF OUTER TENT
3.9 Chimney reinforcement:
A chimney reinforcement with non-perforated opening is placed at side wall, between the corner and the window. This is made of heat
The lower edge of the heat-resistant fabric must be 500 mm above the ground, where the canvas joins the PE part (a
Inside dimensions: W 250 x H 600 mm.
from the chimney opening.
The tent fabric is cut away completely at the position of the chimney opening. The edges of the chimney opening are hemmed stitched
to the inside.
Page 115
FRAMED TENT
UNHCR Item No 06642
4. MAKE-UP OF INNER TENT WITH GROUND SHEET
4.1 General description:
allow a 10 cm air gap between the outer tent and the inner tent.
At the ground sheet level it is hooked to the frame base plates with 6 elastic webbings and plastic hooks of 20 mm width.
fabric sewn to the inner tent and extends up the sides of the wall to assure the inside remains waterproof. No stitching is allowed at the
fabric to allow protruding of the support poles to join the frame.
4.2 Inner tent dimensions:
The inner tent, when hooked to the outer tent has a centre height of 2.3 m, a width of 3.80 m, a wall height of 1.40
m and a base length of 3.80 m.
Back View
Front View
4.3 Inner doors:
The door panel (1.0 m wide) is placed in the centre of the front wall.
The doors are made of the same material as the inner tent and close with polyester n°10 coil zip fasteners at the 2 vertical sides. The zip
fasteners can be opened from inside and outside.
Page 116
FRAMED TENT
UNHCR Item No 06642
4. MAKE-UP OF INNER TENT WITH GROUND SHEET
Black UV stabilized ropes or canvas laces with plastic toggles or hooks are used to keep the door opened when rolled up.
To facilitate the door closing:
2 webbing loops with eyelets are placed at the bottom of each door side aligned with the zips. They are used to attach the tent to the
ground with pegs of 6 mm x 270 mm. The webbing loops are stitched into the seam where the PE joins the fabric, and are 200 mm long.
4.4 Inner tent suspension system:
The inner tent is suspended from the frame with 24 metal galvanized 4 mm wire hooks mounted on webbing loops of 50 mm wide.
The total length of the loops including the metal hook is 100 mm. The hooks are positioned as per below drawing: 6 at the ridge, 5 on each
side wall pipe and 4 on each gable pipe. The side walls of the inner tent are hooked with plastic hooks mounted on webbing loops to the
corresponding rings of the base plates of the frame.
These elastic webbing bands are stitched to the tent in the seam where the PE and fabric are joined. The inner tent has 26 loops of 20
mm, made of canvas, for the attachment of the optional inner lining or the optional inner partition. The loops are placed in the inside of the
inner tent at every place where the inner tent is attached to the frame, plus 2 loops at the bottom of each doors where the webbings for the
ground attachment are placed (6 at the ridge, 5 at the top of each side wall, 3 at the bottom of each side wall, 2 at the base of each doors).
4.5 Inner tent ventilation system:
sealed with 25mm Velcro on all sides.
4.6 Inner tent windows:
The inner tent has 2 doors, 5 windows, two on each side wall and one at the back wall of same size and reinforcement, corresponding
Velcro on all sides, and hangs freely when open.
Page 117
FRAMED TENT
UNHCR Item No 06642
4. MAKE-UP OF INNER TENT WITH GROUND SHEET
4.7 Accessories inside the inner tent:
To hang light weight properties, 2 pouches hang above each window, webbing with hooks at the ridge.
4.8 Ground sheet:
The integrated ground sheet is made of PE woven fabric. The seam that attaches the ground sheet to the sides of the inner tent is 200
and have a 25 mm overlap.
4.9 Chimney reinforcement:
A chimney reinforcement with non-perforated opening is placed at the side wall corresponding the chimney reinforcement of the outer fold.
This is made of heat resistant fabric (minimum 900°C).
Inside dimensions: W 250 x H 550 mm. The lower edge of the opening is 650 mm above the ground.
The tent fabric to be cut away completely at the position of the chimney opening. The edges of the opening are hemmed stitched.
4.10 Inner partitions:
from the centre pole to one side wall. One type is a full partition, running from one side wall to the opposite side wall, made with 2 pieces
of the semi-partition. These partitions are attached to the inner lining loops at roof and wall levels, and to the centre pole.
Page 118
FRAMED TENT
UNHCR Item No 06642
5: FRAME, POLES AND ACCESSORIES
5.1 Frame and Poles:
Frame sections:
minimum 8 cm long.
into one of the pipes (not to be made with press-reduced pipe diameter).
Packing List Framed Tent
UNHCR Item No 6642

A) 2 X Centrale Pole.

B) 2 X Awning Pole.
I

A
C) 6 X Foot Pole.
I

D) 12 X Roof Pole.
A
D
D
G
E) 1X Door Ridge (160cm).
D

D
F) 4 X Vestibule Pole (155cm).
H
G) 1 X Top Front Cross Piece (155cm).
H
B
H) 2 X SIide Front Cross Piece.
I) 2 X Cross Piece IV.
J) 3 X Cross Piece IIII.
K) 2 X Half Inner Separation.
C
L) 5 X “V’’ Peg
(35cm).
C
M) 6 X Nail Peg (30cm).
N) 16 X Nail Peg (27cm).
E
O) 1X Hammer.
Support Poles:
Page 119
-
2 support central poles of 239 cm each (size without U-bracket), with minimum outer diameter 25 mm galvanized orpainted steel pipe
minimum 1.2 mm wall thickness, comes in two pieces. This pole comes with U-shape metal bracket of 30 mm length .
-
The base of each pole to have a metal or plastic base plate of 50 mm diameter.
-
The poles protrude the inner tent at PVC reinforced positions on the ridge.
FRAMED TENT
UNHCR Item No 06642
5: FRAME, POLES AND ACCESSORIES
5.2 Ropes/loops/guy runners:
-
4 corner ropes, black, UV treated, 3 m long each, 8 mm diameter, a min. tensile strength of 300 kg.
-
4 intermediate ropes, black, UV treated, 3 m long each, 6 mm diameter, a min. tensile strength of 140 kg.
-
2 vestibule ropes, black, UV treated, 3 m long each, 6 mm diameter, a min. tensile strength of 140 kg.
-
1 back gable rope, black, UV treated, 5 m long, 8 mm diameter, a min. tensile strength of 300 kg.
-
All ropes to be passed in the rings of the tent from factory.
-
All ropes to have a securely knotted loop at one end, to place over the peg.
-
Hard wood or strong UV proof plastic guy runners, red colour, already mounted on the ropes.
-
The grain of the wood runners to run lengthwise of the runner.
-
Size of the runners: 100 x 35 x 12 mm, holes to be the same as the diameter of the rope.
-
The ropes are passed in the runners in a way that makes the maximum blocking effect on the ropes.
5.3 Pegs and accessories:
-
-
5 pegs of 350 mm length , made of angled iron 25 x 25 mm, 3 mm thick, with an iron rod of 50 mm long and 6 mm diameter welded
on the top. On one end, both wings of the angled iron are cut at 45° angle to form a pointed end. On the other end, both wings of the
angled iron are pressed together to touch each other, and the 6 mm rod is welded on top of that end. The 6 mm rod produces a 25
mm prominence slightly bended downwards. These 4 pegs have 2 slots on each side, not opposite, to improve grip in soft ground.
The width of the slots is approximately 3 mm, the depth is maximum 3 mm. Pegs are painted or galvanized.
6 pegs of 300 mm length after bending, made of iron Rebar of 10 mm diameter, with a hook bended on one end, “candy cane” shape,
or a cross shape, painted or galvanized.
16 pegs of 270 mm length, made of iron bar of 6 mm diameter, with a round or cross shaped head on one end, to avoid damaging
1 set up instruction sheet in English language plus step by step drawings or photos printed on durable fabric and stitched to the
outside of the accessory bag or printed on pole bag.
Page 120
SHADE-NET FOT THE
STANDARD FAMILY TENT
UNHCR Item No 07223
Item Application Sample
T
General Information and Description
Heavy-duty plastic shade-net, black colour.
This is an accessory for the standard Family Tent that is highly
recommended in hot climate, to reduce the temperature inside the
tent.
Manufacturing process: knitting.
Material: High Density Polyethylene, HDPE.
Dimension: 4 m x 5.2 m
Minimum weight: 140 g/m2 +/-5%
Warp spacing: 5mm maximum.
on already installed tents.
Shade rate: 80%
Bursting strength: 600kPA minimum under ISO 13938.
Family Tent. For other types of tent, please order shate-nets
accordingly.
Packing Size
Anti-UV treated: The bursting strength after 1500 hours UV under
ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm peak) must be: minimum 80 % of the
original value of the actual product, AND not less than 570kPA.
Guy point tensile strength: Tensile strength at original state must
be minimum 1400N under ISO 13934 on the complete guy point
ensemble including all of the reinforcement pieces.
Tensile strength: 450N/5cm minimum under ISO 13934-1.
Packing size: 110 x 25 x 16 cm.
Tear Resistance: 100N minimum trouser method under ISO 9073-4
Volume: 0.044 m 3
Gross weight: 10.8 kg.
Accessories:
OPTIONAL PACKING IN ROLLS
Six poles, painted steel, telescopic. Main part of 1.45 m x diameter
19 mm x 1 mm wall thickness. Inner part of corresponding diameter
x 0.50 m. Total pole adjustable length: 1.5 m to 1.75 m.
Six guy ropes, black, UV treated, each 3 m long, 6 mm diameter,
with a minimum tensile strength of 140 kg.
Page 121
WINTERIZATION KIT
FOR FAMILY TENT
UNHCR Item No 06648
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
The Winterization Kit was developed to improve the insulation against cold for
UNHCR Family Tents.
The Winterization Kit includes the following items: winterization liner, partition,
The winterization kit does not include any stove/heater or fuel. These items
must be purchased separately, depending on the fuel type available in the
area.
One alternative is to use the wooden stove (item No. 06649 in this catalogue)
to provide heat and cooking alternatives.
Packing
The kit is packed individually in a strong waterproof plastic bag, made of
standard plastic tarpaulin.
The package must be secured with 2 webbing straps on the outside; each strap
must have a strong self-locking buckle that will not slide during transport made
with galvanised steel wire of 4 mm diameter minimum. The straps must not be
sewn to the outer bag. Each strap provides 2 handles.
The standard international warning sign “protect from water” and the buyer’s
markings/logo and item name must be printed on the outside of the package
in indelible ink.
Inside the bag, 1 set-up instruction sheet in English, showing step by step setup information with drawings and item content list and information, printed on
durable laminated paper or durable fabric.

Kit dimensions: approx. 93 x 39 x 40 cm
Kit volume: approx. 0.145 m3
Unit weight: approx. 30 kg
Outside
View
Pallet Details
Dimensions (W x L x H): 780 x 1120 x 144 mm. Maximum of the packed pallet:
115 cm. Pallets should be shrink-wrapped and strapped. The palletized goods
must not exceed the length and width of the pallet.
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
180 winterization kits per 20’DC (without pallets)
Manufacturer Marking
360 winterization kits per 40’DC (without pallets)
450 winterization kits per 40’HC (without pallets)
Every packing unit should contain a tag showing the manufacturer’s name,
Batch number, and date of production in each tent.
20’DC 28 pallets x 4 pcs = 112 winterization kits
40’DC 60 pallets x 4 pcs = 240 winterization kits
40’HC 60 pallets x 4 pcs = 240 winterization kits
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 122
WINTERIZATION KIT
FOR FAMILY TENT
UNHCR Item No 06648
as follows:
1. SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE FLOOR PROTECTION
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
Protection for the use of a stove/heater in the standard Family Tent.
1. General Information
groundsheet when using a heater. The protected area is 0.5 m x 1
m, so that the size of the heater should not exceed 0.4 m x 0.8 m.
-
2. Material
3. Design
User’s health safety: The materials and additives used in the
kit should be non-toxic for human use, free from asbestos and
other toxic products, according to the EC regulations.
thickness to cover a total surface of minimum 0.5 x 1 m.
4. Dimensions / Size
thickness to cover a total surface of minimum 0.5 x 1 m.
straps. Indicate product name on the outer package with indelible
marking.
5. Packaging
are individually wrapped in strong paper before being placed in
the center of the kit package, in order to be protected from shocks
during transport.
2. SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE WINTERIZATION LINER
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
This inner liner for the standard Family Tent is recommended to
improve the insulation against the cold.
1. General Information
This inner liner includes an inner partition.
-
2. Material
-
Page 123
retardant weight.
Tensile strength: ISO 13934-1, warp and weft 300 N
minimum.
Tear strength: ISO 9073-4, warp and weft 20 N minimum.
Colour: yellow, beige, cream or sand.
Fire retardant: pass the CPAI-84, 1980, chapter 6. (Should
pass the test).
User’s health safety: The materials and additives used in the
kit should be non-toxic for human use, free from asbestos
and other toxic products, according to the EC regulations.
WINTERIZATION KIT
FOR FAMILY TENT
UNHCR Item No 06648
2. SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE WINTERIZATION LINER
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
The inner liner must be made from one fold of breathable, rot-
3. Design
tent, to cover the roof and the four walls down to ground level,
plus 40 cm on the ground if used with the Standard Family Tent.
4. Dimensions / Size
Tent. Centre height: 2.5 m, width: 3.8 m, wall height: 1.65 m, base
length: 3.8 m.
If supplied individually, packed in a strong waterproof plastic bag.
Indicate product name on the outer package with indelible marking.
If supplied within the winterisation kit, no individual package is
5. Packaging
-
The inner liner has 24 pairs of canvas strings to attach to the
original loops of the inner tent.
Both ends are made in a curtain shape that opens in the middle
with a 600 mm-overlap.
-
-
6. Features
-
-
inner partition.
One inner partition is supplied with the inner liner, made with the
the same design as the original partition of the tent.
At the ridge, four openings of 150 mm closing with Velcro allow
accessing to the three hooks and to the pocket of the tent.
These are positioned at the level of the 2nd, 3rd, 6th and 7th
ridge attachment points.
The inner liner has 4 windows, of reduced size compared to
the long windows of the tent, and closing with zipper. These
windows are 300 x 800 mm, horizontally oriented, with 2 round
window runs on left, top and right sides). These windows allow
accessing the original windows of the tent, thus are placed in
the centre of each section of the tent sides, in front of the actual
inner tent windows.
There are four pockets of 400 x 300 mm, one under each
window, for storage of goods.
of 450 x 800 mm, vertically oriented, lower edge positioned at
300 mm above the ground.
3. SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE SLEEVE, HEAT RESISTANT, FOR THE FAMILY TENT HEATER FUME PIPE
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
Protection for the use of a stove/heater in the standard Family Tent.
This protection for tent can be used only with tents originally
1. General Information
pipe is passing through the tent wall.
Page 124
WINTERIZATION KIT
FOR FAMILY TENT
UNHCR Item No 06648
3. SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE SLEEVE, HEAT RESISTANT, FOR THE FAMILY TENT HEATER FUME PIPE
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
that allows a strong attachment around the pipe.
2. Material
-
Fire resistant to CPAI84/6 at conditions of origin and after
leaching.
-
Tear resistance under ISO9073-4: minimum 40 N.
-
Waterproof under ISO 811: minimum 20 hPa (20 cm).
-
User’s health safety: The materials and additives used in the
kit should be non-toxic for human use, free from asbestos
and other toxic products, according to the EC regulations.
has a pyramid shape. At the end of the tubular extension, there
pyramid has a Velcro to grip to the Velcro of the tent chimney
3. Design
(hooks and loops); sewn next to each other, to make sure it will
work in all cases.
of the pyramid part is 400 mm, with a hole of 150 mm diameter at
the top.
4. Dimensions / Size
The top of the pyramid has a tubular extension of 150 mm length .
plastic bag. Indicate product name on the outer package with
indelible marking.
5. Packaging
No. of sleeve: one per Family Tent (winterization package)
individually packed.
4. SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE INSULATING FLOOR MAT
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
Insulating mat for use as a protection against the cold from the
1. General Information
with local material to form a basic mattress.
Page 125
WINTERIZATION KIT
FOR FAMILY TENT
UNHCR Item No 06648
4. SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE INSULATING FLOOR MAT
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
First layer, plastic mat:
double thickness (2/1, 3/1, 2/2, 3/2).
warp and virgin polypropylene (PP) hollow tube in weft, not
2. Material
-
Fire retardant to pass CPAI84/5.
-
Tight woven, with minimum 1000 tubes per meter length.
-
Weight: 500 g/m² minimum.
-
Colour: any colour.
-
No. of mats: 5 pieces per one unit of Family Tent.
Second layer, aluminized canvas:
-
Strong synthetic canvas with durable aluminium coating, soft
-
User’s health safety: The materials and additives used in the
kit should be non-toxic for human use, free from asbestos and
other toxic products, according to the EC regulations.
The insulating mat is an assembling of three layers:
-
First layer, on the ground-side, a plastic mat, double weave.
-
Second layer, an aluminised canvas, aluminium face upward.
-
3. Design
The assembling is done with a heavy-duty ribbon strongly
stitched all around the mat. The second and third layer are also
stitched together, lengthwise in the center, and crosswise in 3
At one end, the mat is opened on the whole width, to allow
accessing in between the plastic mat and the aluminised canvas.
This opening closes with a fold like a pillowcase closing system.
A pair of strong laces is sewn to the mat at one end in the center,
to secure the mat when rolled up for transport or storage.
4. Dimensions / Size
1.8 x 0.9 m
5. Packaging
If supplied individually, the mat is rolled and wrapped in a protective
outer sheet, such as PP woven canvas, and strapped. Indicate
product name on the outer package with indelible marking.
If supplied within the Winterization Kit, no individual packing is
Page 126
REINFORCED PLASTIC TARPAULIN
WITH EYELETS (sheet 4x5 m)
UNHCR Item No 02617
Item Application Sample
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
General Information and Description
Reinforced plastic tarpaulin in sheets of 4 x 5 meters was developed by an
international research project and designed for long outdoor use in all climates.
Plastic Tarpaulins are to be used in support to humanitarian operations,
for temporary shelter and are recommended for individual (family) shelter
protection.
3.300 pieces / sheets per 20’DC (without pallets).
6.500 pieces / sheets per 40’DC (without pallets).
6.500 pieces / sheets per 40’ HC (without pallets).
2.800 pieces / sheets per 20’ DC (with pallets).
6000 pieces / sheets per 40’ DC (with pallets).
±1%.
Tarpaulin Size:
Effective area: 20.00 m2.
Material:
x weft, laminated on both sides with low density polyethylene (LDPE) coating,
with reinforced rims by heat sealing on all sides, (or 2 sides heat sealing and
2 sides double stitching), and a 5 millimeters diameter PE or PP rope on the
edge, inside the hem. 1000 denier minimum.
Material net weight: minimum 190 g/m2 ± 20 g/m2.
Tensile strength: minimum 600 N both directions of warp and weft (BS 2576,
6.000 pieces / sheets per 40’ HC (with pallets).
Pallet Details
Dimensions (W x L x H): 780 x 1120 x 144 mm. Maximum height of the packed
pallet: 115 cm. Pallets should be shrink-wrapped and strapped. The palletized
goods must not exceed the length and width of the pallet.
Manufacturer Marking
Every tarpaulin sheet 4 x 5 m should include a tag stitched in hem, with the
Tensile strength of the eyelets: minimum 700N inside the eyelets as per ISO
1421-1, pulling lengthwise with a hook of 8mm wire diameter. To test in 2
eyelets in each side.
Tear strength:
or under ISO 4674 (A2).
of manufacturing. No company logo should be included with the manufacturer’s
marking.
UV resistance: stabilized against ultraviolet rays and excess heat for long
outdoor exposure. Maximum 5% loss on original tensile strength under ISO
1421 after 1500 hours UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm peak).
It is expected that Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin will maintain sheltering and
waterproof capacities for one year under the strongest weather conditions.
Welding: only one (01) is allowed along the middle of the sheet, length wise.
Minimum resistance is 80% of the original tarpaulin tensile strength in the weft
under ISO 1421 plus additional procedure.
Reinforcement eyelets:
sheet sides of the single sheets at 100 cm ±5 cm centre to centre, providing
Expected Life Span
Reference Information
For additional information about the use of this product see:
http://www.plastic-sheeting.org
http://www.sheltercentre.org/library
Printing of UNHCR Logo
A lin
Color:
CR logos must be printed on both sides of the sheet - the 6th
Weight and Volume
Considering the weight of the welding and reinforcement eyelets.
Gross weight per piece: 3.55 kg to 4.65 kg
Gross weight per bale: 20 kg approx.
Gross volume per bale: approx. 0.0437 m3,
Bale Dimension: 56 x 39 x 20 cm
For UNHCR visibility logo printing purposes details, see the Reinforced Plastic
arpaulin Graphic and the UNHCR Logo Application reference available on the
next page, where size of logo is 45 cm wide and 55 cm height.
Alternatively, the number of logos on the line may be reduced to 4, with a
proportional increment on the size of the logo to 50 cm wide x 60 cm height.
Packing
Plastic tarpaulin sheets are packed in bales. It is ideal is to pack 5 pieces of
product per bale, and to secure it with polyester straps. However different
packing methods may be accepted in order to maximize loadability in pallets
and containers.
Page 127
(CMYK). C = 100%, M = 45%, Y = 0%, K = 0%.
Note: last updated, June 2014
REINFORCED PLASTIC TARPAULIN
WITH EYELETS (sheet 4x5 m)
UNHCR Item No 02617
Graphic Reference
Reinforced Eyelet
UNHCR Logo Application Reference
Logo Application Reference
Logo Application Size
Page 128
REINFORCED PLASTIC TARPAULIN WITH EYELETS AND FIRE RETARDANT(SHEET 4X5 m)
UNHCR Item No 07197
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Weight and Volume
Reinforced plastic tarpaulin in sheets of 4 x 5 meters was developed by an
international research project and designed for long outdoor use in all climates.
Plastic Tarpaulins are to be used in support to humanitarian operations,
for temporary shelter and are recommended for individual (family) shelter
protection.
Considering the weight of the welding and reinforcement eyelets.
Gross weight per piece: 3.55 kg to 4.65 kg
Gross weight per bale: 20 kg approx.
Gross volume per bale: approx. 0.0437 m3,
Bale Dimension: 56 x 39 x 20 cm
Packing
±1%.
Tarpaulin Size:
2
Effective area: 20.00 m .
Material:
warp x weft, laminated on both sides with low density polyethylene (LDPE)
coating, with reinforced rims by heat sealing on all sides, (or 2 sides heat
sealing and 2 sides double stitching), and a 5 millimeters diameter PE or PP
rope on the edge, inside the hem. 1000 denier minimum.
Material net weight: minimum 190 g/m2 ±20 g/m2.
Tensile strength: minimum 600 N both directions of warp and weft (BS 2576,
Tensile strength of the eyelets: minimum 700N inside the eyelets as per ISO
1421-1, pulling lengthwise with a hook of 8mm wire diameter. To test in 2
eyelets in each side.
Tear strength: minimum 100 N both directions (BS 4303 wing tear or
Plastic tarpaulin sheets are packed in bales. It is ideal is to pack 5 pieces of
product per bale, and to secure it with polyester straps. However different
packing methods may be accepted in order to maximize loadability in pallets
and containers.
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
3.300 pieces / sheets per 20’GP (without pallets).
6.500 pieces / sheets per 40’DC (without pallets).
6.500 pieces / sheets per 40’ HC (without pallets).
2.800 pieces / sheets per 20’ DC (with pallets).
6.000 pieces / sheets per 40’ DC (with pallets).
6.000 pieces / sheets per 40’ HC (with pallets).
Pallet Details
UV resistance: stabilized against ultraviolet rays and excess heat for long
outdoor exposure. Maximum 5% loss on original tensile strength under ISO
1421 after 1500 hours UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm peak).
Dimensions (W x L x H): 780 x 1120 x 144 mm. Maximum height of the packed
pallet: 115 cm. Pallets should be shrink-wrapped and strapped. The palletized
goods must not exceed the length and width of the pallet.
Welding: only one (01) is allowed along the middle of the sheet, length wise.
Minimum resistance is 80% of the original tarpaulin tensile strength in the
weft under ISO 1421 plus additional procedure.
Manufacturer Marking
Every tarpaulin sheet 4 x 5 m should include a tag stitched in hem, with the
Reinforcement eyelets:
sheet sides of the single sheets at 100 cm ±5 cm centre to centre, providing
Color:
Fire Retardant: PASS - CPAI 84 section 6 as received, maximum average
damage length: 190mm, max damage length of each specimen: 225mm,
PASS CPAI 84 section 6 after leaching, maximum average damage length:
of manufacturing. No company logo should be included with the manufacturer’s
marking.
Expected Life Span
It is expected that Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin will maintain sheltering and
waterproof capacities for one year under the strongest weather conditions.
Reference Information
For additional information about the use of this product see:
length: 190mm, max damage length of each specimen: 255mm, average
http://www.plastic-sheeting.org
http://www.sheltercentre.org/library
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 129
REINFORCED PLASTIC TARPAULIN WITH EYELETS AND FIRE RETARDANT(SHEET 4X5 m)
UNHCR Item No 07197
Graphic Reference
PRINTING OF UNHCR LOGO: A line with UNHCR logos must be printed on both sides of the plastic bale or roll, placed one meter from the bottom edge
of the long side on the tarpaulin. For UNHCR visibility logo printing purposes details, see the Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin Graphic and the UNHCR Logo
Application reference available on the next page, where size of logo is 45 cm wide and 55 cm height. Alternatively, the size of the logo could be 50 cm wide
x 60 cm height. The distance (space) between each logo should be no longer than 60 cm or shorter than 40 cm.
Reinforced Eyelet
UNHCR Logo Application Reference
Logo Application Reference
Logo Application Size
Page 130
REINFORCED PLASTIC SHEET
(4 x 50 m)
UNHCR Item No 03153
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Reinforced plastic tarpaulin in bales or rolls of 4 x 50 meters was developed
by an international research project and was designed for long outdoor use in
all climates and to be used for simple temporary community shelter protection.
Several other uses include, covering damaged structures, upgrading of tents
and shelters, building of latrine’s fencing, health centers, ground sheet or food
mound protection.
T
Finished size for each plastic bale or roll: 4 X 50 meters ±1%.
Material:
x weft, laminated on both sides with low density polyethylene (LDPE) coating.
Materia`l weight: minimum 190 g/m2 ± 20 g/m2.
Tensile strength: minimum 600 N both directions of warp and weft (BS 2576,
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
380 bales per 20’DC (without pallets).
710 bales per 40’DC (without pallets).
710 bales per 40’ HC (without pallets).
336 bales per 20’ DC (with pallets).
696 bales per 40’DC (with pallets).
696 bales per 40’ HC (with pallets).
Pallet Details
Dimensions (W x L x H): 780 x 1120 x 144 mm. Maximum height of the packed
pallet: 115 cm. Pallets should be shrink-wrapped and strapped. The palletized
goods must not exceed the length and width of the pallet.
Manufacturer Marking
Every tarpaulin sheet 4 x 50 m should include a tag stitched at joint, with the
of manufacturing. No company logo should be included with the manufacturer’s
marking.
Tear strength:
or under ISO 4674 (A2).
Expected Life Span
UV resistance: stabilized against ultraviolet rays and excess heat for long
outdoor exposure. Maximum 5% loss on original tensile strength under ISO
1421 after 1500 hours UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm peak).
Welding: Only one (01) is allowed along the middle of the sheet, length wise.
Minimum resistance is 80% of the original tarpaulin tensile strength in the weft
under ISO 1421 plus additional procedure.
Color:
Weight and Volume
It is expected that Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin in bales or rolls 4 x 50 m will
maintain sheltering and waterproof capacities for one year under the strongest
tropical conditions.
Reference Information
For additional information about the use of this product see:
http://www.plastic-sheeting.org
http://www.sheltercentre.org/library
Printing of UNHCR Logo
Total weight per tarpaulin: 33.66 to 43.35 kg
Total weight per bale: 34.06 to 43.83 kg
Gross volume per piece / bale: approx. 0.0743 m3
Bale dimensions: 56 x 78 x 17 cm
Packing in Bales
A line with UNHCR logos must be printed on both sides of the plastic bale or
roll, placed one meter from the bottom edge of the long side on the tarpaulin.
For UNHCR visibility logo printing purposes details, see the Reinforced Plastic
Tarpaulin Graphic and the UNHCR Logo Application reference available on the
next page, where size of logo is 45 cm wide and 55 cm height. Alternatively,
the size of the logo could be 50 cm wide x 60 cm height. The distance (space)
between each logo should be no longer than 60 cm or shorter than 40 cm.
The 4 x 50 m tarpaulins are packed individually on 56 x 78 x 17 cm bales
(for maximum loading capacity on Euro pallets), folded in the middle and tied.
Wrapped in polyethylene, sealed with a polyester band.
Optional Packing in Rolls
In order to maximize loadability in pallets and containers, it is ideal is to pack
the 4 x 50 m tarpaulins centre folded lengthwise and tightly rolled. The product
is to be wrapped in polyethylene, and sealed with a polyester band.
Page 131
(CMYK). C = 100%, M = 45%, Y = 0%, K = 0%.
Note: last updated, June 2014
REINFORCED PLASTIC SHEET
(4 x 50 m)
UNHCR Item No 03153
Graphic Reference


UNHCR Logo Application Reference
Logo Application Reference
Logo Application Size
Page 132
REINFORCED PLASTIC SHEET WITH
FIRE RETARDANT (4 x 50 m)
UNHCR Item No 07186
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Reinforced plastic tarpaulin in bales or rolls of 4 x 50 meters was developed
by an international research project and was designed for long outdoor use in
all climates and to be used for simple temporary community shelter protection.
Several other uses include, covering damaged structures, upgrading of tents
and shelters, building of latrine’s fencing, health centers, ground sheet or food
mound protection.
T
Finished size for each plastic bale or roll: 4 X 50 meters ±1%.
Material:
x weft, laminated on both sides with low density polyethylene (LDPE) coating.
Material weight: minimum 190 g/m ±20 g/m .
2
Packing in Bales
The 4 x 50 m tarpaulins are packed individually on 56 x 78 x 17 cm bales
(for maximum loading capacity on Euro pallets), folded in the middle and tied.
Wrapped in polyethylene, sealed with a polyester band.
Optional Packing in Rolls
In order to maximize loadability in pallets and containers, it is ideal is to pack
the 4 x 50 m tarpaulins centre folded lengthwise and tightly rolled. The product
is to be wrapped in polyethylene, and sealed with a polyester band.
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
2
Tensile strength: minimum 600 N both directions of warp and weft (BS 2576,
380 bales per 20’ DC (without pallets).
710 bales per 40’DC (without pallets).
Tear strength:
or under ISO 4674 (A2).
710 bales per 40’ HC (without pallets).
UV resistance: stabilized against ultraviolet rays and excess heat for long
outdoor exposure. Maximum 5% loss on original tensile strength under ISO 1421
after 1500 hours UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm peak).
696 bales per 40’DC (with pallets).
336 bales per 20’ DC (with pallets).
Welding: Only one (01) is allowed along the middle of the sheet, length wise.
Minimum resistance is 80% of the original tarpaulin tensile strength in the weft
under ISO 1421 plus additional procedure.
Color:
Fire Retardant: PASS - CPAI 84 section 6 as received, maximum average
damage length: 190mm, max damage length of each specimen: 255mm,
696 bales per 40’ HC (with pallets).
Pallet Details
Dimensions (W x L x H): 780 x 1120 x 144 mm. Maximum height of the packed
pallet: 115 cm. Pallets should be shrink-wrapped and strapped. The palletized
goods must not exceed the length and width of the pallet.
Manufacturer Marking
Every tarpaulin sheet 4 x 50 m should include a tag stitched at joint, with the
PASS - CPAI 84 section 6 after leaching, maximum average damage length:
of manufacturing. No company logo should be included with the manufacturer’s
marking.
Expected Life Span
It is expected that Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin in bales or rolls 4 x 50 m will
maintain sheltering and waterproof capacities for one year under the strongest
tropical conditions.
Reference Information
Weight and Volume
Total weight per tarpaulin: 33.66 to 43.35 kg
Total weight per bale: 34.06 to 43.83 kg
Gross volume per piece / bale: approx. 0.0743m3
Bale dimensions: 56 x 78 x 17 cm
Page 133
For additional information about the use of this product see:
http://www.plastic-sheeting.org
http://www.sheltercentre.org/library
Note: last updated, June 2014
REINFORCED PLASTIC SHEET WITH
FIRE RETARDANT (4 x 50 m)
UNHCR Item No 07186
Graphic Reference
A line with UNHCR logos must be printed on both sides of the plastic bale or roll, placed one meter from the bottom edge of the long side on the tarpaulin.
For UNHCR visibility logo printing purposes details, see the Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin Graphic and the UNHCR Logo Application reference available
on the next page, where size of logo is 45 cm wide and 55 cm height. Alternatively, the size of the logo could be 50 cm wide x 60 cm height. The distance
(space) between each logo should be no longer than 60 cm or shorter than 40 cm.


UNHCR Logo Application Reference
Logo Application Reference
Logo Application Size
Page 134
REINFORCED PLASTIC TARPAULIN WITH
REINFORCED BANDS (sheet 4x6 m)
UNHCR Item No 07188
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Reinforced plastic tarpaulin in sheets of 4 x 6 meters was developed
by an international research project and designed for long outdoor
use in all climates.
Plastic Tarpaulins are to be used in support to humanitarian
operations, for temporary shelter and are recommended for
individual (family) shelter protection. The sheet has 6 reinforcing
bands to provide reinforced attachment points. Attachment systems,
such as ropes, nails, etc, should take advantage of the reinforcing
use compared to the usual plastic sheets available on the market
(in terms of durability, waterproof, sheltering capacities, usage
versatility, re-use and recycling, etc). It is recommended not to use
other types of plastic sheets. The life cycle of the material is long
lasting through recycling and can be used as second hand raw
materials for other products. Many usages have been observed,
such as bags for recycled waste collection, car tarpaulins, raincoats,
personal bags, etc.
Expected Life Span
Minimum two years, used in strongest tropical conditions.
Packing
Packed in bales of 5 units, without individual packaging. The bale
must be wrapped with a piece of similar material as the one of the
tarpaulins. The wrapping must be properly folded, closely tight to the
bale content, making a well-shaped cubic bale. Inside the bales, the
tarpaulins are not individually wrapped. The bale must be strapped
with 2 heat-sealed plastic straps for the length and 2 for the cross.
However different packing methods may be accepted in order to
maximize loadability in pallets and containers.
Estimated Shipping / Container Information
Weight and Volume
Width: 4 m ± 1% net width
2240 pieces per 20’ DC (with pallets)
Length: 6 m minimum net length
Bale dimensions (+/-10%): L x W x H: 560 x 390 x 230 cm or 800 x
600 x 150 cm
Total weight per tarpaulin: 3.92 kg to 5.59 kg
Total weight per bale: 20 kg to 28.35 kg
Gross volume per piece / bale: 0.0502 m3 approx.
Manufacturer Marking
Every Reinforced plastic tarpaulin in sheets of 4 x 6 meters should
include a continuous indelible printing in white color, with the
4800 pieces per 40’ DC (with pallets)
4800 piecds per 40’ HC (with pallets)
Pallet Details
Wooden EURO pallet (EUR 1). Fumigated as per IPSM 15 standard.
Dimensions (W x L x H): 780 x 1120 x 144 mm. Maximum height
of the packed pallet: 115 cm. Pallets should be shrink-wrapped and
strapped. The palletized goods must not exceed the length and width
of the pallet.
number and the date of manufacturing. No company logo should be
included with the manufacturer’s marking. Length indicator marks
every meter.
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 135
REINFORCED PLASTIC TARPAULIN WITH
REINFORCED BANDS (sheet 4x6 m)
UNHCR Item No 07188
Graphic Reference
UNHCR Logo Application Reference
A line of 6 continuous and seventh cut UNHCR logos must be printed on both sides of the Plastic Tarpaulin or Roll, placed (+/- 5%) 115 cm
from the bottom edge of the long side on the tarpaulin. The size of the logo is 45 cm wide and 55 cm high. The distance between each logo
should be 40 - 60 cm.
Page 136
REINFORCED PLASTIC TARPAULIN WITH
REINFORCED BANDS (sheet 4x6 m)
UNHCR Item No 07188
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE REINFORCED PLASTIC TARPAULIN ( sheet 4 x 6)
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
Material for the plain sheet: Woven high-density polyethylene
low density polyethylene (LDPE) coating.
Material for the reinforced attachment points: 6 bands of
1. Material
coated with grey LDPE on the outside. Pre-punched 8 mm
holes on the 2 side bands at 0.1 m intervals, positioned in
the center of the bands (only the reinforcement bands are
pre-punched, not the tarpaulin itself).
2. Tear strength in plain sheet at state of origin
Minimum 100N under ISO 4674-1 2003, strip of 200x200mm,
in plain sheet
3. Tensile strength in plain sheet at state of origin
Minimum 500N and 15% to 25% elongation in warp and weft
in plain sheet under ISO 1421-1.
4. UV resistance of the plain sheet, measured as
remaining tensile strength after UV exposure
The tarpaulin tensile strength under ISO 1421-1 after 1500
hours UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm peak) must be:
Minimum 80% of the original value of the actual product,
AND not less than 475N. To be tested in the plain sheet.
5. Tensile strength in the reinforcement bands at
state of origin
Minimum 700N inside the reinforcement bands as per ISO
1421-1, pulling lengthwise in a hole of 8mm with a hook of
8mm wire diameter, at 200mm from the end of the band.
6. UV resistance of the reinforcement bands
measured as remaining tensile strength after
UV exposure
7. Welding number and strength at
state of origin
8. Weight, plain sheet only, excluding the
bands weight
9. Weight, complete sheet including bands weight.
The reinforcement bands tensile strength under ISO 1421-1
after 1500 hours UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm
peak) must be:
Minimum 80% of the original value of the actual product,
AND not
less than 665N. To be tested inside the reinforcement bands
as described above.
Only one welding allowed, in the middle of the sheet, lengthwise.The tarpaulin tensile strength crossways at the place of
the welding under ISO 1421-1 must be: Minimum 50% of the
original value of the actual product, and not less than 400N.
190 g/m² ± 20 g/m² under ISO 3801
reinforcement bands under ISO 3801. Total weight from
the bands from 150g/ m² minimum and 200g/m² maximum.
10. Colour
opacity.
L.a.b Coordinates under ISO 105J01
Minimum L : 82
“a” value between -1.7 and +1.5
“b” value between -4.5 and 0
11. Opacity
under ISO 13468-1, in the range of visible light and near
infrareds (respectively from 350 to 750 nm, and from 750 to
2500 nm wavelength).
Minimum total absorption in visible light + infrared: 60%.
60% absorption in the limit of 15% to reach a maximum of
Page 137
REINFORCED PLASTIC TARPAULIN WITH
REINFORCED BANDS AND FIRE RETARDANT (sheet 4x6 m)
UNHCR Item No 07189
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Manufacturer Marking
Reinforced plastic tarpaulin in sheets of 4 x 6 meters was developed
by an international research project and designed for long outdoor
use in all climates.
Every Reinforced plastic tarpaulin in sheets of 4 x 6 meters should
include a continuous indelible printing in white color, with the
Plastic Tarpaulins are to be used in support to humanitarian
operations, for temporary shelter and are recommended for
individual (family) shelter protection. The sheet has 6 reinforcing
bands to provide reinforced attachment points. Attachment systems,
such as ropes, nails, etc, should take advantage of the reinforcing
number and the date of manufacturing. No company logo should be
included with the manufacturer’s marking. Length indicator marks
every meter.
use compared to the usual plastic sheets available on the market
(in terms of durability, waterproof, sheltering capacities, usage
versatility, re-use and recycling, etc). It is recommended not to use
other types of plastic sheets. The life cycle of the material is long
lasting through recycling and can be used as second hand raw
materials for other products. Many usages have been observed,
such as bags for recycled waste collection, car tarpaulins, raincoats,
personal bags, etc.
Weight and Volume
Width: 4 m ± 1% net width
Expected Life Span
Minimum two years, used in strongest tropical conditions.
Packing
Packed in bales of 5 units, without individual packaging. The bale
must be wrapped with a piece of similar material as the one of the
tarpaulins. The wrapping must be properly folded, closely tight to the
bale content, making a well-shaped cubic bale. Inside the bales, the
tarpaulins are not individually wrapped. The bale must be strapped
with 2 heat-sealed plastic straps for the length and 2 for the cross.
However different packing methods may be accepted in order to
maximize loadability in pallets and containers.
Length: 6 m minimum net length
Bale dimensions (+/-10%): L x W x H: 560 x 390 x 230 cm or 800 x
600 x 150 cm
Total weight per tarpaulin: 3.92 kg to 5.59 kg
Total weight per bale: 20 kg to 28.35 kg
Gross volume per piece / bale: 0.0502 m3 approx.
Fire Retardant: PASS - CPAI 84 section 6 as received, maximum
average damage length h: 190mm, max damage length of each
each specimen: 4s.
PASS - CPAI 84 section 6 after leaching, maximum average damage
length: 190mm, max damage length of each specimen: 255mm,
damage length: 190mm, max damage length of each specimen:
Estimated Shipping / Container Information
2240 pieces per 20’ DC (with pallets)
4800 pieces per 40’ DC (with pallets)
4800 piecds per 40’ HC (with pallets)
Pallet Details
Wooden EURO pallet (EUR 1). Fumigated as per IPSM 15 standard.
Dimensions (W x L x H): 780 x 1120 x 144 mm. Maximum height
of the packed pallet: 115 cm. Pallets should be shrink-wrapped and
strapped. The palletized goods must not exceed the length and width
of the pallet.
Note: last updated, June 2014
4s.
Page 138
REINFORCED PLASTIC TARPAULIN WITH
REINFORCED BANDS AND FIRE RETARDANT (sheet 4x6 m)
UNHCR Item No 07189
Graphic Reference
UNHCR Logo Application Reference
A line of 6 continuous and seventh cut UNHCR logos must be printed on both sides of the Plastic Tarpaulin or Roll, placed (+/- 5%) 115 cm
from the bottom edge of the long side on the tarpaulin. The size of the logo is 45 cm wide and 55 cm high. The distance between each logo
should be 40 - 60 cm.
Page 139
REINFORCED PLASTIC TARPAULIN WITH
REINFORCED BANDS AND FIRE RETARDANT (sheet 4x6 m)
UNHCR Item No 07189
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE REINFORCED PLASTIC TARPAULIN ( sheet 4 x 6)
Denomination and norms
1. Material
Required minimum values
Material for the plain sheet: Woven high-density polyethylene
low density polyethylene (LDPE) coating.
Material for the reinforced attachment points: 6 bands of 7.5cm
grey LDPE on the outside. Pre-punched 8 mm holes on the 2
side bands at 01. m intervals, positioned in the center of the
bands (only the reinforcement bands are pre-punched, not the
tarpaulin itself).
2. Tear strength in plain sheet at state of origin
Minimum 100N under ISO 4674-1 2003, strip of 200x200mm,
in plain sheet
3. Tensile strength in plain sheet at state of origin
Minimum 500N and 15% to 25% elongation in warp and weft
in plain sheet under ISO 1421-1.
4. UV resistance of the plain sheet, measured as
remaining tensile strength after UV exposure
The tarpaulin tensile strength under ISO 1421-1 after 1500
hours UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm peak) must be:
Minimum 80% of the original value of the actual product, AND
not less than 475N. To be tested in the plain sheet.
5. Tensile strength in the reinforcement bands at
state of origin
6. UV resistance of the reinforcement bands
measured as remaining tensile strength after
UV exposure
Minimum 700N inside the reinforcement bands as per ISO
1421-1, pulling lengthwise in a hole of 8mm with a hook of
8mm wire diameter, at 200mm from the end of the band.
The reinforcement bands tensile strength under ISO 1421-1
after 1500 hours UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm peak)
must be:
Minimum 80% of the original value of the actual product, AND
not
less than 665N. To be tested inside the reinforcement bands
as described above.
Page 140
REINFORCED PLASTIC TARPAULIN WITH
REINFORCED BANDS AND FIRE RETARDANT (sheet 4x6 m)
UNHCR Item No 07189
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE REINFORCED PLASTIC TARPAULIN ( sheet 4 x 6)
Denomination and norms
7. Welding number and strength at
state of origin
8. Weight, plain sheet only, excluding the
bands weight
9. Weight, complete sheet including bands weight.
Required minimum values
Only one welding allowed, in the middle of the sheet, lengthwise.The tarpaulin tensile strength crossways at the place of
the welding under ISO 1421-1 must be: Minimum 50% of the
original value of the actual product, and not less than 400N.
150 g/m² ± 20 g/m² under ISO 3801
reinforcement bands under ISO 3801. Total weight from 187g/
bands from 150g/ m² minimum and 200g/m² maximum.
10. Colour
opacity.
L.a.b Coordinates under ISO 105J01
Minimum L : 82
“a” value between -1.7 and +1.5
“b” value between -4.5 and 0
11. Fire Retardant
PASS - CPAI 84 section 6 as received, maximum average
damage length: 190mm, max damage length of each
PASS - CPAI 84 section 6 after leaching, maximum average
damage length: 190mm, max damage length of each
average damage length: 190mm, max damage length of each
12. Opacity
der ISO 13468-1, in the range of visible light and near infrareds (respectively from 350 to 750 nm, and from 750 to 2500
nm wavelength).
Minimum total absorption in visible light + infrared: 60%.
60% absorption in the limit of 15% to reach a maximum of
Page 141
REINFORCED PLASTIC SHEET
WITH REINFORCED BANDS (4x60 m)
UNHCR Item No 07185
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
This product was developed in an inter-organisation research project,
usual plastic sheets available on the market (in terms of durability,
waterproof, sheltering capacities, usage versatility, re-use and
recycling, etc). It is recommended not to use other types of plastic
sheets.
The life cycle of the material is long lasting through recycling and
can be used as second hand raw materials for other products.
Many usages have been observed, such as bags for recycled waste
collection, car tarpaulins, raincoats, personal bags, etc.
Manufacturer Marking
Every Reinforced Rolls of 4 x 60 m should include a continuous
indelible printing in white color of the manufacturer name, the month
and year of production. Length indicator marks every meter.
Expected Life Span
Minimum two years, used in strongest tropical conditions.
Packing
The rolls are packed individually and loaded with special pallet
based cradle.
Weight and Volume
Width: 4 m ± 1% net width
Length: 60 m minimum net length
Total weight per tarpaulin: 39.2 kg to 55.9 kg
Total weight per bale: 39.7 kg to 56.49 kg
Gross volume per piece / bale: (L x W x H) = (220 x 25 x 25) cm
=
0.1375 m3 approx
Estimated Shipping / Container Information
230 rolls per 20’ DC (with steal cage)
480 rolls per 40’ DC (with steal cage)
480 rolls per 40’ HC (with steal cage)
Pallet Details
Rolls in a cage: Rolls rolled onto a carton core.
Rolls packed in an extra piece of sheeting, made of the same material
as the plastic sheeting itself. Rolls must be in steal cages.
Max. size of the cage = 220 cm long, 120 cm wide and 220 cm high,
MAx. WEIGHT OF PALLET + ROLLS IS 2200 KG.
rolls on a pallet - rolls can be rolled or folded.
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 142
REINFORCED PLASTIC SHEET
WITH REINFORCED BANDS (4x60 m)
UNHCR Item No 07185
Graphic Reference and UNHCR logo application
A line with continuous UNHCR logos must be printed on both sides of the Plastic Tarpaulin or Roll, placed at (+ / - 5 %) 115 cm from the
bottom edge of the long side of the tarpaulin. The size of logo is 45 cm wide and 55 cm high. The distance (space) between each logo should
be between 40 - 60 cm.
Page 143
REINFORCED PLASTIC SHEET
WITH REINFORCED BANDS (4x60 m)
UNHCR Item No 07185
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE REINFORCED PLASTIC SHEET (4 x 60 m)
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
Material for the plain sheet: Woven high-density
1. Material
both sides with white low density polyethylene (LDPE)
coating.
Material for the reinforced attachment points: 6 bands
and coated with grey LDPE on the outside.
2. Tear strength in plain sheet at state of origin
Minimum 100N under ISO 4674-1 2003, strip of 200x200mm,
in plain sheet
3. Tensile strength in plain sheet at state of origin
Minimum 500N and 15% to 25% elongation in warp and weft
in plain sheet under ISO 1421-1.
4. UV resistance of the plain sheet, measured as
remaining tensile strength after UV exposure
5. Tensile strength in the reinforcement bands at
state of origin
6. UV resistance of the reinforcement bands
measured as remaining tensile strength after
UV exposure
7. Welding number and strength at
state of origin
8. Weight, plain sheet only, excluding the
bands weight
9. Weight, complete sheet including bands weight.
The tarpaulin tensile strength under ISO 1421-1 after 1500
hours UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm peak) must be:
Minimum 80% of the original value of the actual product,
AND not less than 475N. To be tested in the plain sheet.
Minimum 700N inside the reinforcement bands as per ISO
1421-1, pulling lengthwise in a hole of 8mm with a hook of
8mm wire diameter, at 200mm from the end of the band.
The reinforcement bands tensile strength under ISO 1421-1
after 1500 hours UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm
peak) must be:
Minimum 80% of the original value of the actual product,
AND not
less than 665N. To be tested inside the reinforcement bands
as described above.
Only one welding allowed, in the middle of the sheet, lengthwise.The tarpaulin tensile strength crossways at the place of
the welding under ISO 1421-1 must be: Minimum 50% of the
original value of the actual product, and not less than 400N.
190 g/m² ± 30 g/m² under ISO 3801
reinforcement bands under ISO 3801. Total weight from
the bands from 150g/ m² minimum and 200g/m² maximum.
opacity.
10. Colour
L.a.b Coordinates under ISO 105J01
Minimum L : 82
“a” value between -1.7 and +1.5
“b” value between -4.5 and 0
Page 144
REINFORCED PLASTIC SHEET
WITH REINFORCED BANDS AND
FIRE RETARDANT (4x60 m)
UNHCR Item No 07187
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
This product was developed in an inter-organisation research project,
usual plastic sheets available on the market (in terms of durability,
waterproof, sheltering capacities, usage versatility, re-use and
recycling, etc). It is recommended not to use other types of plastic
sheets.
The life cycle of the material is long lasting through recycling and
can be used as second hand raw materials for other products.
Many usages have been observed, such as bags for recycled waste
collection, car tarpaulins, raincoats, personal bags, etc.
Expected Life Span
Minimum two years, used in strongest tropical conditions.
Packing
The rolls are packed individually and loaded with special
pallet based cradle.
Weight and Volume
Width: 4 m ± 1% net width
Estimated Shipping / Container Information
Length: 60 m minimum net length
Total weight per tarpaulin: 39.2 kg to 55.9 kg
Total weight per bale: 39.7 kg to 56.49 kg
Gross volume per piece / bale: (L x W x H) = (220 x 25 x 25) cm =
0.1375 m3 approx
230 rolls per 20’ DC (with steal cage)
Manufacturer Marking
480 rolls per 40’ HC (with steal cage)
480 rolls per 40’ DC (with steal cage)
Every Reinforced Rolls of 4 x 60 m should include a continuous
indelible printing in white color of the manufacturer name, the month
and year of production. Length indicator marks every meter.
Pallet Details
Fire Retardant: PASS - CPAI 84 section 6 as received, maximum
average damage length: 190mm, max damage length of each
Rolls in a cage: Rolls rolled onto a carton core.
Rolls packed in an extra piece of sheeting, made of the same material
as the plastic sheeting itself. Rolls must be insteal cages.
Max. size of the cage = 220 cm long, 120 cm wide and 220 cm high,
each specimen: 4s.
PASS - CPAI 84 section 6 after leaching, maximum average damage
length: 190mm, max damage length of each specimen: 255mm,
MAx. WEIGHT OF PALLET + ROLLS IS 2200 KG.
rolls on a pallet - rolls can be rolled or folded.
damage length: 190mm, max damage lemgth of each specimen:
specimen: 4s.
Page 145
Note: last updated, June 2014
REINFORCED PLASTIC SHEET
WITH REINFORCED BANDS AND
FIRE RETARDANT (4x60 m)
UNHCR Item No 07187
Graphic Reference and UNHCR logo application
A line with continuous UNHCR logos must be printed on both sides of the Plastic Tarpaulin or Roll, placed at (+ / - 5 %) 115 cm from the
bottom edge of the long side of the tarpaulin. The size of logo is 45 cm wide and 55 cm high. The distance (space) between each logo should
be between 40 - 60 cm.
Page 146
REINFORCED PLASTIC SHEET
WITH REINFORCED BANDS AND
FIRE RETARDANT (4x60 m)
UNHCR Item No 07187
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE REINFORCED PLASTIC SHEET (4 x 60 m)
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
Material for the plain sheet: Woven high-density polyeth-
1. Material
with white low density polyethylene (LDPE) coating.
Material for the reinforced attachment points: 6 bands of
coated with grey LDPE on the outside.
2. Tear strength in plain sheet at state of origin
Minimum 100N under ISO 4674-1 2003, strip of 200x200mm,
in plain sheet
3. Tensile strength in plain sheet at state of origin
Minimum 500N and 15% to 25% elongation in warp and weft
in plain sheet under ISO 1421-1.
4. UV resistance of the plain sheet, measured as
remaining tensile strength after UV exposure
The tarpaulin tensile strength under ISO 1421-1 after 1500
hours UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm peak) must be:
Minimum 80% of the original value of the actual product,
AND not less than 475N. To be tested in the plain sheet.
5. Tensile strength in the reinforcement bands at
state of origin
Minimum 700N inside the reinforcement bands as per ISO
1421-1, pulling lengthwise in a hole of 8mm with a hook of
8mm wire diameter, at 200mm from the end of the band.
6. UV resistance of the reinforcement bands
measured as remaining tensile strength after
UV exposure
Page 147
The reinforcement bands tensile strength under ISO 1421-1
after 1500 hours UV under ASTM G53/94 (UVB 313 nm
peak) must be:
Minimum 80% of the original value of the actual product,
AND not
less than 665N. To be tested inside the reinforcement bands
as described above.
REINFORCED PLASTIC SHEET
WITH REINFORCED BANDS AND
FIRE RETARDANT (4x60 m)
UNHCR Item No 07187
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE REINFORCED PLASTIC SHEET (4 x 60 m)
Denomination and norms
7. Welding number and strength at
state of origin
8. Weight, plain sheet only, excluding the
bands weight
9. Weight, complete sheet including bands weight.
Required minimum values
Only one welding allowed, in the middle of the sheet, lengthwise.The tarpaulin tensile strength crossways at the place of
the welding under ISO 1421-1 must be: Minimum 50% of the
original value of the actual product, and not less than 400N.
190 g/m² ± 30g/m under ISO 3801
reinforcement bands under ISO 3801. Total weight from
the bands from 150g/ m² minimum and 200g/m² maximum.
10. Colour
opacity.
L.a.b Coordinates under ISO 105J01
Minimum L : 82
“a” value between -1.7 and +1.5
“b” value between -4.5 and 0
11. Fire Retardant
PASS - CPAI 84 section 6 as received, maximum average
damage length: 190mm, max damage length of each
PASS - CPAI 84 section 6 after leaching, maximum average
damage length: 190mm, max damage length of each
average damage length: 190mm, max damage length of
Page 148
SHELTER TOOL KIT
UNHCR Item No 06640
Item Application Sample
Packing
General Information and Description
The shelter tool kit includes various items to support the construction of
different types of basic shelters, particularly transitional shelter and other basic
structures.
6 steel eyelets and a 10 mm PP rope for closing.
All the items covered by a double corrugated cardboard.
It is designed for family distribution, one kit per family.
This kit includes tools and hardware only.
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
Content:
- 1 x ROPE, polypropylene, black, 12 mm diam., twisted, in bundle 30 m.
- 1 x HANDSAW, for timber, 550 mm, wooden handle.
- 0.5 KG NAIL, FOR ROOF SHEETS, galvanized with rubber washer,
umbrella type.
- 1 x SHOVEL, round point with Y handle.
Pallet Details
Metal stackable pallets with a plywood board at the bottom.
- 1 x HOE, with long handle, large type.
- 1 x MACHETE, wooden handle.
- 1 x SHEARS, straight, for metal sheet, semi-hard, 250 mm.
- 0.5 KG NAIL, iron, for wood, large.
Dimensions of pallet: 120 x 80 x 105 cm.
Weight of pallet: 550 kg.
Printing of UNHCR Logo
- 0.5 KG NAIL, iron, for wood, small.
- 1x TIE WIRE, galvanized, diam. 1.5 mm, 25 m, roll.
Marking of the UNHCR logo (50 x 15 cm) should be printed in blue indelible ink
in colour Pantone No. PMS 300C on the side of the single bag.
- 1x CLAW HAMMER, min. 750 g.
Weight and Volume
Dimensions of packing unit: approximately 116 x 25 x 13 cm.
Weight of packing unit: 11 kg.
Manufacturer Marking
Every packing unit should contain a tag showing the manufacturer’s name,
Batch number and date of production.
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 149
SHELTER TOOL KIT
UNHCR Item No 06640
1 x ROPE, polypropylene, black, 12 mm diam.,
twisted, in bundle 30 m
1 x HANDSAW, for timber, 550 mm, wooden handle
0.5 KG NAIL, FOR ROOF SHEETS, galvanized with rubber washer,
umbrella type.
0.5 KG NAIL, iron, for wood, small.
0.5 KG NAIL, iron, for wood, large.
1 x SHOVEL, round point with Y handle.
1 x HOE, with long handle, large type.
1 x MACHETE, wooden handle.
1 x SHEARS, straight, for metal sheet, semi-hard, 250 mm.
1 x TIE WIRE, galvanized, diam. 1.5 mm, 25 m, roll.
1 x CLAW HAMMER, min 750 g.
Page 150
CANVAS ROLL MATERIAL FOR HOT AND
DRY CLIMATIC CONDITIONS (1.5 m x 70 m)
UNHCR Item No 07072
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
This canvas material is designed to be used in hot and dry climatic conditions,
without humidity and moisture.
Weight and Volume
Packing
Packed in rolls in of 1.50 x 70 m. One roll in one bale. In rolls of 70
meters exactly. First wrapped in craft paper, then in polyethylene.
roll having a circular hardboard to protect the edges of the
canvas. However different packing methods may be accepted
in
order to
maximize
loadability
in pallets and
containers.
640-680 g/m2
Weight per roll: 67.2 to 71.4 kg.
Volume per roll: 0.140 m3.
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
Pallet Details
Wooden EURO pallet (EUR 1). Fumigated as per IPSM 15 standard.
Dimensions (W x L x H): 800 x 1200 x 144 mm. Maximum height of the packed
pallet: 115 cm. Pallets should be shrink-wrapped and strapped. The palletized
goods must not exceed the length and width of the pallet.
Manufacturer Marking
Every Canvas Roll Material for Hot and Dry Climatic Conditions 1.5 x 70 m
(letters not higher than 2.5 cm). The tag should include the manufacture's
company logo should be included with the manufacturer’s marking.
Expected Life Span
Minimum one year, used in hot dry climatic conditions without humidity and
moisture.
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 151
CANVAS ROLL MATERIAL FOR HOT AND
DRY CLIMATIC CONDITIONS (1.5 m x 70 m)
UNHCR Item No 07072
Graphic Reference


Markings on the Roll
Marking of UNHCR logo: (50 x 15 cm): Should be printed in blue indelible ink in color Pantone No PMS 300 C on one side of the single bag.


Shipping Marks:
Project Symbol, Consignee and Content on one side of the polyethylene bag (40 x 10 cm).

10 cm
25 cm

Page 152
CANVAS ROLL MATERIAL FOR HOT AND
DRY CLIMATIC CONDITIONS (1.5 m x 70 m)
UNHCR Item No 07072
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CANVAS ROLL MATERIAL FOR HOT AND DRY CLIMATIC CONDITIONS 1.5 M X 70 M
and free of defects and faults adversely affecting strength, waterproofness and durability. Any chemicals or additives that are applied
to the canvas material should be non-toxic for human use or imply any risk for human health in line with international health standards.
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
90% cotton canvas water and rot proof and 10% polyamide or
polyester. The canvas material must be in accordance with the
1. Composition, ISO 1833
Width: 1.50 m ±3% with no more than 3% dimensional variation
when soaking in water, ISO 7771.
2. Canvas sheet size
Length: 70 m ±0.5% with no more than 3% dimensional
variation when soaking in water, ISO 7771.
2
640-680 g/m2
), ISO 3801
3.
In Warp:
4. Weave density
In Weft:
Natural cotton color, beige sable/ natural beige (not dyed). Other
colors except green/military, green/brown and various khaki colors.
5. Color
6. Water vapor permeability, ISO17229
Minimum 2000 g/m2/24h.
Warp: Minimum of 1600 N.
Weft: Minimum of 1250 N.
7. Tensile strength (N), ISO 13934-1 (BS 13934-1)
To apply on 10 test pieces of plain canvas.
For plain canvas test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
8. Tear resistance (N) - Started, ISO 9073-4
9. Water penetration resistance, ISO 811
Test pieces of plain canvas.
Page 153

Minimum of 60 N in Warp and Weft.



30 hPa minimum, with increasing speed at 100 mm per minute.
CANVAS ROLL MATERIAL FOR HOT AND
DRY CLIMATIC CONDITIONS (1.5 M X 70 M)
UNHCR Item No 07072
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CANVAS ROLL MATERIAL FOR HOT AND DRY CLIMATIC CONDITIONS 1.5 M X 70 M
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
10. Resistance to micro-organisms on tensile strength under, ISO
13934-1 after BS6085 (soil burial - 12 days)
maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same product.
11.
30 hPa minimum, increasing speed at 100 mm per minute.
Same test as point 10 on samples soaked in water in point 12.
12.
Same test as point 13 on samples soaked in water in point 12.
Maximum 10% of additional loss as compared with the result from
point 10.
For each type of test: 5 test pieces in warp 5 test pieces in weft.
13. Tensile strength after exposure to UV and moisturizing (climatic
simulation)
and maximum 50% strength loss on original value of the same
product.
Exposure in a climatic chamber under ISO 4892-2, type A, 360
hours, followed by tensile test under ISO 13934-1.
For each type of test: 3 test pieces in warp and 3 test pieces in
weft.
Page 154
II. Domestic Items
Page 155
KITCHEN SET - TYPE B
UNHCR Item No 06933
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Cooking and serving utensils suitable for a family of 5 people. All items should
steel and aluminium materials.
Kitchen Set Composition
Each set includes the following items:
01
01
01
05
05
05
05
05
05
01
01
02
01
01
x 7 litres, stainless steel or aluminium cooking pot
x 2.5 litres, stainless steel frying pan (used as lid for 7L cooking pot)
x 5 litres, stainless steel or aluminium cooking pot with lid
x 1 litre, stainless steel bowl
x Stainless steel plates
x Stainless steel cups
x Stainless steel table-spoons
x Stainless steel table-forks
x Stainless steel table-knives
x Kitchen knife with stainless steel blade
x Wooden serving spoon
x Serving spoon
x Serving ladle
x Stainless steel scouring pad
Design of the Items
Manufacturers and suppliers are invited to provide items with designs that
improve the performance of the material, considering different types of design
bends/veins on the pots, lids, bowls, plates, spoons, forks, knives and cups.
Estimated Weight and Volume
Gross volume per kitchen set: 0.015 m3
Gross volume per export carton (with 01 set): 6.5 kg approx.
Packing Details
Type:
Material:
Strength:
Carton box. In order to maximize loadability in pallets and
containers, the ideal box dimensions are: L 30 x W 30 x H
19 cm + / - 2%. Alternative packing in 30 x 30 x 25 cm box
could be accepted although the overall transportation cost will
be higher.
1) Stainless Steel:
For Tableware (plates, cups, bowls, forks, spoons and knives):
-ISO type 1.4016 (American grade 430), or
-ISO type 1.4301 (American grade 304).
For the Cookware (cooking pots and pans):
- ISO type 1.4016 (American grade 430), or
- ISO type 1.4301 (American grade 304).
and with Information Notice No.2004-64. Suitability of materials to be in
contact with foodstuffs.
Applicable standards as per EN 10088-1.
Acceptability limits:
Minimum chromium content: 13.0 p 100
Possible added elements: Ta, Nb, Zr, Mo, Ti, Al, Cu with the following
maximum contents:
-1 p 100 for Ta, Nb, Zr
-4 p 100 for Mo, Ti, Al, Cu
2) Aluminium as an alternative material for cooking pots:
- Aluminium type AI 99,0 or above as per publication ISO 209-1 (minimum 99%
aluminium).
- Other elements as per EN 602.
- Publications with applicable standards:
ISO 209-1: Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys - Alloys - Chemical
compositions and forms of products - Part 1: Chemical composition.
ISO 602: Aluminium and aluminium alloys - Wrought products - Chemical
composition of semi products used for the fabrication of articles for use
in contact with food.
Alternative plastic cup:
- Made of food grade according to EN 1186-3-9 standard. Strong and durable
Withstands 6 m - high stacking for more than 48 h, and 10
to a weight or a pressure of 120 kg applied on a strong rigid
board on top of the box.
Seal:
Tape on every joint of the carton, plus 4 plastic 10 mm straps
Name:
KITCHEN SET, type “B”.
Content:
Name and content list to be printed on the top of the box.
Alternative: Food grade plastic packaging (according to EN 1186-3-9) with
a cover, that can be re-used for food or water storage is an
advantage.
Manufacturer Marking: Every box should include inside a tag with the
Finishing: Must be washed and polished and should not contain any residuals, dust and must be clean.
The manufacturer of the kitchen set ensures that if the raw material used radioactive content it must be below the values provided in tables 1 and 2 of the
IAEA Safety Standards Series Safety Guide No RS -6-1-7 “APPLICATION OF
THE CONCEPTS OF EXCLUSION, EXEMPTION AND CLEARANCE”. The
issued by the supllier.
Note: last updated, June 2014
number and the date of manufacture. No company logo should be included
Page 156
KITCHEN SET - TYPE B
UNHCR Item No 06933
REFERENCE PICTURES:
Item 1:
1 COOKING POT, 7 L (the frying pan should serve as lid)
Capacity:
7 Litres min. total inner volume.
Material:
Stainless steel or aluminium.
Diameter:
Min. 25 cm, max 28 cm internal diameter.
Thickness:
Min. 0.8 mm in the center of the
bottom and min. 0.6 mm at 20 mm from
the top of the wall (aluminium min. 1.75 mm).
Handles:
2 stainless steel handles, attached
with strong rivets, bent upward to
allow a hanging bar to pass through
(aluminium handles for aluminium pots)
Handles to resist to 20 kg load in the
normal usage position.
Lid:
properly into the 7 L cooking pot.
Finish:
Item 2:
1 FRYING PAN, 2.5 L (used as lid for
7 L cooking pot)
Capacity:
Min. 2.5 Litres total inner volume.
Material:
Stainless steel.
Diameter:
Adapted to serve as a lid for the
7 L cooking pot.
Thickness:
Min. 0.8 mm in the center of the
bottom.
Handle:
1 detachable stainless steel handle. Handle
to resist 10 kg load in a normal usage position.
Finish:
Item 3:
1 x COOKING POT, 5 L, with Lid
Capacity:
Material:
Diameter:
Thickness:
Min. 5 Litres total inner volume.
Stainless steel or aluminium.
Min. 22 cm, max. 24 cm internal diameter.
Min. 0.8 mm in the center of the bottom
and min. 0.6 mm at 20 mm from the top
of the wall (aluminium min. 1.75 mm).
2 stainless steel handles, attached
with strong rivets, bent upward to allow
a hanging bar to pass through (aluminium
handles acceptable for aluminium pot)
Handles to resist 16 kg load in the normal
usage position.
Min. 0.6 mm (aluminium min. 1 mm) with
strong and durable handle/knob. Handles to resist to 2kg load in
the normal usage position.
Handles:
Lid:
Finish:
Item 4:
5 x BOWL, 1 L, metallic
Capacity:
Material:
Height:
Thickness:
Min. 1 Litre.
Stainless steel.
5 to 7 cm.
Min. 0.5 mm in the center of
the bottom.
Finish:
Item 5:
5 x PLATE, 0.75 L, metallic
Capacity:
Material:
Thickness:
Min. 0.75 Litres.
Stainless steel.
Min. 0.5 mm in the center of
the bottom.
24 to 25 cm (must be adapted to the.
size of the cooking pot to be packed
inside).
Diameter:
Finish:
Page 157
KITCHEN SET - TYPE B
UNHCR Item No 06933
Item 6:
5 x CUP, 0.3 L, stainless steel or plastic
Capacity:
Material:
Min. 0.3 Litres.
Stainless steel or unbreakable
food grade virgin plastic.
Min. 0.5 mm in the bottom and
0.4 mm at 20 mm from the top of
the wall. (for stainless steel)
Securely welded. Handle to resist
to 1 kg pulling.
Thickness:
Handle:
Finish:
Item 7:
5 x SPOON, table, 10 ml, stainless steel
Capacity:
Min. 10 ml.
Material:
Resistance:
Length:
Thickness:
Finish:
One-piece stainless steel, solid.
Must resist a weight of 4kg, applied at the middle of the item.
Min. 17 cm.
Min. 1 mm in the center of the scoop.
Item 8:
5 x FORK, table, 17 cm, stainless steel
Material:
Resistance:
One-piece stainless steel, solid.
Must resist a weight of 4kg, applied at the middle of the item and the distance between the point
where the tines rest on their support and the point where the handle rest
Min. 17 cm.
Min. 1.5 mm at the back of the tines.
Length:
Thickness:
Finish:
Item 9:
5 x KNIFE, table, 17 cm, stainless steel
Material:
Resistamce:
Length:
Thickness:
Handle:
Finish:
One-piece stainless steel, solid.
Must resist a weight of 4kg, applied at the middle of the item.
Min. 17 cm.
Back of the blade: min. 1 mm, measured.
at the middle of the blade.
Min. 1.5 mm, measured at the middle of the handle.
No sharp edges apart from the cutting edge, blunt
Item 10:
1 x KNIFE, kitchen, 15 cm, stainless steel blade
Material:
Stainless steel blade.
Resistamce: Must resist a weight of 4kg, applied at the middle of the item.
Handle:
Wood or plastic with triple rivet
Length:
Finish:
Thickness:
Blade min. 1.5 mm, measured
at the middle of the blade.
Min. 15 cm usable blade.
No sharp edges apart from the cutting edge, food grade surface
Item 11:
1 x SPOON, wooden, stirring, 30 cm
Material:
Thickness:
Length:
Finish:
Hard wood.
10 mm diameter min. for the handle.
Min. 30 cm.
Item 12:
2 x SERVING SPOONS, 35 ml, stainless steel
Material:
Resistamce:
Capacity:
Length:
Thickness:
Finish:
One-piece stainless steel, solid.
Must resist a weight of 4kg, applied at the middle of the item.
Min. 35 ml.
Min. 30 cm.
Min. 1 mm in the center of the scoop.
Item 13:
1 x SERVING LADLE, 100ml, stainless steel
Capacity:
Resistamce:
Material:
Length:
Thickness:
Handle:
Finish:
100ml minimum
Must resist a weight of 4kg, applied at the middle of the item..
Stainless steel.
30cm minimum.
Min. 1mm in the center of the scoop.
Securely welded, or in one piece. Handle to resist to 1kg pulling.
Item 14:
1 x SCOURING PAD
Material:
Stainless steel wire scouring pad.
Page 158
KITCHEN SET - TYPE B
UNHCR Item No 06933
Exploded View
Reference Picture
Page 159
KITCHEN SET - TYPE B
UNHCR Item No 06933
Packing, UNHCR Logo and Shipping Marking Reference
Kitchen sets are packed into Individual Packing and for international transport every 4 kitchen sets are packed into a Sea/Air Transport
Packing. Kitchen Set Carton boxes have to maximize loadability in pallets and containers. The ideal box dimensions are: L 29 x W 29 x H
19.cm. Alternative packing in 30 x 30 x 25 cm box could be accepted, although the overall transportation cost will be higher.
Individual Packing for Kitchen Sets: Kitchen Sets should be packed individually in a carton of approximate L 30 x W 30 x H 19 cm +/- 2%.
Sea/Air Transport Carton:
-
For palletizing and transportation, every 4 individual Kitchen Sets should be packed in Sea/Air transport cartons of approximate
dimensions of H 30 x W 30 x L 78 cm. There should be no space or any material between the individual packing and the Sea/Air
transport carton, so this carton should be as big as the dimensions of placing 4 cartoons one next to another.
-
The UNHCR visibility logo will need to be applied on 5 sides (excluding the bottom of the carton) for both individual packing and sea/
air transport packing.
-
The main objective is to maximize the UNHCR visibility logo and to include a separated space for the description of the product and
shiping markings. For this purpose, the UNHCR visibility logo should occupy a minimum of 60% of the surface space for each
side where it is applied.
Important: Priority should be given for the UNHCR visibility logo to be always visible and in the right position, once the cartons are
palletized. In the event that the cartons are wrapped on other materials for better protection, including plastic materials or others,
the UNHCR visibility logo should still be always visible during the transport. Taking that into account, UNHCR visibility logo should
be applied in those wrapping materials in case of a lack of visibility.
Integrity and design of UNHCR vertical and horizontal visibility logos: While the integrity of the UNHCR visibility logo (hand symbol,
acronym and the descriptive phrase “The UN Refugee Agency”, always in English) should be respected, the framed space given for the
cargo that is shipped initially to global warehouses (eg. Dubai, Copenhagen) and later is shipped to other destinations. Proportionality
rules with regard to the size of UNHCR logo, hand symbol, acronym and descriptive phrase “The UN Refugee agency” should be applied
following the “X” and “Y” proportionality to avoid distortions on the UNHCR logo and letterings
(see graphics below).
In both cartons (the Individual Packing and the Sea/Air Transport Carton) the UNHCR visibility logo should be printed in blue indelible ink
for maximum visibility, using typeface and color as described below:
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
1638 Kitchen sets per 20’ DC (without pallet)
3400 Kitchen sets per 40’ DC (without pallet)
3696 Kitchen sets per 40’ HC (without pallet)
1530 Kitchen sets per 20’ DC (with pallets)
3060 Kitchen sest per 40’ DC (with pallets)
3060 Kitchen sets per 40’ HC (with pallets)
Pallet Details
Wooden EURO pallet (EUR 1). Fumigated as per IPSM
15 standard. Dimensions (W x L x H): 780 x 1120 x 144
mm. Maximum height of the packed pallet: 115 cm. Pallets
should be shrink-wrapped and strapped. The palletized
goods must not exceed the length and width of the pallet.
***8* Please Note: The above information refers to individual
boxes
Page 160
KITCHEN SET - TYPE B
UNHCR Item No 06933
UNHCR Logo Application Reference
UNHCR Horizontal Visibility logo
UNHCR Vertical Visibility logo
Logo and Shipping Markings on Individual Boxes
Individual Packing for Kitchen Sets
The front and back of individual packing (the largest surface sides of the carton) should include only the UNHCR visibility vertical logo. The
2 other opposite sides should include the UNHCR visibility vertical logo with the shipping marking information area (below the logo). The
top side should include the horizontal visibility logo in one of the closures and the content list in the other closure.





CONTENT LIST
4 KITCHEN SETS TYPE B Item number (02040)
01 x 7 litres, s tai nless steel or alumini um coo ki ng pot
01 x 2.5 li tres, stainles s s teel fryi ng pan (used as li d for 7L cooking p ot)
01 x 5 litres, s tai nless steel or alu mi nium cooking pot with lid
05 x 1 litre, stainl ess steel bow l
05 x Stainl es s s teel plates
05 x Stainl es s s teel cups
05 x Stainl es s s teel table-spo ons
05 x Stainl es s s teel table-forks
05 x Stainl es s s teel table-knives
01 x Ki tchen knife with s tai nless steel blade
01 x W ooden serving s poon
02 x Serving spoo n
01 x Stainl es s s teel scouring pad
     
 

     
 
 
  



  
 



Page 161

KITCHEN SET - TYPE B
UNHCR Item No 06933
Logo and Shipping Marking on Individual Boxes
Logo and Shipping Marking for The Kitchen Set Packing
Box Size: L 29 x W 29 x H 19 cm
A. Application of the logo and markings for the front and back sides of the Individual Packing:
In the front and back sides of Individual Packing, the vertical logo is to be placed centrally,
occupying a minimum of 60% surface space and without any image distortions, as per
graphic 1.
Graphic 1
Technical Drawing

CO NT EN T LIS T
4 KIT CHE N S E TS T YPE B Item num ber (02040)
01 x 7 litres, sta inle ss steel or aluminium cooki ng pot
01 x 2.5 litre s, stainless ste el frying pan (used as lid for 7L cooking pot)
01 x 5 litres, sta inle ssstee l or aluminiumcooking pot with lid


05 x 1 litre, stainle ssstee l bowl
05 x Stainle ssstee l plates
05 x Stainle ssstee l cups
05 x Stainle ssstee l ta ble-spoons
05 x Stainle ssstee l ta ble-forks
05 x Stainle ssstee l ta ble-knives
01 x Kitche n knife with stainle ss stee l bla de
01 x Woode n serving spoon
02 x Serving spoon
01 x Stainle ssstee l scouring pa d





  
 
  
   
  
  
  

   
   
   
     
 
  
     


Page 162
KITCHEN SET - TYPE B
UNHCR Item No 06933
Logo and Shipping Marking on Individual Boxes
B. Application of the logo in the 2 other opposite sides of Individual Packing:
In the 2 other opposite sides of Individual Packing the vertical logo and shipping marking information are to be placed centrally, occupying a
minimum of 60% surface space (45% for the UNHCR visibility logo and 15% for the shipping markings) and without any image distortions.
Important: In order to respect the integrity of the logo, the shipping marking information area should be visually separated from the lower
part of the UNHCR visibility logo and framed with the same indelible ink as the details information as per graphic 2.
The information to be placed in the shipping marking box is as follows:
UNHCR Item name and number:
PO No:
Consignor (supplier/manufacturer):
Consignee:
Destination:
Packing units: {number / total number} - To be
marked with consecutive numbers shown over
the total number of packing units comprising
the consignment (N/N: i.e 1/20, 19/20)
UNHCR Item nam e an d number:
PO No.:
PO Q uantity:
Cons ignor (supplier/ma nufa cturer):
Cons ignee:
Dest inat ion:
Pa cking Unit s:
Technical Drawing
Technical drawing

CONTENT LIST
4 KITCHEN SETS TYPE B Itemnumber (02040)
01 x 7 l itres, stai nle ssstee l or a lumi nium cooking pot
01 x 2. 5 litres, stainless stee l frying pan (used as lid for 7L cooking pot)

01 x 5 l itres, stai nle ss ste el or aluminium cook ing pot with lid
05 x 1 l itre, sta inle ss ste el bowl
05 x Stainless stee l pla te s
05 x Stainless stee l cups

05 x Stainless stee l ta ble -spoons
05 x Stainless stee l ta ble -forks
05 x Stainless stee l ta ble -k nive s
01 x Ki tchen knife with stainle ss ste el blade
01 x Wooden serving spoon
02 x Se rvi ng spoon
01 x Stainless stee l scouring pa d




   
  
  
     
  
     
     

Page 163
  
 
   
     
   
  
   



KITCHEN SET - TYPE B
UNHCR Item No 06933
Logo and Shipping Marking on Individual Boxes
C. Application of the logo and marking in the top side of the Individual
Packing:
In the top side of Individual Packing for kitchen sets, the UNHCR
horizontal logo is to be placed centrally in one of the closures,
occupying a minimum of 60% surface space and without any image
distortions. The complete content list of the kitchen set should be
included in the other closure. See graphic.
CO NTENTLIST
4 KITCHENSETST YPEB Itemn umbe r(02040 )
01x 7l itres, stai nles sstee l or alum iniumcook ingpot
01x 2. 5 litres ,sta inle ssste el fry ing pa n(us eda sli d for7Lc ook ing pot)
01x 5l itres, stai nles sstee l or alumi niumcook ingpotwithlid
05x 1l itre, stai nl ess stee l bowl
05x Stai nl es sstee l pl ate s
05x Stai nl es sstee l cups 05x Stai nl es sstee l ta ble -spoons
05x Stai nl es sstee l ta ble -forks
Content List
05x Stai nl es sstee l ta ble -k nive s
01x Ki tc he nk ni fe withsta inle ssste el bla de 01x Woode n serv ings poon
02x Se rving spoon
01x Stai nl es sstee l scouringpa d
CONTENTLIST
4KITCHENSETSTYPEBItemnumber(02040)
01x7litres,stainlesssteeloraluminiumcookingpot
01x2.5litres,stainlesssteelfryingpan(usedaslidfor7Lcookingpot)
01x5litres,stainlesssteeloraluminiumcookingpotwithlid
05x1litre,stainlesssteelbowl
05xStainlesssteelplates
05xStainlesssteelcups
05xStainlesssteeltable-spoons
05xStainlesssteeltable-forks
05xStainlesssteeltable-knives
01xKitchenknifewithstainlesssteelblade
01xWoodenservingspoon
02xServingspoon
01xStainlesssteelscouringpad

Technical Drawing


CONTENT LIST
4 KITCHEN SETS TYPE B Item number (02040)
01 x 7 li tres, sta inle ss ste el or al uminium cooking pot
01 x 2.5 litres, stainle ss ste el frying pa n (used as lid for 7L cook ing pot)
01 x 5 li tres, sta inle ss steel or a luminium cook ing pot wi th lid
05 x 1 li tre, sta inle ss ste el bowl
05 x Stainless stee l plates
05 x Stainless stee l cups
05 x Stainless stee l table-spoons
05 x Stainless stee l table-forks
05 x Stainless stee l table-knives
01 x Kitchen knife with sta inl ess stee l blade
01 x Wooden serving spoon
02 x Serving spoon
01 x Stainless stee l scouring pad
     
  
  
     
  
    
    






     
 
   
      
   
   
    


Page 164
KITCHEN SET - TYPE B
UNHCR Item No 06933
Logo and Shipping Markings on Sea/Air Transport Carton
2.Sea\Air Transport Carton
The front and back of the Sea/Air Transport Carton (the largest surface
sides of the carton) should include only the UNHCR visibility vertical
logo. The 2 other opposite sides should include the UNHCR visibility
vertical logo with the shipping marking information area (below the
logo). The top side should include the horizontal visibility logo in one of
the closures and the content list in the other closure.
A. Application of the logo and markings for the front and back sides of
the Sea/Air Transport Carton:
Graphic 4
In the front and the back sides of the Sea/Air Transport Carton, the
vertical logo is to be placed centrally, occupying a minimum of 60%
surface space and without any image distortions as per graphic 4.
In case of a rectangular shape carton, the UNHCR horizontal visibility logo should be used instead of the UNHCR vertical
visibility logo, having a better usage of the surface space (see graphic 4.2).
Graphic 4.2
Perspective View
H: 30
CM
W: 30 CM
Page 165
L: 78 CM
KITCHEN SET - TYPE B
UNHCR Item No 06933
Logo and Shipping Markings on Sea/Air Transport Carton
B. Application of the logo in the 2 other opposite sides of the Sea/Air
Transport Carton:
In the 2 other opposite sides of the Sea/Air Transport Carton, the
vertical logo and shipping marking information are to be placed
centrally, occupying a minimum of 60% surface space (45% for the
UNHCR visibility logo and 15% for the shipping markings) and without
any image distortions.
Important: In order to respect the integrity of the logo, the shipping
marking information area should be visually separated from the lower
part of the visibility logo and framed with the same indelible ink as the
details information as per the graphic 5.
The information to be placed in the shipping marking box is as follows:
UNHCR Item name and number:
PO No.:
UNHCR Item name and number:
PO No.:
PO Quantity:
Consignor (supplier/manufacturer):
Consignee:
Destination:
Packing Units:
Consignor (supplier/manufacturer):
Consignee:
Destination: N: i.e 1/20, 19/20)
Graphic 5
Technical Drawing
Page 166
KITCHEN SET - TYPE B
UNHCR Item No 06933
Logo and Shipping Markings on Sea/Air Transport Carton
C. Application of the logo and marking in the top side of
the Sea/Air Transport Carton:
In the top side of the Sea/Air Transport Carton for
kitchen sets, the UNHCR horizontal logo is to be placed
centrally in one of the closures, occupying a minimum of
60% surface space and without any image distortions.
The complete content list of the kitchen set should be
included in the other closure.
(See graphic 6).
CONTENTLIST
4KITCHENSETSTYPEBItemnumber(02040)
01x7litres,stainlesssteeloral umi niumcook ingpot
01x2.5litres,stainlesssteelfryingpan(usedaslidfor7Lcookingpot )
01x5litres,stainlesssteeloral uminiumcook ingpotwi thlid
05x1litre,stainlesssteelbowl
05xStainlesssteelplates
05xStainlesssteelcups
05xStainlesssteeltable-spoons
05xStainlesssteeltable-forks
05xStainlesssteeltable-knives
01xKitchenknifewithstainlesssteelblade
01xWoodenservingspoon
02xServingspoon
01xStainlesssteelscouringpad
Content List
CONTENTLIST
4KITCHENSETSTYPEBItemnumber(02040)
01x7litres,stainlesssteeloraluminiumcookingpot
01x2.5litres,stainlesssteelfryingpan(usedaslidfor7Lcookingpot)
01x5litres,stainlesssteeloraluminiumcookingpotwithlid
05x1litre,stainlesssteelbowl
05xStainlesssteelplates
05xStainlesssteelcups
05xStainlesssteeltable-spoons
05xStainlesssteeltable-forks
05xStainlesssteeltable-knives
01xKitchenknifewithstainlesssteelblade
01xWoodenservingspoon
02xServingspoon
01xStainlesssteelscouringpad
0
Page 167
HEAVY DUTY PLASTIC BUCKET 14 L
UNHCR Item No 07071
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Pallet Details
The 14 liter capacity, heavy duty plastic bucket with lid, handle and attached clipon cap is a family or individual drinking water container for general household
use. Made of virgin HDPE high density polyethylene and virgin LDPE low
density polyethylene. Offers solution for water storage, protected from pollution
Dimensions (W x L x H): 780 x 1120 x 144 mm. Maximum height of the packed
pallet: 115 cm. Pallets should be shrink-wrapped and strapped. The palletized
goods must not exceed the length and width of the pallet.
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
a long-life span in tough conditions.
The bucket must provide stacking possibilities to lower transport costs.
Loadability without pallet:
-
-
Manufacturing process: injection moulding.
Capacity: 14 liters.
Material: made of food grade virgin HDPE high density polyethylene and
virgin LDPE low density polyethylene.
Dimension: ±5%: Height 300 mm, Top diameter: 300 mm, Bottom
diameter: 240 mm.
Cover with outlet of 50 mm ±10% and clip-on cap.
Weight: Bucket min. 600 g, cover min. 150 g, handle min. 30 g.
Handle:
handle (i.e. without sharp edges) on the head with a round bottom shape
and a reinforcement ring.
Lid: the bucket is supplied with a lid that should be able to close tight, but
easy to open and close.
Reinforced bottom ridge to prevent scraping of the base.
Reinforced top to prevent ovalling.
Curved inside base to wall join for easy cleaning.
Color:
(CMYK). C = 100%, M = 45%, Y = 0%, K = 0%.)
Weight and Volume
Capacity: 14 L
Dimensions, (±5%):
Height 300mm.
Top diameter: 300 mm.
Bottom diameter: 240 mm.
Cover with outlet of 50 mm ± 10% and clip-on cap.
Weight: Bucket min. 600 g, cover min. 150 g, handle min. 30 g.
Packing
The buckets should be packed and arranged in a way that maximises
loadability on boxes, pallets, and containers. Ideally 20 buckets and covers,
minimum 5 ply and reinforced corners. Filled boxes must resist without any
damage to a weight or a pressure of 230 kg applied on a strong rigid board on
at least 100 mm larger than the box in width and length (e.g. plywood 20 mm
thickness). The packing must guaranty that the buckets will not be pressed one
in other to avoid blocking the buckets together.
20’ DC = 4900
40’ DC = 10080
40’ HC = 11520
Loadability with pallet:
20’ DC = 3360
40’ DC = 7200
40’ HC = 7200
Manufacturer Marking
bucket, at 5 cm above the bottom with letters not higher than 1.5 cm and
on the opposite side of the UNHCR logo. The marking should include the
and year) of manufacturing. No company logo should be included with the
manufacturer’s marking.
Printing of UNHCR Logo on the Heavy Duty
Plastic Bucket
UNHCR visibility logo printed on the bucket, placed in the center and on the
two sides of the bucket. White logo should be printed in blue buckets and blue
logo should be printed in white buckets.
UNHCR vertical and horizontal logotypes could be printed. In the case of
vertical logotype, the size of the logotype should be 15 cm width and 18.33
cm height, proportionate to the width without any distortion to the logo and
letterings, as per included logo application reference. In case of the horizontal
logotype, the size of the logotype should be of 20 cm width and of 5.00
cm height, proportionate to the width without any distortion to the logo and
letterings.
(CMYK). C = 100%, M = 45%, Y = 0%, K = 0%.
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 168
HEAVY DUTY PLASTIC BUCKET 14 L
UNHCR Item No 07071
UNHCR Logo Application Reference
UNHCR vertical and horizontal logotypes could be printed. In the case of vertical logotype, the size of the logotype should be of 15 cm width
and 18.33 cm height, proportionate to the width without any distortion to the logo and letterings, as per included logo application reference. In
the case of the horizontal logotype, the size of the logotype should be of 20 cm width and 5.00 cm height, proportionate to the width without
any distortion to the logo and letterings.
UNHCR Vertical Visibility Logo
UNHCR Horizontal Visibility Logo
Graphic Reference
Page 169
HEAVY DUTY PLASTIC BUCKET 14 L
UNHCR Item No 07071
Technical Drawing
Detailed View
Capacity: 14 L
Dimensions, (±5%):
-
Height 300 mm.
Top diameter: 300 mm.
Bottom diameter: 240 mm.
Cover with outlet of 50 mm ±10% and clip-on cap.
Weight:
-
Bucket min. 600 g.
Cover min. 150 g.
Handle min. 30 g.
Product Performance and Quality Control
-
-
Impact Resistance\ Drop Test:
the bucket’s bottom, containing maximum volume of water (14 liters) at 20 oC, without any damages. See drop test graphic
reference below.
Flexibility test: The bucket must get back to its original shape (+/- 10% to its original diameter after one hour) without damage
after applying a pressure on the two sides of the top rim to make them touch one another in the middle.
Handle test:
also resist to 28 kg traction in normal usage position.
Lid test: The lid should be able to close tight, but easy to open and close. For testing the lid’s performance the lid must resist
one fall on the side.
Page 170
HEAVY DUTY PLASTIC BUCKET 14 L
UNHCR Item No 07071
Packing, UNHCR Logo, and Shipping Marking Reference
Sea/Air Transport Carton:
-
For palletizing and transportation, the buckets should be packed and arranged in a way that maximises loadability on boxes, pallets,
and containers.
-
The UNHCR visibility logo will need to be applied on 5 sides (excluding the bottom of the carton).
-
The main objective is to maximize the UNHCR visibility logo and to include a separated space for the description of the product
and shiping markings. For this purpose, the UNHCR visibility logo should occupy a minimum of 60% of the surface space for
each side where it is applied.
Important: Priority should be given for the UNHCR visibility logo to be always visible and in the right position, once the cartons are
palletized. In the event that the cartons are wrapped on other materials for better protection, including plastic materials or others,
the UNHCR visibility logo should still be always visible during the transport. Taking that into account, UNHCR visibility logo should
be applied in those wrapping materials in case of a lack of visibility.
Integrity and design of UNHCR vertical and horizontal visibility logos:
While the integrity of the UNHCR visibility logo (hand symbol, acronym and the descriptive phrase “The UN Refugee Agency”, always
of stickers or plastic pockets that will facilitate the marking of the cargo that is shipped initially to global warehouses (eg. Dubai,
Copenhagen) and later is shipped to other destinations. Proportionality rules with regard to the size of UNHCR logo, hand symbol,
acronym and descriptive phrase “The UN Refugee agency” should be applied following the “X” and “Y” proportionality to avoid distortions
on the UNHCR logo and letterings (see graphics below). In the Sea/Air Transport Carton the UNHCR visibility logo should be printed in
blue indelible ink for maximum visibility, using typeface and color as described below.
Page 171
HEAVY DUTY PLASTIC BUCKET 14 L
UNHCR Item No 07071
UNHCR Logo Application Reference
UNHCR Vertical Visibility logo
UNHCR Horizontal Visibility logo
Individual Packing for Plastic Bucket
Logo and Shipping Markings on Plastic Bucket Boxes
The front and back of the Sea/Air Transport Carton (the largest surface sides of the carton) should include only the UNHCR visibility vertical logo. The 2 other opposite sides should include the UNHCR visibility vertical logo with the shipping marking information area (below the
logo). The top side should include the horizontal visibility logo in one of the closures and the content list in the other closure.
Opened Box




CONTENT
LIST:HEAVY
HEAVYDUTY
DUTY
PLASTIC
BUCKET
CONTENT LIST:
PLASTIC
BUCKET
10 L 14 L
TYPEB BITEMS:
ITEMS:
00100
TYPE
NoNo
00100
       
 
 
     
  
  
  
     
 
   
   
  
   

Page 172
HEAVY DUTY PLASTIC BUCKET 14 L
UNHCR Item No 07071
Logo and Shipping Marking Application Reference
Logo and Shipping Marking for Heavy Duty Plastic Bucket 14 L Packing
A. Application of the logo and markings for the front and
back sides of the Sea/Air Transport Carton:
In the front and the back sides of the Sea/Air Transport
Carton, the vertical logo is to be placed centrally, occupying
a minimum of 60% surface space and without any image
distortions as per (graphic 1).
In case of a rectangular shape carton, the UNHCR horizontal
visibility logo should be used instead of the UNHCR vertical
visibility logo, having a better usage of the surface space
(graphic 1.2).
(Graphic 1)
(Graphic 1.2)
Technical Drawing

CONTENT LIST:
LIST:
CONTENT
HEAVY
DUTY
PLASTIC
BUCKET
14 L10TYPE
B
HEAVY
DUTY
PLASTIC
BUCKET
L
ITEMS:
No 00100
00100
ITEMS: No



  

 
       
 
 
   
    
 
 
     
  
 
  

A
Page 173
A

HEAVY DUTY PLASTIC BUCKET 14 L
UNHCR Item No 07071
Logo and Shipping Marking Application Reference
B.
Application of the logo in the 2 other opposite sides of the Sea/Air Transport Carton:
In the 2 other opposite sides of the Sea/Air Transport Carton, the vertical logo and shipping marking information are to be placed centrally,
occupying a minimum of 60% surface space (45% for the UNHCR visibility logo and 15% for the shipping markings) and without any image
distortions, as per (graphic 2).
In case of a rectangular shape carton, the UNHCR horizontal visibility logo should be used instead of the UNHCR vertical visibility logo,
having a better usage of the surface space (graphic 2.2)
The information to be placed in the shipping marking box is as follows:
UNHCR Item name and number:
PO No.:
PO Quantity:
Consignor (supplier/manufacturer):
Consignee:
Destination:
Packing units: {number / total number} To be marked with consecutive numbers
shown over the total number of packing
units comprising the consignment (N/N: i.e
1/20, 19/20)
     
 

    
Important: In order to respect the integrity of
the logo, the shipping marking information area
should be visually separated from the lower part
of the visibility logo and framed with the same
indelible ink as the details information as per the
graphic 2.



 

 



  
(graphic 2)
(graphic 2.2)
Technical Drawing

CONTENT LIST:
CONTENT
LIST:
HEAVY
DUTY
PLASTIC
BUCKET
14 L TYPE
HEAVY
DUTY
PLASTIC
BUCKET
10 L B
ITEMS: No
No 00100
ITEMS:
00100




       


    
 
 
 
   


   
 
   
  

B
B
Page 174
HEAVY DUTY PLASTIC BUCKET 14 L
UNHCR Item No 07071
Logo and Shipping Marking Application Reference
C. Application of the logo and marking in the top side of the Sea/Air Transport Carton:
In the top side of the Sea/Air Transport Carton, the UNHCR horizontal logo is to be placed centrally in one of the closures, occupying a
minimum of 60% surface space and without any image distortions.
CONTENT
LIST:
CONTENT LIST:
HEAVY
14LL
HEAVYDUTY
DUTYPLASTIC
PLASTIC BUCKET
BUCKET 10
No 00100
TYPEITEMS:
B ITEMS:
No 00100
(graphic 3)
Technical Drawing

CONTENT
CONTENTLIST:
LIST:
HEAVY
DUTYDUTY
PLASTIC
BUCKET
14 L TYPE
HEAVY
PLASTIC
BUCKET
10 L B
ITEMS:
ITEMS:No
No00100
00100




        

 
      
  
  
  
          
  
   
       
   
   
    

Page 175
C
SEMI-COLLAPSIBLE JERRY CAN 10L
(water container)
UNHCR Item No 00096
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
The 10 L capacity Semi-Collapsible Jerry Can made of food grade LDPE is a
container for general household use for carrying and storing drinking water.
18.500 pieces per 20’ DC container (without pallets).
38.500 pieces per 40’ DC container (without pallets).
46.200 pieces per 40’ HC container (without pallets).
11.200 pieces per 20’ DC container (with pallets).
24.000 pieces per 40’ DC container (with pallets).
Capacity: 10 L.
24.000 pieces per 40’ HC container (with pallets)
Weight:
Material: manufactured of food grade LDPE should not contain toxic elements
according to EN 1186-3-9 standard. The jerry can must stand by itself, even
o
o
Operating temperature: can withstand temperatures from -20 c to + 50 c.
Pallet Details
Dimensions (W x L x H): 780 x 1120 x 114 mm. Maximum height of the packed
pallet: 115 cm. Pallets should be shrink-wrapped and strapped. The palletized
goods must not exceed the length and width of the pallet.
Average thickness: 0.6 mm and minimum corner thickness 0.5 mm.
Fitted with: a built-in carrying handle with minimum 9 cm length and 3 cm
Manufacturer Marking
linked to the container by polyamide string with diameter of min.1 mm and
approximately 120 mm length. The inner diameter of the cap is approx. 35 mm.
Impact Resistance / Drop Test: the Semi-Collapsible Jerry Can must be impact
liters) at 20 °C. The complete drop test consists of 10 consecutive drops from
2,5 m high. The jerry can must be elevated, so that the lowest point is at 2,5 m
from the ground. Test result is expressed as a product ranking according to the
number of drops passed without damages or leakage. To be accepted, the jerry
can must resist to minimum 3 drops. (Please refer to Product Performance and
Packing
However
different packing methods may be accepted in order to maximize loadability in
pallets and containers.
above the bottom with letters not higher than 1.5 cm and on the opposite side
of the UNHCR logo or on the side distant from UNHCR logo. The marking
and date of manufacturing. No company logo should be included with the
manufacturer’s marking.
Expected Life Span
It is expected that the collapsible jerry can will last for six months of use
under tropical conditions.
Pieces per carton: 50.
Weight of packing unit: 12 kg.
Printing of UNHCR Logo
Weight and Volume
Gross weight per piece: 190 to 230 g.
Embossed on minimum one side with UNHCR visibility logo, as per the included
graphic reference.
Gross weight per bale: 9.5 kg to 11.50 kg (+ the weight of the package).
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 176
SEMI-COLLAPSIBLE JERRY CAN 10L
(water container)
UNHCR Item No 00096
Product Performance and Quality Control
Impact Resistance / Drop Test:
The complete drop test consists of 10 consecutive drops from 2.5 m high. The jerry can must be elevated, so that the lowest point is at 2.5
m from the ground. Test result is expressed as a product ranking according to the number of drops passed without damages or leakage.
To be accepted, the jerry can must resist to minimum 3 drops.
Page 177
SEMI-COLLAPSIBLE JERRY CAN 10L
(water container)
UNHCR Item No 00096
Packing, UNHCR Logo, and Shipping Marking Reference
Sea/Air Transport Carton:
-
For palletizing and transportation, the Jerry Cans should be packed and arranged in a way that maximise loadability on boxes,
pallets, and containers.
-
Every 50 Semi-Collapsible Jerry Can (10 L) should be packed into a Sea/Air transport carton.
-
The UNHCR visibility logo will need to be applied on 5 sides (excluding the bottom of the carton).
-
The main objective is to maximize the UNHCR visibility logo and to include a separated space for the description of the product
and shiping markings. For this purpose, the UNHCR visibility logo should occupy a minimum of 60% of the surface space for
each side where it is applied.
Important: Priority should be given for the UNHCR visibility logo to be always visible and in the right position, once the cartons are
palletized. In the event that the cartons are wrapped on other materials for better protection, including plastic materials or others,
the UNHCR visibility logo should still be always visible during the transport. Taking that into account, UNHCR visibility logo should
be applied in those wrapping materials in case of a lack of visibility.
Integrity and design of UNHCR vertical and horizontal visibility logos:
While the integrity of the UNHCR visibility logo (hand symbol, acronym and the descriptive phrase “The UN Refugee Agency”, always
of stickers or plastic pockets that will facilitate the marking of the cargo that is shipped initially to global warehouses (eg. Dubai,
Copenhagen) and later is shipped to other destinations. Proportionality rules with regard to the size of UNHCR logo, hand symbol,
acronym and descriptive phrase “The UN Refugee agency” should be applied following the “X” and “Y” proportionality to avoid distortions
on the UNHCR logo and letterings (see graphics below). In the Sea/Air Transport Carton the UNHCR visibility logo should be printed in
blue indelible ink for maximum visibility, using typeface and color as described below.
Page 178
SEMI-COLLAPSIBLE JERRY CAN 10L
(water container)
UNHCR Item No 00096
Graphic Reference

UNHCR Logo Application Reference

Logo Application Reference
Page 179
Logo Application Size
SEMI-COLLAPSIBLE JERRY CAN 10L
(water container)
UNHCR Item No 00096
UNHCR Logo Application Reference
UNHCR Vertical Visibility logo
UNHCR Horizontal Visibility logo
Logo and Shipping
on Jerry Can Boxes
IndividualMarkings
Packing for
The front and back of the Sea/Air Transport Carton (the largest surface sides of the carton) should include only the UNHCR visibility vertical logo. The 2 other opposite sides should include the UNHCR visibility vertical logo with the shipping marking information area (below the
logo). The top side should include the horizontal visibility logo in one of the closures and the content list in the other closure.
Opened Box
Page 180
SEMI-COLLAPSIBLE JERRY CAN 10L
(water container)
UNHCR Item No 00096
Logo and Shipping Marking Application Reference
Logo and Shipping Marking for SEMI-COLLAPSIBLE JERRY CAN 10 L Packing
A. Application of the logo and markings for the front and
back sides of the Sea/Air Transport Carton:
In the front and the back sides of the Sea/Air Transport
Carton, the vertical logo is to be placed centrally, occupying
a minimum of 60% surface space and without any image
distortions as per (graphic 1).
In case of a rectangular shape carton, the UNHCR horizontal
visibility logo should be used instead of the UNHCR vertical
visibility logo, having a better usage of the surface space
(graphic 1.2).
(Graphic 1)
Technical Drawing
Page 181
(Graphic 1.2)
SEMI-COLLAPSIBLE JERRY CAN 10L
(water container)
UNHCR Item No 00096
Logo and Shipping Marking Application Reference
B.
Application of the logo in the 2 other opposite sides of the Sea/Air Transport Carton:
In the 2 other opposite sides of the Sea/Air Transport Carton, the vertical logo and shipping marking information are to be placed centrally,
occupying a minimum of 60% surface space (45% for the UNHCR visibility logo and 15% for the shipping markings) and without any image
distortions, as per (graphic 2).
In case of a rectangular shape carton, the UNHCR horizontal visibility logo should be used instead of the UNHCR vertical visibility logo,
having a better usage of the surface space (graphic 2.2)
The information to be placed in the shipping marking box is as follows:
UNHCR Item name and number:
PO No.:
PO Quantity:
Consignor (supplier/manufacturer):
Consignee:
Destination:
Packing units: {number / total number} To be marked with consecutive numbers
shown over the total number of packing
units comprising the consignment (N/N: i.e
1/20, 19/20)
Important: In order to respect the integrity of
the logo, the shipping marking information area
should be visually separated from the lower part
of the visibility logo and framed with the same
indelible ink as the details information as per the
graphic 2.
     
 
 
   
  
(graphic 2)
Technical drawing









(graphic 2.2)
Technical Drawing
Page 182
SEMI-COLLAPSIBLE JERRY CAN 10L
(water container)
UNHCR Item No 00096
Logo and Shipping Marking Application Reference
C. Application of the logo and marking in the top side of the Sea/Air Transport Carton:
In the top side of the Sea/Air Transport Carton, the UNHCR horizontal logo is to be placed centrally in one of the closures, occupying a
minimum of 60% surface space and without any image distortions.
CONTENT LIST:
50 SEMI-COLLAPSIBLE JERRY CAN 10 L
ITEMS:No 00096
(graphic 3)
Technical Drawing
Page 183
STOVE / HEATER FOR FAMILY TENT
UNHCR Item No 06649
Item Application Sample
Pallet Details
General Information and Description
should have an appropriate chimney opening.
It is advisable to use together with the UNHCR Family Tent
Winterization Kit.
Dimensions of the pallet: 780 x 1120 x 144 mm. Maximum height
of the packed pallet: 115 cm. Pallets should be shrink-wrapped and
strapped. The palletized goods must not exceed the length and width
of the pallet.
Packing
- Packed in a strong export worthy carton box, 5 ply.
- Dimension of packing: 88 x 30 x 40 cm
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
Carton box dimensions: 88 x 30 x 40 cm
Carton box volume: 0.1056 m3
Unit weight: approx. 35 kg
Number of units per Euro pallets: 4
Loadability with pallet
- 20’ DC = 112 units
- 40’ DC = 240 units
- 40’ HC = 240 units
Material:
- 2 mm steel.
- Stand welded to the Stove.
Includes:
- Loading door and air intake control
- Stand, welded to the stove.
- Weight of the stove without accessories: 16kg +/- 1kg
Supplied with:
Loadability without pallet
- 20’ DC = 210 units
- 40’ DC = 455 units
- 40’ HC = 520 units
-
Manufacturer Marking
Every box should include inside a tag with the manufacturer’s
number and the date of manufacture. No company logo should be
included with the manufacturer’ s marking.
-
6 chimney pipes made of galvanised steel, anti-rust.
2 bend connectors made of steel.
1 out let cover pointed cap shape.
1 spark stopper, dimension height 180 mm, outer diameter 300
mm & inner plate of 180 mm dimeter.
1 ash removing bar.
1 tripod pipe stand to keep the smoke pipe standing up outside
the tent, supported with 3 x 6 mm guy ropes. Supplied with 2
clamps, 3 ground pins for stand support & 3 pegs for guy ropes.
1 assembly instruction sheet.
1 spanner.
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 184
STOVE / HEATER FOR FAMILY TENT
UNHCR Item No 06649
Accessories
6 chimney pipes made of galvanised steel, anti-rust.
2 bend connectors made of steel.
1 out let cover pointed cap shape.
1 spark stopper, dimension height 180 mm, outer
diameter 300 mm & inner plate of 180 mm diameter.
1 ash removing bar.
1 tripod pipe stand to keep the smoke pipe standing
up outside the tent, supported with 3 x 6 mm guy
ropes. Supplied with 2 clamps, 3 ground pins for
stand support & 3 pegs for guy ropes.
1 assembly instruction sheet.
1 spanner.
Technical Drawing
Page 185
STOVE / HEATER FOR FAMILY TENT
UNHCR Item No 06649
Graphic Reference
Page 186
STOVE / HEATER FOR FAMILY TENT
UNHCR Item No 06649
Graphic Reference
Packing, UNHCR Logo, and Shipping Marking Reference
Sea/Air Transport Carton:
-
For palletizing and transportation, the Stove / Heater for Family Tent should be packed and arranged in a way that maximises
loadability on boxes, pallets, and containers.
-
Every individual Stove/Heater for Family Tent is packed into a Sea/Air transport carton.
-
The UNHCR visibility logo will need to be applied on 5 sides (excluding the bottom of the carton).
-
The main objective is to maximize the UNHCR visibility logo and to include a separated space for the description of the product and
shiping markings. For this purpose, the UNHCR visibility logo should occupy a minimum of 60% of the surface space for each
side where it is applied.
Important: Priority should be given for the UNHCR visibility logo to be always visible and in the right position, once the cartons are
palletized. In the event that the cartons are wrapped on other materials for better protection, including plastic materials or others,
the UNHCR visibility logo should still be always visible during the transport. Taking that into account, UNHCR visibility logo should
be applied in those wrapping materials in case of a lack of visibility.
Integrity and design of UNHCR vertical and horizontal visibility logos:
While the integrity of the UNHCR visibility logo (hand symbol, acronym and the descriptive phrase “The UN Refugee Agency”, always in
stickers or plastic pockets that will facilitate the marking of the cargo that is shipped initially to global warehouses (eg. Dubai, Copenhagen)
and later is shipped to other destinations. Proportionality rules with regard to the size of UNHCR logo, hand symbol, acronym and
descriptive phrase “The UN Refugee agency” should be applied following the “X” and “Y” proportionality to avoid distortions on the UNHCR
logo and letterings (see graphics below). In the Sea/Air Transport Carton the UNHCR visibility logo should be printed in blue indelible ink
for maximum visibility, using typeface and color as described below.
Page 187
STOVE / HEATER FOR FAMILY TENT
UNHCR Item No 06649
UNHCR Logo Application Reference
UNHCR Horizontal Visibility logo
UNHCR Vertical Visibility logo
Logo and Shipping Markings on Stove / Heater Boxes
The front and back of the Sea/Air Transport Carton (the largest surface sides of the carton) should include only the UNHCR visibility vertical logo. The 2 other opposite sides should include the UNHCR visibility vertical logo with the shipping marking information area (below the
logo). The top side should include the horizontal visibility logo in one of the closures and the content list in the other closure.
Opened Box




CONTENT LIST:
STOVE / HEATER FOR FAMILY TENT
ITEMS:No 06649


 
  

 
  
   


 
 




Page 188
STOVE / HEATER FOR FAMILY TENT
UNHCR Item No 06649
Logo and Shipping Marking Application Reference
Logo and Shipping Marking for Stove / Heater for Family Tent Packing
A. Application of the logo and markings for the front and
back sides of the Sea/Air Transport Carton:
In the front and the back sides of the Individual Packing the
vertical logo is to be placed centrally, occupying a minimum
of 60% surface space and without any image distortions as
per (graphic 1).
In case of a rectangular shape carton, the UNHCR horizontal
visibility logo should be used instead of the UNHCR vertical
visibility logo, having a better usage of the surface space
(graphic 1.2).
(Graphic 1)
(Graphic 1.2)
Technical Drawing

CONTENT LIST:
STOVE / HEATER FOR FAMILY TENT
ITEMS:No 06649



 

 
 


 
 

 
 


 

A
Page 189
A

STOVE / HEATER FOR FAMILY TENT
UNHCR Item No 06649
Logo and Shipping Marking Application Reference
B. Application of the logo in the 2 other opposite sides of the Sea/Air Transport Carton:
In the 2 other opposite sides of the Sea/Air Transport Carton, the vertical logo and shipping marking information are to be placed centrally,
occupying a minimum of 60% surface space (45% for the UNHCR visibility logo and 15% for the shipping markings) and without any image
distortions, as per graphic 2.
In case of a rectangular shape carton, the UNHCR horizontal visibility logo should be used instead of the UNHCR vertical visibility logo,
having a better usage of the surface space (see graphic 2.2)
The information to be placed in the shipping marking box is as follows:
UNHCR Item name and number:
PO No.:
PO Quantity:
Consignor (supplier/manufacturer):
Consignee:
Destination:
Packing units: {number / total number} To be marked with consecutive numbers
shown over the total number of packing
units comprising the consignment (N/N: i.e
1/20, 19/20)







Important: In order to respect the integrity of the logo,
the shipping marking information area should be visually
separated from the lower part of the visibility logo and
framed with the same indelible ink as the details information
as per the graphic 2.







(Graphic 2)
(Graphic 2.2)
Technical Drawing

CONTENT LIST:
STOVE / HEATER FOR FAMILY TENT
ITEMS:No 06649



   

 
 


 

   

 
 


 

B
B
Page 190
STOVE / HEATER FOR FAMILY TENT
UNHCR Item No 06649
Logo and Shipping Marking Application Reference
C. Application of the logo and marking in the top side of the Sea/Air Transport Carton:
In the top side of the Sea/Air Transport Carton, the UNHCR horizontal logo is to be placed centrally in one of the closures, occupying a
minimum of 60% surface space and without any image distortions.
CONTENT LIST:
STOVE / HEATER FOR FAMILY TENT
ITEMS:No 06649
(graphic 3)
Technical Drawing

C
CONTENT LIST:
STOVE / HEATER FOR FAMILY TENT
ITEMS:No 06649



  


  


 
 


  


 

Page 191

BLANKET, SYNTHETIC (Fleece)
1.5 x 2 m, Medium Thermal
UNHCR Item No 05787
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Blankets are used to provide insulation / protection against loss of body
conditions. The insulation capacity of a blanket depends on two factors:
1.
The Thermal Resistance of Garments (TOG), a measurement of how
better the insulation. It has to be noted that the TOG does not depend
Packing
Synthetic blankets are packed in bales of 20 pieces and the gross weight per
bale is 25 kg. However different packing methods may be accepted in order
to maximize loadability in pallets and containers.
Bale dimensions: 80 x 52 x 47 cm
Bale wrapping: Bales to be wrapped in a water-tight micro perforated plastic
strapped with 5 straps (2 lengthwise, 3 crosswise).
2.
The Air Permeability of the Material, where low air permeability will
ensure protection from draughts, while inherent breatheability allows
evacuation of body perspiration.
Bale compression: the height of the bales to be compressed by maximum
and strapped state.
Considerations for the selection of blankets and quills:
-
Medium thermal blanket: a blanket with 2.5 TOG is the minimum for
outdoor use. Blankets with 2.5 TOG are also appropriate for indoor use
without a heater. Medium thermal blankets are recommended for refugee
camp situations in hot or mild cold climates / temperatures. It should be
noted that even in hot countries, nights could be cold. Higher TOG values
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
Number of blankets per bale = 20
Number of bales per pallet = 4
Number of Blankets per pallet = 80
-
High thermal blanket: a blanket with 4.0 TOG is the minimum for indoor
use in cold climates.
3220 blankets per 20’ DC container (without pallets).
-
Low thermal blanket: a blanket with 1.5 TOG is considered a low thermal
blanket, which is only appropriate for indoor use, on a bed, in a house
with heating facilities. As a practical reference, a person resting indoor at
7500 blankets per 40’ HC container (without pallets).
not included in UNHCR Frame Agreements, as they are not suitable for
outdoor use.
Outdoor use of blankets: when considering outdoor use of blankets, where
6800 blankets per 40’ DC container (without pallets).
2240 blankets per 20’ DC container (with pallets).
4800 blankets per 40’ DC container (with pallets).
4800 blankets per 40’ HC container (with pallets).
Weight and Volume
Gross weight per piece: 1.05 to 1.35 kg approx.
9.5. Taking into consideration that part of the insulation would come from the
clothing; the rest should come from the blanket.
Pallet Details
Gross weight per bale: 25 kg approx.
Printing of UNHCR Logo
Dimensions (W x L x H): 780 x 1120 x 144 mm. Maximum height of the packed
pallet: 115 cm. Pallets should be shrink-wrapped and strapped. The palletized
goods must not exceed the length and width of the pallet.
UNHCR visibility logo should be stitched as a label or inserted / printed / heat
embossed on the blanket, placing the (long lasting) logo on the center of the
blanket or in one corner. The size of the logo on the center of the blanket
should be 40 cm wide and 48.88 cm high, and 20 cm wide and 24.44 cm high
when placing the logo on a corner of the blanket.
Manufacturer Marking
The color of the logo should be white or blue, contrasting with the background
of the blanket.
Every blanket should include a tag, stitched in the hem, with the manufacturer
(CMYK). C = 100%, M = 45%, Y = 0%, K = 0%.
manufacturing. No company logo should be included with the manufacturer’s
marking.
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 192
BLANKET, SYNTHETIC (Fleece)
1.5 x 2 m, Medium Thermal
UNHCR Item No 05787
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Samples for testing purpose:
Samples of blankets must be from compressed bales and all criteria to be passed on the same sample.
Samples of compressed bales to be prepared with only 5 blankets folded once more than in normal bales, at 40% compression ratio,
and to remain compressed for one week minimum before testing.
Denomination and norms
1. Material
2. Make
Required minimum values
may be included in the yarns.
Knitted or woven, dry raised both sides.
3. Content, ISO 1833
On dry weight.
4. Dimensions / Size
5. Weight
350 to 450 g/m2 Weight determined by total weight/total surface.
6. Thickness, ISO 5084
3 mm minimum (1 kPa on 2000 mm2).
7. Tensile strength, ISO13934-1
250 N warp and weft minimum.
8. Tensile strength loss after washing
ISO13934-1 and ISO 6330.
9. Shrinkage, maxi. ISO 6330
drying.
drying.
10. Weight loss after washing
11. Thermal resistance, ISO 5085-1
TOG 2.5 (or 0.25 m2.K/W) minimum, rounded to the nearest 0.1, passed on samples picked
12.
Maximum 1000 L/m2/s.
ISO9237 under 100 Pa pressure drop.
13. Finish
Whipped seam at 10 mm from the edge with 10 to 13 stitches/10 cm or stitched ribbon or
hemmed on 4 sides.
14. Organoleptic test
No bad smell, not irritating to the skin, no dust. 4<pH<9.
Free from harmful VOC (Volatile Organic Components).
Fit for human use.
15. Fire resistance, ISO12952-1&2
Resistance to cigarette - No ignition.
16. Fire resistance, ISO12952-3&4
17. Colors
Page 193
Other than black, red, or white, dark uniform color (i.e. dark blue, grey or brown).
BLANKET, SYNTHETIC (Fleece)
1.5 x 2 m, Medium Thermal
UNHCR Item No 05787
Graphic Reference
55 cm
40 cm
20 cm
55 cm
150 cm
150 cm
Center application
Corner application
UNHCR Logo Application Reference
Page 194
BLANKET, SYNTHETIC (Fleece)
1.5 x 2 m, High Thermal
UNHCR Item No 05786
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Packing
Blankets are used to provide insulation / protection against loss of body
conditions. The insulation capacity of a blanket depends on two factors:
High Thermal Synthetic Blankets are packed in bales of 15 pieces and the
gross weight per bale is 27.5 kg approx. However different packing methods
may be accepted in order to maximize loadability in pallets and containers.
1.
The Thermal Resistance of Garments (TOG), a measurement of how
Bale dimensions: 80 x 52 x 47 cm
better the insulation. It has to be noted that the TOG does not depend
Bale wrapping: bales to be wrapped in a water-tight micro perforated plastic
strapped with 5 straps (2 lengthwise, 3 crosswise).
2.
The Air Permeability of the Material, where low air permeability will
ensure protection from draughts, while inherent breatheability allows
evacuation of body perspiration.
Bale compression: the height of the bales to be compressed by maximum
and strapped state.
-
Medium thermal blanket: a blanket with 2.5 TOG is the minimum for
outdoor use. Blankets with 2.5 TOG are also appropriate for indoor use
without a heater. Medium thermal blankets are recommended for refugee
camp situations in hot or mild cold climates / temperatures. It should be
noted that even in hot countries, nights could be cold. Higher TOG values
-
High thermal blanket: a blanket with 4.0 TOG is the minimum for indoor
use in cold climates.
-
Low thermal blanket: a blanket with 1.5 TOG is considered a low thermal
blanket, which is only appropriate for indoor use, on a bed, in a house
with heating facilities. As a practical reference, a person resting indoor at
not included in UNHCR Frame Agreements, as they are not suitable for
outdoor use.
Outdoor use of blankets: when considering outdoor use of blankets, where
9.5. Taking into consideration that part of the insulation would come from the
clothing; the rest should come from the blanket.
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
2415 blankets per 20’ DC container (without pallets).
5100 blankets per 40’ DC container (without pallets).
5625 blankets per 40’ HC container (without pallets).
1680 blankets per 20’ DC container (with pallets).
3600 blankets per 40’ DC container (with pallets).
3600 blankets per 40’ HC container (with pallets).
Printing of UNHCR Logo
UNHCR visibility logo should be stitched as a label or inserted / printed / heat
embossed on the blanket, placing the (long lasting) logo on the center of the
blanket or in one corner. The size of the logo on the center of the blanket
should be 40 cm wide and 48.88 cm high, and 20 cm wide and 24.44 cm high
when placing the logo on a corner of the blanket.
The color of the logo should be white or blue, contrasting with the background
of the blanket.
Pallet Details
Dimensions (W x L x H): 780 x 1120 x 144 mm. Maximum height of the packed
pallet: 115 cm. Pallets should be shrink-wrapped and strapped. The palletized
goods must not exceed the length and width of the pallet.
Manufacturer Marking
Every blanket should include a tag, stitched in the hem, with the manufacturer
manufacturing. No company logo should be included with the manufacturer’s
marking.
Page 195
(CMYK). C = 100%, M = 45%, Y = 0%, K = 0%.
Weight and Volume
Gross weight per piece: 1.5 to 1.8 kg approx.
Gross weight per bale: 25 kg approx.
Gross volume per bale: 80 x 52 x 47 cm / 0.2 m3
Note: last updated, June 2014
BLANKET, SYNTHETIC (Fleece)
1.5 x 2 m, High Thermal
UNHCR Item No 05786
Samples for testing purpose:
Samples of blankets must be from compressed bales and all criteria to be passed on the same sample.
Samples of compressed bales to be prepared with only 5 blankets folded once more than in normal bales, at 40% compression ratio,
and to remain compressed for one week minimum before testing.
Denomination and norms
1. Material
2. Make
Required minimum values
cotton may be included in the yarns.
Knitted or woven, dry raised both sides.
3. Content, ISO 1833
On dry weight.
4. Dimensions / Size
5. Weight
500 to 600 g/m2. Weight determined by total weight/total surface.
6. Thickness, ISO 5084
5 mm minimum (1 kPa on 2000mm2)
7. Tensile strength, ISO13934-1
250 N warp and weft minimum.
8. Tensile strength loss after washing,
ISO13934-1 and ISO 6330.
9. Shrinkage, maxi. ISO 6330
10. Weight loss after washing
11. Thermal resistance, ISO 5085-1
12.
TOG 4.0 (or 0.4 m2.K/W) minimum, rounded to the nearest 0.1, passed on samples picked
Maximum 1000 L/m2/s.
ISO9237 under 100 Pa pressure drop.
13. Finish
Whipped seam at 10 mm from the edge with 10 to 13 stitches/10 cm or stitched ribbon or
hemmed on 4 sides.
No bad smell, not irritating to the skin, no dust. 4<pH<9.
14. Organoleptic test
Free from harmful VOC (Volatile Organic Components).
Fit for human use.
15. Fire resistance, ISO12952-1&2
Resistance to cigarette - No ignition.
16. Fire resistance, ISO12952-3&4
17. Colors
Other than black, red, or white, dark uniform color (i.e. dark blue, grey or brown).
Page 196
BLANKET, SYNTHETIC (Fleece)
1.5 x 2 m, High Thermal
UNHCR Item No 05786
Graphic Reference
55 cm
40 cm
20 cm
55 cm
150 cm
150 cm
Center application
Corner application
UNHCR Logo Application Reference
Page 197
BLANKET, WOOLEN, Medium
Thermal
UNHCR Item No 06720
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Pallet Details
Blankets are used to provide insulation / protection against loss of body
Wooden EURO pallet (EUR 1). Fumigated as per ISPM 15 standard.
Dimensions (W x L x H): 800 x 1200 x 144 mm. Maximum height of packed
pallet: 115 cm. Pallet should be shrink-wrapped and strapped. The palletized
goods must not exceed the length and width of the pallet.
conditions. The insulation capacity of a blanket depends on two factors:
1.
The Thermal Resistance of Garments (TOG), a measurement of how
better the insulation. It has to be noted that the TOG does not depend
2.
-
The Air Permeability of the Material, where low air permeability will
ensure protection from draughts, while inherent breatheability allows
evacuation of body perspiration.
Medium thermal blanket: a blanket with 2.5 TOG is the minimum for
outdoor use. Blankets with 2.5 TOG are also appropriate for indoor use
without a heater. Medium thermal blankets are recommended for refugee
camp situations in hot or mild cold climates / temperatures. It should be
noted that even in hot countries, nights could be cold. Higher TOG values
-
High thermal blanket: a blanket with 4.0 TOG is the minimum for indoor
use in cold climates.
-
Low thermal blanket: a blanket with 1.5 TOG is considered a low thermal
blanket, which is only appropriate for indoor use, on a bed, in a house
with heating facilities. As a practical reference, a person resting indoor at
Manufacturer Marking
Every blanket should include a tag, stitched in the hem, with the manufacturer
manufacturing. No company logo should be included with the manufacturer’s
marking.
Printing of UNHCR Logo
UNHCR visibility logo should be stitched as a label or inserted / printed / heat
embossed on the blanket, placing the (long lasting) logo on the center of the
blanket or in one corner. The size of the logo on the center of the blanket
should be 40 cm wide and 48.88 cm high, and 20 cm wide and 24.44 cm high
when placing the logo on a corner of the blanket.
The color of the logo should be white or blue, contrasting with the background
of the blanket.
not included in UNHCR Frame Agreements, as they are not suitable for
outdoor use.
Outdoor use of blankets: when considering outdoor use of blankets, where
(CMYK). C = 100%, M = 45%, Y = 0%, K = 0%.
9.5. Taking into consideration that part of the insulation would come from the
clothing; the rest should come from the blanket.
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 198
BLANKET, WOOLEN, Medium
Thermal
UNHCR Item No 06720
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
Minimum 30% wool virgin material.
1. Material
cotton may be included in the yarns.
2. Make
3. Content, ISO 1833
Woven, dry raised on both sides.
Minimum 30% wool virgin material.
On dry weight.
4. Dimensions / Size
5. Weight
500 g/m2 Weight determined by total weight/total surface.
Total weight of the unit: Min. 500 g/m2, max. 600 g/m2.
6. Thickness, ISO 5084
5mm minimum (1KPa on 2000mm²).
7. Tensile strength, ISO13934-1
250 N warp and weft minimum.
8. Tensile strength loss after washing
ISO13934-1 and ISO 6330.
9. Shrinkage maxi. ISO 6330
drying.
10. Weight loss after washing
11. Thermal resistance, ISO 5085-1
TOG 2.5 (or 0.25m².K/W) minimum, rounded to the nearest 0.1, passed on samples picked
12.
Maximum 1000 L/m²/s.
ISO9237 under 100Pa pressure drop.
13. Finish
Whipped seam at 10 mm from the edge with 10 to 13 stitches/10cm or stitched ribbon or
hemmed on 4 sides.
No bad smell, not irritating to the skin, no dust. 4<pH<9.
14. Organoleptic test
Free from harmful VOC (Volatile Organic Components).
Fit for human use.
15. Fire resistance, ISO12952-1&2
Resistance to cigarette - No ignition.
16. Fire resistance, ISO12952-3&4
17. Colors
Page 199
Other than black, red, or white, dark uniform color (i.e. dark blue, grey or brown).
SYNTHETIC SLEEPING MAT
UNHCR Item No 02020
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Synthetic sleeping mats are used to sleep on and must be waterproof, tear
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
2200 pieces, 22 pallets per 20’ DC container (with pallet).
4800 pieces, 48 pallets per 40’ DC container (with pallet).
4800 pieces, 48 pallets per 40’ HC container (with pallet).
4.000 pieces per 20’ DC container (without pallets).
8.125 pieces per 40’ DC container (without pallets).
9.750 pieces per 40’ HC container (without pallets).
Material:
The mats should be made from 100% synthetic yarns from virgin or recycle
raw material. Recycled raw materials would be preferable for ecological
considerations. Synthetic sleeping mats that are made from recycle materials
per meter length )and thick tape PP or polyester yarn in weft. The end widths
are to be secured with a woven, bias-binding tape with stitches, through
Pallet Details
Wooden EURO pallet (EUR 1). Dimensions (W x L x H): 800 x 1200 x 144 mm.
Fumigated as per ISPM 15 standard. Maximum height of the packed pallet: 115
cm. Pallets should be shrink-wrapped and strapped. The palletized goods must
not exceed the length and width of the pallet.
Manufacturer Marking
minimum.
Every unit should include a tag, stitched in the hem, with the manufacturer’s
Sleeping mat size: 180 x 90 cm
manufacture. No company logo should be included with the manufacturer’s
marking.
Sleeping mat area: 1.62 m2.
Weight: 0.500 kg/m2 minimum ± 5%.
Packing
with 4 strong straps. However different packing methods may be accepted in
order to maximize loadability in pallets and containers.
Expected Life Span
It is expected that sleeping mats will last for 12 months of use under hard
tropical conditions.
Printing of UNHCR Logo
Note: It is important that the binding is secure and durable to prevent fraying of
the mat which would result in rapid disintegration of the structure.
UNHCR visibility logo must be printed or woven in the middle and across the
long side of the mat for maximum visibility. The width of the marking must be
120 cm minimum and the height proportionate to the width without any
distortion to the logo and letterings (approximately 35 cm).
Weight and Volume
The applied color of UNHCR logo (white or blue) should be in contrast with
the overall color of the mat.
Weight of packing unit: 21.5 kg approx.
Gross weight per piece: 0.769 to 0.8505 kg approx.
Gross weight per bale: 19.2 to 21.5 kg
(CMYK). C = 100%, M = 45%, Y = 0%, K = 0%.
Bale size: 92 x 40 x 50 cm
Volume: 0.184 m3
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 200
SYNTHETIC SLEEPING MAT
UNHCR Item No 02020
Graphic Reference








UNHCR Logo Application Reference
Page 201
MOSQUITO NETS – LLIN
UNHCR Item No 01998
Item Application Sample
General General
Information
and Description
Description
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
Long Lasting Insecticidal Nets (LLIN's), treated with WHOPES
(WHO Pesticide Evaluation Scheme) recommended insecticide,
and are essential for UNHCR’s malaria control strategy.
17,500 pieces / 175 bales per 20’ DC container (without pallets).
38,500 pieces / 385 bales per 40’ DC container (without pallets).
44,000 pieces / 440 bales per 40’ HC container (without pallets).
as per WHO recommendation the most commonly used are made
of 100% Polyethylene (PE) or 100% Polyester (PES).
nets must be WHOPES approved (full or interim).
11,200 pieces / 28 pallets per 20’ DC container (with pallets).
24,000 pieces / 60 pallets per 40’ DC container (with pallets).
±5%.
Packing and Labeling
11,300 pieces / 226 bales per 20’ DC container (without pallets).
23,500 pieces / 470 bales per 40’ DC container (without pallets).
27,000 pieces / 540 bales per 40’ HC container (without pallets).
Packing Unit (PU): Bale / Number of pieces per PU: 100.
Pallet Details
Packing Unit (PU): Bale / Number of pieces per PU: 50.
Different packing methods may be accepted in order to maximize
loadability in pallets and containers.
Labeling:
Long Lasting Insecticidal Nets should be packed individually in a
printed plastic bag, containing the following information:
Dimensions (W x L x H): 78 x 112 x 115 mm. Fumigated as per ISPM
15 standard. Maximum height of packed the pallet: 115 cm. Pallets
should be shrink-wrapped and strapped. The palletized goods must
not exceed the length and width of the pallet.
Manufactured Marking
Every unit should include a tag, stitched in the hem, with the
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Size:
Manufacturer name:
Brand name:
Fiber:
Standard pictograms for washing (ISO 3758): Gentle wash at
no more than 30ºC. No bleaching, no use of a drying machine,
no ironing and no dry cleaning.
6. Denier:
7. Flammability:
8. Use and precautionary instructions:
9. Name of insecticide used and dosage:
10. Expected effective life of treatment after exposure.
number and the date of manufacture. No company logo should be
included with the manufacturer’s marking.
Expected Life Span
It is expected that Long Lasting Insecticidal Nets will have a life span
on the average of 3 to 5 years according the use, the type and the
fabric origin.
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 202
MOSQUITO NETS – LLIN
UNHCR Item No 01998
Mosquito Net, POLYETHYLENE
Net Label
Material: (composition ISO1833) Polyethylene (PE) 100%.
Nets are to be labeled with indelible ink or stitched to the net
as follows:
Fabrication: (construction ISO 8388) Warp knitted.
Size: 180 x 160 x 150 cm.
Denier: (ISO 2060, DUPRO) min. 100.
1. Manufacturer’s name, without logo:
2. Date of production:
Filament:
Netting mesh size: Min. 56 holes / inch2.
Weight: Min. 38 g/m2, depending of denier.
Shrinkage:
4. Fiber:
5. Size (length x width x height) in cm:
6. Name of insecticide used and formulation:
Bursting strength: (ISO13938-1 or ISO 13938-2): Min. 350 kPa for
net material and seams.
Fire safety: (16 CFR part 1610 ): Class 1.
Standard pictograms and instructions for washing and drying,
according to ISO 3758:
Color: Preferably white, blue or green.
Treatment: Long lasting insecticide (3 to 5 years).
Insecticide: WHOPES recommended.
Gentle wash at 30ºC. No bleaching. No drying machine. No
ironing. No dry cleaning.
Concentration of insecticide: WHOPES recommended.
Target level of concentration: WHOPES recommended.
Mosquito Net, POLYESTER
Material: (composition ISO1833) Polyester (PES) 100%.
Fabrication: (construction ISO 8388) Warp knitted.
Size: 180 x 160 x 150 cm.
Denier: (ISO 2060, DUPRO) 100.
Filament:
Netting mesh size: Min. 25 holes/cm2 (156 holes/inch2).
Weight: (ISO 3801) 30 or 40 g/m2 depending of denier.
Shrinkage:
Bursting strength: (ISO13938) 350 kPa minimum.
Fire safety: (16 CFR part 1610 ): Class 1.
Color: Preferably white, blue or green.
Treatment: Long lasting insecticide (3 to 5 years).
Insecticide: WHOPES recommended.
Concentration of insecticide: WHOPES recommended.
Target level of concentration: WHOPES recommended.
Page 203
exposure to the sun.
CLOTH FOR SANITARY MATERIAL
UNHCR Item No 02098
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
absorbent from bleached or unbleached material.
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
39.750 m2 per 20’ DC container (without pallets).
79.590 m2 per 40’ DC container (without pallets).
33.000 m2 per 20’ DC container (with pallets).
66.000 m2 per 40’ DC container (with pallets).
General Description
-
Material:
-
Weight: 170 - 180 g/m2.
-
Thickness: before pressing the bale, the thickness is 0.55 mm.
Pallet Details
-
Width: 1.5 meter.
-
Warp: min. 21 (threads per cm).
-
Weft: min. 18.5 (threads per cm).
-
Yarn: 30 tex. in warp and 50 tex. in weft.
-
PH: 6-8.5.
-
Color: natural.
-
Design: Raised/combed on both sides.
Wooden EURO pallet (EUR 1). Fumigated as per ISPM 15 standard.
Dimensions (W x L x H): 800 x 1200 x 144 mm. Maximum height of the packed
pallet: 115 cm. Pallets should be shrink-wrapped and strapped. The palletized
goods must not exceed the length and width of the pallet.
Packing
Sanitary material for female use should be packed in bales W 1.5 x L 100
2
.
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 204
SOAP - BODY AND LAUNDRY
UNHCR Item No 01511
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
harmful to the skin, and for laundry use / hand washing clothes. Made
from animal or vegetable fat.
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
Number of cartons per 20’ container: 825 cartons (19,800 kg)
without pallets. Total number of cartons per container can vary due
to weight limitations.
Number of cartons per 40’ container: 1.250 cartons (30.000 kg)
without pallets. Total number of cartons per container can vary due
to weight limitations.
Due to the fact that soap is considered a heavy cargo, weight
limitations of containers must always be considered for each
different destination.
Fatty acid: Min. 70%.
Moisture: Max. 20% at the time of packing.
NaOH content: Max. 0.2%.
NaCl content: Max. 0.5%.
Mercury: No mercury content.
Weight: bar of 250 g each (at delivery).
Packing
Bars individually packed to protect from humidity. 96 bars of 250 g
per carton. Weight per carton 24 kg.
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 205
CARRYING BAG FOR
PERSONAL ITEMS
UNHCR Item No 06641
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Carrying bag for personal items that include strong straps that could
be used to carry by hand or as a backpack. The design of the straps
and materials provide a carrying capacity of maximum 55 kg.
Printing of UNHCR Logo
UNHCR logo to be printed on both long sides.
The applied color of UNHCR logo (white or blue) should be in
contrast with the overall color of the bag.
Material:
-
Made of UNHCR plastic tarpaulin material.
Handles are made out of Polyester webbing, 3.8 cm wide, of
black color.
One zipper, 10 plastic teeth zipper, black color, 2.5 cm.
Support strap, 2.5 cm wide, black color with buckle.
Make:
-
Technical Drawing
Front View
Rectangular shaped.
The zipper in U-form allows easy packing and unpacking.
Content:
-
Carrying bag made out of UNHCR plastic tarpaulin material, 2
back pack types handles on long side.
Includes an external plastic transparent pocket to include
owner’s identity.
Dimensions / Size: 90 x 40 x 45 cm.
Weight: 0.9 kg approx.

Colors: White.
Estimated Weight Capacity: 55 kg.
Alternative Feature: Metal ring that can be used to put a lock at the
end of the zipper.
Top View
Manufacturer Marking
Tag to be stitched inside the bag that will indicate company name.
Batch no., month and year of production.
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 206
ROPE 8MM DIAMETER
UNHCR Item No 06644
Item Application Sample
Packing
General Information and Description
shelter items. Furthermore, they are suitable for other types of usage
in refugee camp situations.
Per Unit = 30 m Length (8 mm)
Per Unit Net Weight = 0.9 kg
Packed in PP Bag with 2 straps.
Different types of ropes to cover most usage (basic shelters, mast
guying, packing, towing).
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
Material: Polyester Yarn or Polypropylene Yarn, conform to ISO9554.
Make:
Each PU has 10 Units of 30 m Rope
Total Rope in a Bale = 300 m Rope
Total Gross weight of Packing Unit = 9.5 kg
-
Tensile Strength: minimum 350 kg.
-
Type: Braided.
-
Denomination & Norms for UV: Resistance to UV in percentage
of tensile strength loss after exposure in a climatic chamber
under ISO 4892-2, Type A, 360Hours.
-
Packing Unit Dimensions:
8 mm = L 45 x W 40 x H 15 cm
Loadability:
20’ DC = 1050 Bales / 10500 Bunch of 8 mm Rope
loss on original value of the same product.
40’ DC = 2250 Bales / 22500 Bunch of 8 mm Rope
40’ HC = 2,750 Bales / 27500 Bunch of 8 mm Rope
Dimensions / Size: 8 mm Diameter.
Color: black.
Manufacturer Marking
With a permanent label, showing: Type of rope, material,
manufacturer, length, tensile strength, standard of reference, and
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 207
ROPE 6MM DIAMETER
UNHCR Item No 06643
Item Application Sample
Packing
General Information and Description
shelter items. Furthermore, they are suitable for other types of usage
in refugee camp situations.
Per Unit = 30 m length (6 mm)
Per Unit Net Weight = 0.570 kg
Packed in PP Bag with 2 straps .
Different types of ropes to cover most usage (basic shelters, mast
guying, packing, towing).
Optimal Shipping / Container Information
Material: Polyester Yarn or Polypropylene Yarn, conform to ISO9554.
Make:
Each PU has 10 Units of 30 m Rope
Total Rope in a Bale = 300 m Rope
-
Tensile Strength: minimum 200 kg.
-
Type: Braided.
-
Denomination & Norms for UV: Resistance to UV in percentage
of tensile strength loss after exposure in a climatic chamber
under ISO 4892-2, Type A, 360 Hours.
Total Gross weight of Packing Unit = 5.8 kg
Packing Unit Dimensions
6 mm = L 38 x W 38 x H 12 cm
Loadability
loss on original value of the same product.
20’ DC = 1700 Bales / 17000 Bunch of 6 mm Rope
40’ DC = 3530 Bales / 35300 Bunch of 6 mm Rope
40’ HC = 4050 Bales / 40500 Bunch of 6 mm Rope
Dimensions / Size: 6 mm Diameter.
Color: black.
Manufacturer Marking
With a permanent label, showing: Type of rope, material,
manufacturer, length, tensile strength, standard of reference, and
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 208
III. Solar Items
Page 209
UNHCR Solar Lamp with Integrated Design
UNHCR Item No 07192
Item Application Sample
Picture not available!
General Information and Description
Packing
UNHCR Solar Lamps were designed by an Inter-Agency Expert
product development team, adapted to refugee indoor and outdoor
Effective solutions for packing and palletizing are preferred by
UNHCR.
types of shelters. Alternatively it can also be used as personal light.
The distribution of solar lamps to refugees is essential in order to
improve security, and provide better living circumstances in refugee
camps.
Manufacturer Marking
Every box should include inside a tag with the manufacturer’s
Expected Life Span
It is expected that the product lasts for minimum 3 years from time
of distribution and for at least 1000 charging cycles.
number and the date of manufacture. No company logo should be
included with the manufacturer’ s marking.
Graphic Reference
Picture not available!
Page 210
UNHCR Solar Lamp with Integrated Design
UNHCR Item No 07192
Denomination and norms
1. Design:
2. Battery type:
3. Light Emitting Diodes (LED):
4. Light output:
5.Autonomous time (running time):
6. Viewing angle:
Required minimum values
Integrated design of solar panel and lightning object is preferable.
Compact packaging is an advantage. To ensure longer life span
Rechargeable and replaceable battery, NiMH. RoHS-compliant.
Suppliers must provide the brand name of LED used in the
product. Documentation proving the LED of the product must be
submitted to UNHCR for each purchase order.
2.20 m height. The testing has to be done at start, and at 3.5
hours after turning on the product.
Based on charging on direct sunlight for 8 hours, the product has
to work minimum 8 hours on full power, and minimum 12 hours
on half power. The product has to come with 3 functions: Option
1: Off; Option 2: Half Power; Option 3: Full Power.
Battery capacity should maintain minimum of 5 hours capacity
after 3 years at full power.
Optics from 80o to 120o.
7. Light color:
8
Minimum IP 63.
9. Weight:
Maximum 500 g preferable.
10. Volume:
Lowest volume possible is preferred by UNHCR in order to
maximize the effectiveness of packing and palletizing.
11. Warranty:
1 year from purchase.
12. Life Span:
Min. 3 years from the time of distribution (min. 1000 charging
cycle).
13.
to be provided for assessment of UNHCR. The manufacturer
ISO and two of the following: ROSH, CE, TUV or similar.
Page 211
UNHCR Solar Lamp with Integrated Design
UNHCR Item No 07192
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
The product has to work between -10o to 50o Celsius. Shall resist
tropical weather conditions (high humidity, extreme temperature
changes, dust, etc.).
14. Working Temperature:
15. Fixation\Hanging and Security System:
disabling design preferred.
Instruction manual (in English, Arabic and French
languages, with visual illustration by pictograms)
16.
Data sheet (containing complete information regarding
Laboratory testing will be done to ensure conformity. Drop
test will be executed according to the information below.
17.Testing:
Note: last updated, June 2014
Product Performance and Quality Control
Laboratory and drop testing should be performed to ensure product
performance.
Impact Resistance\ Drop Test: The solar lamp must be impact
on hard surface of the product from 1.50 meters with 6 different
orientations. Samples shall be in „off” position with batteries in
place. Before and after visual and functional inspection.)See drop
test graphic reference.
A product will be considered as “PASS” if after the drop test it still
turns on and off and there has been no damage to the product
housing that would compromise IP Rating.
Page 212
UNHCR Solar Lamp with
Separated Charging Device
UNHCR Item No 07221
Item Application Sample
Picture not available!
General Information and Description
Packing
UNHCR Solar Lamps were designed by an Inter-Agency Expert
product development team adapted, to be used refugee indoor and
Effective solutions for packing and palletizing are preferred by
UNHCR.
or other type of shelters. Alternatively it can also be used as personal
light. The distribution of solar lamps to refugees is essential in order
to improve security, and provide better living circumstances in refugee
camps.
Manufacturer Marking
Every box should include inside a tag with the manufacturer’s
Expected Life Span
It is expected that the product lasts for minimum 3 years from time
of distribution and for at least 1000 charging cycles.
number and the date of manufacture. No company logo should be
included with the manufacturer’ s marking.
Graphic Reference
Picture not available!
Page 213
UNHCR Solar Lamp with
Separated Charging Device
UNHCR Item No 07221
Denomination and norms
1. Design:
2. Battery type:
3. Light Emitting Diodes (LED):
4. Light output:
5.Autonomous time (running time):
6. Viewing angle:
Required minimum values
The design could come with a separate charging device.
Compact packaging is an advantage. To ensure longer life span
Rechargeable and replaceable battery, NiMH. RoHS-compliant.
Suppliers must provide the brand name of LED used in the
product. Documentation proving the led of the product must be
submitted to UNHCR for each purchase order.
2.20 m height. The testing has to be done at start, and at 3.5
hours after turning on the product.
Based on charging on direct sunlight for 8 hours, the product
has to work minimum 8 hours on full power, and minimum 12
hours on half power. The product has to come with 3 functions:
Option 1: Off; Option 2: Half Power; Option 3: Full Power.
Battery capacity should maintain minimum of 5 hours capacity
after 3 years at full power.
Optics from 80o to 120o.
7. Light color:
8.
Minimum IP 63.
9. Weight:
Maximum 500 g preferable.
10. Volume:
Lowest volume possible is preferred by UNHCR in order to
maximize the effectiveness of packing and palletizing.
11. Warranty:
1 year from purchase.
12. Life Span:
Min. 3 years from the time of distribution (min. 1000 charging
cycle).
13.
to be provided for assessment of UNHCR. The manufacturer
ISO and two of the following: ROSH, CE, TUV or similar.
Page 214
UNHCR Solar Lamp with
Separated Charging Device
UNHCR Item No 07221
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
The product has to work between -10o to 50o Celsius. Shall resist
tropical weather conditions (high humidity, extreme temperature
changes, dust, etc.).
14. Working Temperature:
15. Fixation\Hanging and Security System:
disabling design preferred.
Instruction manual (in English, Arabic and French
languages, with visual illustration by pictograms)
16.
Data sheet (containing complete information regarding
17.Optional feature:
Mobile Charging. This product will be tested to provide lighting
and to charge mobile phones at the same time by both mains
and solar electricity.
18. Testing:
Laboratory testing will be done to ensure conformity. Drop
test will be executed according to the information below.
Note: last updated, June 2014
Product Performance and Quality Control
Laboratory and drop testing should be performed to ensure product
performance.
Impact Resistance\ Drop Test: The solar lamp must be impact
on hard surface of the product from 1.50 meters with 6 different
orientations. Samples shall be in „off” position with batteries in
place. Before and after visual and functional inspection.)See drop
test graphic reference.
A product will be considered as “PASS” if after the drop test it still
turns on and off and there has been no damage to the product
housing that would compromise IP Rating.
Page 215
UNHCR Solar Street Light
UNHCR Item No 07190
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Manufacturer Marking
The Solar Street Light has been designed by an Inter-Agency Expert
product development team adapted, to be used in refugee camps in
Every box should include inside a tag with the manufacturer’s
integrated design should provide emergency solution easy to deploy,
number and the date of manufacture. No company logo should be
included with the manufacturer’ s marking.
Expected Life Span
Packing
It is expected that the product lasts for minimum 3 years from time
of distribution and for at least 1000 charging cycles.
Effective solutions for packing and palletizing are preferred by
UNHCR.
Graphic Reference
NOTE: THE PRESENTED GRAPHICS ARE
ONLY A REFERENCE, BUT SUPPLIERS ARE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE OPTIONAL DESIGNS.
Page 216
UNHCR Solar Street Light
UNHCR Item No 07190
Denomination and norms
1. Design:
2. Material:
3.Solar Panel:
Required minimum values
The solar street light should come in an integrated design that
includes the solar panel, the lighting object, the battery and the
security alarm in one unit. To ensure longer life span of the product
Anti-corrosion material or coating to be used.
solar panel is of preference.
4. Battery type:
Rechargeable and replaceable battery, NiMH or LiFEPo. RoHScompliant.
5. Light Emitting Diodes (LED):
Minimum 10 W LED power, 110 lm\w - 1000 lumen. Suppliers
must provide the brand name of LED used in the product.
Suppliers must provide the brand name of LED used in the
product. Documentation proving hte LED of the product
must be submitted to UNHCR for each purchase order.
6. Light output:
The minimum level of illumination in average should be 4 lux
from 4 meters. Working height: 4 meters measured from the
ground.
7. Optics:
Special angle to suit intended design for street light situation.
8. Operation:
Starts working automatically, when the illumination is under
10 lux. Works for 12-16 hours in rainy weather. The product
should be maintenance free except for cleaning of the panel.
The product has to come with an anti-theft alarm system, with a
100-125 decibel sound output.
9. Light color:
10.
weather conditions. Wind resistance 140 km\h.
11. Weight:
12. Volume:
Lowest volume possible is preferred by UNHCR in order to
maximize the effectiveness of packing and palletizing.
13. Life Span:
Minimum 3 years from the time of distribution (min. 1000
charging cycles).
Page 217
UNHCR Solar Street Light
UNHCR Item No 07190
Denomination and norms
14. Warranty:
Required minimum values
3 years from purchase.
be provided for assessment of UNHCR. The manufacturer has
15.
bodies, including ISO and two of the following: ROSH, CE, TUV
or similar.
16. Working Temperature:
At least -30o to 60o Celsius.
17. Fixation System:
Suitable for pole and wall mounting. The maximum pole diameter
is 80 mm, with pole wall thickness, diameter and pole material
18.
Instruction manual (in English, Arabic and French
languages, with visual illustration by pictograms),
Data sheet (containing complete information regarding
Lux Analyses and Photometric Data sheet .
19. Accessories:
The poles are not an integrated part of the solar street light but
an optional choice to be decided by the buyer. Poles could be
also sourced locally in various locations avoiding freight cost.
Total length: 5 meters. Light weight alloy material is preferred.
Wind resistance 140 km/h. Installation and additional material
20. Optional feature:
Emergency signaling with alarm system (with a panic button on
the pole).
21. Testing:
Laboratory testing will be done to ensure conformity.
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 218
UNHCR Solar Street Light
with Mobile Phone Charger Hub
UNHCR Item No 07222
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Manufacturer Marking
The Solar Street Light has been designed by an Inter-Agency Expert
product development team adapted, to be used in refugee camps in
Every box should include inside a tag with the manufacturer’s
integrated design should provide emergency solution easy to deploy,
install, or relocate.
number and the date of manufacture. No company logo should be
included with the manufacturer’ s marking.
Expected Life Span
Packing
It is expected that the product lasts for minimum 3 years from time
of distribution and for at least 1000 charging cycles.
Effective solutions for packing and palletizing are preferred by
UNHCR.
Graphic Reference
NOTE: THE PRESENTED GRAPHICS ARE ONLY A REFERENCE, BUT SUPPLIERS ARE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE OPTIONAL DESIGNS.
Page 219
UNHCR Solar Street Light
with Mobile Phone Charger Hub
UNHCR Item No 07222
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
The solar street light should come in an integrated design that
includes the solar panel, the lighting object, the battery and the
security alarm in one unit. To ensure longer life span of the product
1. Design:
2. Material:
3.Solar Panel:
The solar street light has an integrated multi phone charging/low
power option utilizing 2 batteries with charging priority designed
for lighting before charging capacity is enabled for phone charging
function.
Anti-corrosion material or coating to be used.
solar panel is of preference.
4. Battery type:
Rechargeable and replaceable battery, NiMH or LiFEPo. RoHScompliant.
5. Light Emitting Diodes (LED):
Minimum 10 W LED power, 110 lm\w - 1000 lumen. Suppliers
must provide the brand name of LED used in the product.
Suppliers must provide the brand name of LED used in the
product. Documentation proving hte LED of the product
must be submitted to UNHCR for each purchase order.
6. Light output:
The minimum level of illumination in average should be 8 lux
from 4 meters. Working height: 4 meters measured from the
ground.
7. Optics:
Special angle to suit intended design for street light situation.
8. Operation:
Starts working automatically, when the illumination is under 10
lux. Works for 12-16 hours after 8 hours charging in full sun. The
product should be maintenance free except for cleaning of the
panel. The product has to come with an anti-theft alarm system,
with a 100-125 decibel sound output.
9. Light color:
10.
weather conditions. Wind resistance 140 km\h.
11. Weight:
12. Volume:
Lowest volume possible is preferred by UNHCR in order to
maximize the effectiveness of packing and palletizing.
13. Life Span:
Minimum 3 years from the time of distribution (min. 1000
charging cycles).
Page 220
UNHCR Solar Street Light
with Mobile Phone Charger Hub
UNHCR Item No 07222
Denomination and norms
14. Warranty:
Required minimum values
3 years from purchase.
be provided for assessment of UNHCR. The manufacturer has
15.
bodies, including ISO and two of the following: ROSH, CE, TUV
or similar.
16. Working Temperature:
17. Fixation System:
18.
At least -30o to 60o Celsius.
Suitable for pole. The maximum pole diameter is 80 mm, with
Instruction manual (in English, Arabic and French
languages, with visual illustration by pictograms),
Data sheet (containing complete information regarding
Lux Analyses and Photometric Data sheet .
19. Accessories:
The poles are not an integrated part of the solar street light but
an optional choice to be decided by the buyer. Poles could be
also sourced locally in various locations avoiding freight cost.
Total length: 5 meters. Light weight alloy material is preferred.
Wind resistance 140 km/h. Installation and additional material
20. Optional feature:
Emergency signaling with alarm system (with a panic button on
the pole).
21. Testing:
Laboratory testing will be done to ensure conformity.
Note: last updated, June 2014
Page 221
UNHCR Solar Personal Light with
Integrated Design
UNHCR Item No 07191
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Packing
UNHCR Personal Light was designed by an Inter-Agency Expert
product development team adapted to refugee indoor and outdoor
lights for refugees is essential in order to improve security, and
provide better living circumstances in refugee camps. UNHCR does
not specify the deisgn of the item, creative solutions are welcome.
The design of the item can hand-held, hands-free or any design that
Expected Life Span
Effective solutions for packing and palletizing are preferred by
UNHCR.
Manufacturer Marking
Every box should include inside a tag with the manufacturer’s
number and the date of manufacture. No company logo should be
included with the manufacturer’ s marking.
It is expected that the product lasts for minimum 3 years from time
of distribution and for at least 1000 charging cycles.
Graphic Reference
N OTE: THE PRESENTED GRAPHICS ARE
ONLY A REFERENCE BUT SUPPLIERS ARE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE OPTIONAL DESIGNS.
Page 222
UNHCR Solar Personal Light with
Integrated Design
UNHCR Item No 07191
Denomination and norms
1. Design:
2. Battery type:
Required minimum values
The personal light should come with an integrated charging device
with an integrated solar panel. To ensure longer life span of the
Rechargeable and replaceable battery, NiMH. RoHS-compliant.
3. Light Emitting Diodes (LED):
Minimum 25 lumen output. Suppliers must provide the brand
name of LED used in the product. Documentation proving the
LED of the product must be submitted to UNHCR for each
purchase order.
4. Material:
Robust and durable material and design.
5. Operation:
Products with three functions (Option 1: OFF; Option 2:
HALF POWER; Option 3: FULL POWER) are of preference.
6. Light color:
As per design.
The product has to be tropical weather and water proof. IP
7.
device and the lightning body. Higher score is an advantage.
8. Weight:
Maximum 500 g preferable (the light and the charging unit
measured together).
9. Volume:
Lowest volume possible is preferred by UNHCR in order to
maximize the effectiveness of packing and palletizing.
10. Life Span:
min. 3 years from the time of distribution (min. 1000 charging
cycles).
11. Warranty:
1 year from purchase.
be provided for assessment of UNHCR. The manufacturer has
12.
bodies, including ISO and two of the following: ROHS, CE, TUV
or similar.
13. Working Temperature:
Page 223
The product has to work between -10o to 50o Celsius.
UNHCR Solar Personal Light with
Integrated Design
UNHCR Item No 07191
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
Can be hand-hold or hand-free design. Appropriate multiple
14. Fixation System:
Instruction manual (in English, Arabic and French
languages, with visual illustration by pictograms)
16.
Data sheet (containing complete information regarding
18.Testing:
product. Laboratory testing will be done to ensure conformity.
Drop test will be executed according to the information below.
Note: last updated, January 2014
Product Performance and Quality Control
Laboratory and drop testing should be performed to ensure product
performance.
Impact Resistance\ Drop Test: The solar lamp must be impact
on hard surface of the product from 1.50 meters with 6 different
orientations. Samples shall be in „off” position with batteries in
place. Before and after visual and functional inspection.)See drop
test graphic reference.
A product will be considered as “PASS” if after the drop test it still
turns on and off and there has been no damage to the product
housing that would compromise IP Rating.
Page 224
UNHCR Solar Personal Light with
Separated Charging Device
UNHCR Item No 07220
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Packing
UNHCR Personal Light was designed by an Inter-Agency Expert
product development team adapted to refugee indoor and outdoor
lights for refugees is essential in order to improve security, and
provide better living circumstances in refugee camps. UNHCR does
not specify the deisgn of the item, creative solutions are welcome.
The design of the item san behand-hold, hand-free or any design that
Expected Life Span
Effective solutions for packing and palletizing are preferred by
UNHCR.
Manufacturer Marking
Every box should include inside a tag with the manufacturer’s
number and the date of manufacture. No company logo should be
included with the manufacturer’ s marking.
It is expected that the product lasts for minimum 3 years from time
of distribution and for at least 1000 charging cycles.
Graphic Reference
NOTE: THE PRESENTED GRAPHICS ARE
Page 225
ONLY A REFERENCE BUT SUPPLIERS ARE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE OPTIONAL DESIGNS.
UNHCR Solar Personal Light with
Separated Charging Device
UNHCR Item No 07220
Denomination and norms
1. Design:
2. Battery type:
Required minimum values
The design should come with a separate charging device. For
example a panel and/or main charging facility.
Rechargeable and replaceable battery, NiMH. RoHS-compliant.
3. Light Emitting Diodes (LED):
Minimum 25 lumen output. Suppliers must provide the brand
name of LED used in the product. Documentation proving the
LED of the product must be submitted to UNHCR for each
purchase order.
4. Material:
Robust and durable material and design.
5. Operation:
Products with three functions (Option 1: OFF; Option 2:
HALF POWER; Option 3: FULL POWER) are of preference.
6. Light color:
As per design.
The product has to be tropical weather and water proof. IP
7.
device and the lightning body. Higher score is an advantage.
8. Weight:
Maximum 500 g preferable (the light and the charging unit
measured together).
9. Volume:
Lowest volume possible is preferred by UNHCR in order to
maximize the effectiveness of packing and palletizing.
10. Life Span:
min. 3 years from the time of distribution (min. 1000 charging
cycles).
11. Warranty:
1 year from purchase.
be provided for assessment of UNHCR. The manufacturer has
12.
bodies, including ISO and two of the following: ROHS, CE, TUV
or similar.
13. Working Temperature:
The product has to work between -10o to 50o Celsius.
Page 226
UNHCR Solar Personal Light with
Separated Charging Device
UNHCR Item No 07220
Denomination and norms
Required minimum values
Can be hand-hold or hand-free design. Appropriate multiple
14. Fixation System:
Instruction manual (in English, Arabic and French
language, with visual illustration by pictograms)
16.
Data sheet (containing complete information regarding
18.Testing:
product. Laboratory testing will be done to ensure conformity.
Drop test will be executed according to the information below.
Note: last updated, January 2014
Product Performance and Quality Control
Laboratory and drop testing should be performed to ensure product
performance.
Impact Resistance\ Drop Test: The solar lamp must be impact
on hard surface of the product from 1.50 meters with 6 different
orientations. Samples shall be in „off” position with batteries in
place. Before and after visual and functional inspection.)See drop
test graphic reference.
A product will be considered as “PASS” if after the drop test it still
turns on and off and there has been no damage to the product
housing that would compromise IP Rating.
Page 227
UNHCR Solar Mobile Phone Charger
UNHCR Item No 07193
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Packing
UNHCR Mobile Phone Charger was designed by an Inter-Agency
Expert product development team adapted to be used in refugee
camps to improve communication opportunities in remote and
Effective solutions for packing and palletizing are preferred by
UNHCR.
charging device with its own battery and solar panel. The Solar
Mobile Phone Charger as a separate product is preferable instead
of solar lamps with incorporated mobile phone charger, as a more
Manufacturer Marking
Every box should include inside a tag with the manufacturer’s
phones.
number and the date of manufacture. No company logo should be
included with the manufacturer’ s marking.
Expected Life Span
It is expected that the product lasts for minimum 3 years from time
of distribution and for at least 1000 charging cycles.
Graphic Reference
NOTE: THE PRESENTED GRAPHICS ARE ONLY A REFERENCE BUT
SUPPLIERS ARE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE OPTIONAL DESIGNS.
Page 228
UNHCR Solar Mobile Phone Charger
UNHCR Item No 07193
Denomination and norms
1. Design:
2. Battery type:
3. Cable Set:
Required minimum values
The charger should come in integrated design that includes the
solar panel, the battery, and the USB connection in one unit. To
ensure longer life span of the product replaceable battery function
Rechargeable battery, NiMH. RoHS-compliant.
The cables have to be connected to the device with a USB/
pin port. Minimum connection options Motorola 3.2, Nokia 3.5,
Nokia 2mm, LG, and Samsung. More connection options are an
advantage. It can be octopus design or separated.
4. Panel:
5. Material:
Anti-corrosion material or coating to be used.
6. Operation:
Ability to charge directly from the sun, or from stored energy
from the sun.
7. Performance:
The charger provides minimum 50% charge on a phone using
700 mAh battery from 8 hours charging under sunlight.
8.
Shall resist tropical weather conditions. Minimum IP 63. Please
9. Weight:
Approximately 250 g.
10. Volume:
Lowest volume possible is preferred by UNHCR in order to
maximize the effectiveness of packing and palletizing.
11. Life Span:
min. 3 years from the time of distribution (min. 1000 charging
cycles). 60-70% of energy storage facility should remain after 3
years of usage.
12. Warranty:
1 year from purchase.
be provided for assessment of UNHCR. The manufacturer has
13.
bodies, including ISO and two of the following: ROHS, CE, TUV
or similar.
14. Working Temperature:
Page 229
The product has to work between -10o to 50o Celsius.
UNHCR Solar Mobile Phone Charger
UNHCR Item No 07193
Denomination and norms
15. Fixation System:
Required minimum values
maximize functionality with anti-theft or disabling design.
Instruction manual (in English, Arabic and French
languages, with visual illustration by pictograms)
16.
Data sheet (containing complete information regarding
In house testing is to be done by UNHCR on a phone that
is generic for the area with a battery of 700 mAh. (For
testing purposes UNHCR is using NOKIA 1200 phones.)
Laboratory testing will be done to ensure conformity. Drop
test will be executed according to the information below.
17.Testing:
Note: last updated, June 2014
Product Performance and Quality Control
Laboratory and drop testing should be performed to ensure product
performance.
Impact Resistance\ Drop Test: The solar lamp must be impact
on hard surface of the product from 1.50 meters with 6 different
orientations. Samples shall be in „off” position with batteries in
place. Before and after visual and functional inspection.)See drop
test graphic reference.
A product will be considered as “PASS” if after the drop test it still
turns on and off and there has been no damage to the product
housing that would compromise IP Rating.
Page 230
V. Vehicles
Page 231
Introduction
From 1st January 2014 all new light vehicles for UNHCR operations and partners will be/are supplied through
including Implementing Partners.
on-road.
The range of vehicles offered in the catalogue includes 9 different models which come in left-hand and righthand drive versions.
Vehicle Type
Vehicle/Terrain Category
Nissan Patrol
4x4 Station Wagon/Heavy Duty
Toyota Land Cruiser 76
4x4 Station Wagon/Heavy Duty
Toyota Land Cruiser 78
4x4 Station Wagon/Heavy Duty
Toyota Land Cruiser Pick Up SC 79
4x4 Pick Up/Heavy Duty
Toyota Land Cruiser Pick Up DC 79
4x4 Pick Up/Heavy Duty
Toyota Hilux Pick Up DC
4x4 Pick Up/Medium Duty
Toyota Prado
4x4 Station Wagon/Medium Duty
Toyota Corolla
Sedan/On road
Toyota Hiace
Minibus/On road
The standard representational vehicle types offered in the range include Toyota Prado and Nissan Patrol.
The vehicles will be purchased in bulk, shipped from the manufacturer to a UNHCR vehicle hub and supplied
stockist or a local distributor. GFM will calculate the rental rates according to the individual purchase costs and
the lifetime of the vehicle. In those cases longer lead-time for delivery may be expected.
radios ready for immediate deployment.
Page 232
NISSAN PATROL STD TVTSL/RAFY61NRZ, 4X4 4-DOOR
left-hand-drive
UNHCR Item ID: 00006789
Item Application Sample
Facing type 3rd seats
General Information and Description
Vehicle is Fitted with
Terrain category: Heavy Duty
-
Global Tracking device (if from GFM stock)
-
-
Standard logos and stickers (if from GFM stock)
-
Tow rope, jump leads, gloves (if from GFM stock)
-
First Aid Kit (if from GFM stock)
-
AM/FM radio, digital clock, cigarette lighter, glove box
-
Front and rear bumper
-
Front and rear towing hooks
-
Front and rear mudguards
-
Air conditioning
-
Power steering
Brand/Model:
-
1 spare wheel, guard frame mounted with lock, mechanical jack
and toolkit
Nissan, Patrol, STD, TVTSLAFY61NRZ, 10 seater
Left-hand drive (LHD), UNHCR Item ID: 00006789
-
Model offered with right-hand or left-hand drive to meet in-
Carries up to 10 passengers, load capacity 700 kg, including
passengers.
-
Since this vehicle is considered as heavy-duty 4x4, drivers
should be experienced and/or trained.
-
With normal maintenance, this vehicle will last for a minimum of
150,000 km under rough conditions.
Type: 4x4 Station wagon, 4 doors, swing-out backdoor, 6 seats,
white colour
-
Triangle caution plate
-
Owner’s manual (English)
Engine: Diesel 6 cyl, 4169 cc, 85 kW
High-altitude compensator
Transmission:
gearbox High/Low range
Dimensions/Weight: L: 5030 mm, W: 1840 mm, H: 1855 mm
Ground Clearance: 215 mm
GW: 3080 kg, Weight: 2320 kg, Payload: 700 kg
Ship. Vol.: 17 m3
Tank capacity: 95 litres
Accessories on Request Only
-
HF radio and VHF radio
-
Roof rack
-
Bull bar
Transport
Tyre size: 235/80R16
off) depending on shipping route
Note: last updated, December 2013
Page 233
NISSAN PATROL STD TVTSL/RAFY61NRZ, 4X4 4-DOOR
righ-hand-drive
UNHCR Item ID: 00006786
Item Application Sample
Facing type 3rd seats
General Information and Description
Vehicle is Fitted with
Terrain category: Heavy Duty
-
Global Tracking device (if from GFM stock)
-
-
Standard logos and stickers (if from GFM stock)
-
Tow rope, jump leads, gloves (if from GFM stock)
-
First Aid Kit (if from GFM stock)
-
AM/FM radio, digital clock, cigarette lighter, glove box
-
Front and rear bumper
-
Front and rear towing hooks
-
Front and rear mudguards
-
Air conditioning
-
Power steering
Brand/Model:
-
1 spare wheel, guard frame mounted with lock, mechanical jack
and toolkit
Nissan, Patrol, STD, TVTSRAFY61NRZ, 10 seater
Right-hand drive (RHD), UNHCR Item ID: 00006786
-
Model offered with right-hand or left-hand drive to meet in-
Carries up to 10 passengers, load capacity 700 kg, including
passengers.
-
Since this vehicle is considered as heavy-duty 4x4, drivers
should be experienced and/or trained.
-
With normal maintenance, this vehicle will last for a minimum of
150,000 km under rough conditions.
Type: 4x4 Station wagon, 4 doors, swing-out backdoor, 6 seats,
white colour
-
Triangle caution plate
-
Owner’s manual (English)
Engine: Diesel 6 cyl, 4169 cc, 85 kW
High-altitude compensator
Transmission:
gearbox High/Low range
Dimensions/Weight: L: 5030 mm, W: 1840 mm, H: 1855 mm
Ground Clearance: 215 mm
GW: 3080 kg, Weight: 2320 kg, Payload: 700 kg
Ship. Vol.: 17 m3
Tank capacity: 95 litres
Accessories on Request Only
-
HF radio and VHF radio
-
Roof rack
-
Bull bar
Transport
Tyre size: 235/80R16
off) depending on shipping route
Note: last updated, December 2013
Page 234
TOYOTA LAND CRUISER HZJ76R/L-RKMRS,
4X4 4-DOOR HARD TOP, 10 SEATER
left-hand-drive
UNHCR Item ID: 00006793
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Vehicle is Fitted with
Terrain category: Heavy Duty
-
Global Tracking device (if from GFM stock)
-
-
Standard logos and stickers (if from GFM stock)
-
Tow rope, jump leads, gloves (if from GFM stock)
-
First Aid Kit (if from GFM stock)
-
AM/FM radio, digital clock, cigarette lighter, glove box
-
Snorkel intake on air cleaner, cyclone and pre-cleaner
-
Front and rear towing hooks
-
Front and rear mudguards
-
Air conditioning
-
Power steering
-
1 spare wheel, guard frame mounted with lock, mechanical jack
and toolkit
Model offered with right-hand or left-hand drive to meet in-
Carries up to 10 passengers, load capacity 700 kg, including
passengers.
-
Since this vehicle is considered as heavy duty 4x4 drivers
should be experienced and/or trained.
-
With normal maintenance, this vehicle will last for a minimum of
150,000 km under rough conditions.
-
It is not a permanent 4x4 drive, the 4x4 is engaged by an
electrical switch.
Brand/Model:
-
Toyota, Land Cruiser, Hard Top, HZJ76L-RKMRS, 10 seater
Left-hand drive (LHD), UNHCR Item ID: 00006793
-
Triangle caution plate
-
TVSS anti-theft system
Type: 4x4 Station wagon, semi-long wheelbase, 4 doors, swing-out
backdoor, 10 seats, white colour
-
Owner’s manual (English)
-
Rear step bumper
Engine: Diesel 6 cyl, 4164 cc, 96 kW
Emission control: N/A, High-altitude compensator
Transmission:
gearbox High/Low range, one touch 2WD or 4WD push-button
selector
Dimensions/Weight: L: 4720 mm, W: 1770 mm, H: 1955 mm
Ground Clearance: 230 mm
GW: 3000 kg, Weight: 2180 kg, Payload: 820 kg
Ship. Vol.: 17 m3
Tank capacity: 130 litres
Accessories on Request Only
-
HF radio and VHF radio
-
Roof rack
-
Bull bar
Transport
off) depending on shipping route
Tyre size: 7.50R16-8
Note: last updated, December 2013
Page 235
TOYOTA LAND CRUISER HZJ76R/L-RKMRS,
4X4 4-DOOR HARD TOP, 1 SEATER
right-hand-drive
UNHCR Item ID: 00006799
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Vehicle is Fitted with
Terrain category: Heavy Duty
-
Global Tracking device (if from GFM stock)
-
-
Standard logos and stickers (if from GFM stock)
-
Tow rope, jump leads, gloves (if from GFM stock)
-
First Aid Kit (if from GFM stock)
-
AM/FM radio, digital clock, cigarette lighter, glove box
-
Snorkel intake on air cleaner, cyclone and pre-cleaner
-
Front and rear towing hooks
-
Front and rear mudguards
-
Air conditioning
-
Power steering
-
1 spare wheel, guard frame mounted with lock, mechanical jack
and toolkit
Model offered with right-hand or left-hand drive to meet in-
Carries up to 10 passengers, load capacity 700 kg, including
passengers.
-
Since this vehicle is considered as heavy duty 4x4 drivers
should be experienced and/or trained.
-
With normal maintenance, this vehicle will last for a minimum of
150,000 km under rough conditions.
-
It is not a permanent 4x4 drive, the 4x4 is engaged by an
electrical switch.
Brand/Model:
-
Toyota, Land Cruiser, Hard Top, HZJ76R-RKMRS, 10 seater
Right-hand drive (RHD), UNHCR Item ID: 00006799
-
Triangle caution plate
-
TVSS anti-theft system
Type: 4x4 Station wagon, semi-long wheelbase, 4 doors, swing-out
backdoor, 10 seats, white colour
-
Owner’s manual (English)
-
Rear step bumper
Engine: Diesel 6 cyl, 4164 cc, 96 kW
Emission control: N/A, High-altitude compensator
Transmission:
gearbox High/Low range, one touch 2WD or 4WD push-button
selector
Dimensions/Weight: L: 4720 mm, W: 1770 mm, H: 1955 mm
Ground Clearance: 230 mm
GW: 3000 kg, Weight: 2180 kg, Payload: 820 kg
Ship. Vol.: 17 m3
Tank capacity: 130 litres
Accessories on Request Only
-
HF radio and VHF radio
-
Roof rack
-
Bull bar
Transport
off) depending on shipping route
Tyre size: 7.50R16-8
Note: last updated, December 2013
Page 236
TOYOTA LAND CRUISER HZJ78R/L-RJMRS,
4X4 3-DOOR HARD TOP, 6 SEATER
left-hand-drive
UNHCR Item ID: 00006796
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Vehicle is Fitted with
Terrain category: Heavy Duty
-
Global Tracking device (if from GFM stock)
-
-
Standard logos and stickers (if from GFM stock)
-
Tow rope, jump leads, gloves (if from GFM stock)
-
First Aid Kit (if from GFM stock)
-
AM/FM radio, digital clock, cigarette lighter, glove box
-
Snorkel intake on air cleaner, cyclone and pre-cleaner
-
Front and rear towing hooks
-
Front and rear mudguards
-
Air conditioning
-
Power steering
-
1 spare wheel, guard frame mounted with lock, mechanical jack
and toolkit
offered with right-hand or left-hand drive to meet in-country
-
Carries up to 6 passengers, load capacity 800 kg, including
passengers.
-
Since this vehicle is considered as heavy duty 4x4 drivers
should be experienced and/or trained.
-
With normal maintenance, this vehicle will last for a minimum of
150,000 km under rough conditions.
-
It is not a permanent 4x4 drive, the 4x4 is engaged by an
electrical switch.
Brand/Model:
-
Toyota, Land Cruiser, Hard Top, HZJ78L-RJMRS,
Left-hand drive (LHD), UNHCR Item ID: 00006796
-
Triangle caution plate
-
TVSS anti-theft system
Type: 4x4 Station wagon, semi-long wheelbase, 4 doors, swing-out
backdoor, 6 seats, white colour
-
Owner’s manual (English)
-
Rear step bumper
Engine: Diesel 6 cyl, 4164 cc, 96 kW
Emission control: N\A, High-altitude compensator
Transmission:
gearbox High/Low range, one touch 2WD or 4WD push-button
selector
Dimensions/Weight: L: 4990 mm, W: 1770 mm, H: 2120 mm
Ground Clearance: 235 mm
GW: 3200 kg, Weight: 2185 kg, Payload: 1015 kg
Ship. Vol.: 18.45 m3
Tank capacity: 180 litres (2 x 90 litres)
Accessories on Request Only
-
HF radio and VHF radio
-
Roof rack
-
Bull bar
Transport
off) depending on shipping route
Tyre size: 7.50R16-8
Note: last updated, December 2013
Page 237
TOYOTA LAND CRUISER HZJ78R/L-RJMRS,
4X4 3-DOOR HARD TOP, 6 SEATER
right-hand-drive
UNHCR Item ID: 00006794
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Vehicle is Fitted with
Terrain category: Heavy Duty
-
Global Tracking device (if from GFM stock)
-
-
Standard logos and stickers (if from GFM stock)
-
Tow rope, jump leads, gloves (if from GFM stock)
-
First Aid Kit (if from GFM stock)
-
AM/FM radio, digital clock, cigarette lighter, glove box
-
Snorkel intake on air cleaner, cyclone and pre-cleaner
-
Front and rear towing hooks
-
Front and rear mudguards
-
Air conditioning
-
Power steering
-
1 spare wheel, guard frame mounted with lock, mechanical jack
and toolkit
offered with right-hand or left-hand drive to meet in-country
-
Carries up to 6 passengers, load capacity 800 kg, including
passengers.
-
Since this vehicle is considered as heavy duty 4x4 drivers
should be experienced and/or trained.
-
With normal maintenance, this vehicle will last for a minimum of
150,000 km under rough conditions.
-
It is not a permanent 4x4 drive, the 4x4 is engaged by an
electrical switch.
Brand/Model:
-
Toyota, Land Cruiser, Hard Top, HZJ78R-RJMRS,
Right-hand drive (RHD), UNHCR Item ID: 00006794
-
Triangle caution plate
-
TVSS anti-theft system
Type: 4x4 Station wagon, semi-long wheelbase, 4 doors, swing-out
backdoor, 6 seats, white colour
-
Owner’s manual (English)
-
Rear step bumper
Engine: Diesel 6 cyl, 4164 cc, 96 kW
Emission control: N\A, High-altitude compensator
Transmission:
gearbox High/Low range, one touch 2WD or 4WD push-button
selector
Dimensions/Weight: L: 4990 mm, W: 1770 mm, H: 2120 mm
Ground Clearance: 235 mm
GW: 3200 kg, Weight: 2185 kg, Payload: 1015 kg
Ship. Vol.: 18.45 m3
Tank capacity: 180 litres (2 x 90 litres)
Accessories on Request Only
-
HF radio and VHF radio
-
Roof rack
-
Bull bar
Transport
off) depending on shipping route
Tyre size: 7.50R16-8
Note: last updated, December 2013
Page 238
TOYOTA LAND CRUISER SINGLE CABIN
PICK-UP, HZJ79R/L-TJMRS, 4x4 2 Door
left-hand-drive
UNHCR Item ID: 00006798
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Vehicle is Fitted with
Terrain category: Heavy Duty
-
Global Tracking device (if from GFM stock)
-
-
Standard logos and stickers (if from GFM stock)
-
Tow rope, jump leads, gloves (if from GFM stock)
-
First Aid Kit (if from GFM stock)
-
AM/FM radio, digital clock, cigarette lighter, glove box
-
Snorkel intake on air cleaner, cyclone and pre-cleaner
-
Front and rear towing hooks
-
Front and rear mudguards
-
Air conditioning
-
Power steering
-
1 spare wheel, guard frame mounted with lock, mechanical jack
and toolkit
offered with right-hand or left-hand drive to meet in-country
-
Carries up to 3 passengers, recommended load capacity 1000
kg, including passengers.
-
Since this vehicle is considered as heavy duty 4x4 drivers
should be experienced and/or trained.
-
With normal maintenance, this vehicle will last for a minimum of
150,000 km under rough conditions.
-
It is not a permanent 4x4 drive, the 4x4 is engaged by an
electrical switch.
Brand/Model:
-
Toyota, Land Cruiser Single Cabin Pick-Up, HZJ79L-TJMRS,
Left-hand drive (LHD), UNHCR Item ID: 00006798
-
Triangle caution plate
-
TVSS anti-theft system
Type: 4x4 single cabin pick-up, super long wheelbase, 2 doors,
3 seats, white colour
-
Owner’s manual (English)
-
Rear step bumper
Engine: Diesel 6 cyl, 4164 cc, 96 kW
Emission control: N\A, High-altitude compensator
Transmission:
gearbox High/Low range, one touch 2WD or 4WD push-button
selector
Dimensions/Weight: L: 5095 mm, W: 1790 mm, H: 1975 mm
Ground Clearance: 235 mm
GW: 3200 kg, Weight: 2095 kg, Payload: 1105 kg
Ship. Vol.: 16 m3
Tank capacity: 180 litres (2 x 90 litres)
Accessories on Request Only
-
HF radio and VHF radio
-
Bull bar
Transport
off) depending on shipping route
Tyre size: 7.50R16-8
Note: last updated, December 2013
Page 239
TOYOTA LAND CRUISER SINGLE CABIN
PICK-UP, HZJ79R/L-TJMRS, 4x4 2 Door
right-hand-drive
UNHCR Item ID: 00006795
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Vehicle is Fitted with
Terrain category: Heavy Duty
-
Global Tracking device (if from GFM stock)
-
-
Standard logos and stickers (if from GFM stock)
-
Tow rope, jump leads, gloves (if from GFM stock)
-
First Aid Kit (if from GFM stock)
-
AM/FM radio, digital clock, cigarette lighter, glove box
-
Snorkel intake on air cleaner, cyclone and pre-cleaner
-
Front and rear towing hooks
-
Front and rear mudguards
-
Air conditioning
-
Power steering
-
1 spare wheel, guard frame mounted with lock, mechanical jack
and toolkit
offered with right-hand or left-hand drive to meet in-country
-
Carries up to 3 passengers, recommended load capacity 1000
kg, including passengers.
-
Since this vehicle is considered as heavy duty 4x4 drivers
should be experienced and/or trained.
-
With normal maintenance, this vehicle will last for a minimum of
150,000 km under rough conditions.
-
It is not a permanent 4x4 drive, the 4x4 is engaged by an
electrical switch.
Brand/Model:
-
Toyota, Land Cruiser Single Cabin Pick-Up, HZJ79R-TJMRS,
Right-hand drive (RHD), UNHCR Item ID: 00006795
-
Triangle caution plate
-
TVSS anti-theft system
Type: 4x4 single cabin pick-up, super long wheelbase, 2 doors,
3 seats, white colour
-
Owner’s manual (English)
-
Rear step bumper
Engine: Diesel 6 cyl, 4164 cc, 96 kW
Emission control: N\A, High-altitude compensator
Transmission:
gearbox High/Low range, one touch 2WD or 4WD push-button
selector
Dimensions/Weight: L: 5095 mm, W: 1790 mm, H: 1975 mm
Ground Clearance: 235 mm
GW: 3200 kg, Weight: 2095 kg, Payload: 1105 kg
Ship. Vol.: 16 m3
Tank capacity: 180 litres (2 x 90 litres)
Accessories on Request Only
-
HF radio and VHF radio
-
Bull bar
Transport
off) depending on shipping route
Tyre size: 7.50R16-8
Note: last updated, December 2013
Page 240
TOYOTA LAND CRUISER DOUBLE CABIN
PICK-UP, HZJ79R/L-DKMRS, 4X4 4 DOOR
left-hand-drive
UNHCR Item ID: 00006800
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Vehicle is Fitted with
Terrain category: Heavy Duty
-
Global Tracking device (if from GFM stock)
-
-
Standard logos and stickers (if from GFM stock)
-
Tow rope, jump leads, gloves (if from GFM stock)
-
First Aid Kit (if from GFM stock)
-
AM/FM radio, digital clock, cigarette lighter, glove box
-
Snorkel intake on air cleaner, cyclone and pre-cleaner
-
Front and rear towing hooks
-
Front and rear mudguards
-
Air conditioning
-
Power steering
-
1 spare wheel, guard frame mounted with lock, mechanical jack
and toolkit
operations. Model offered with right-hand or left-hand drive to
-
Carries up to 6 passengers, recommended load capacity 800
kg, including passengers.
-
Since this vehicle is considered as heavy duty 4x4 drivers
should be experienced and/or trained.
-
With normal maintenance, this vehicle will last for a minimum of
150,000 km under rough conditions.
-
It is not a permanent 4x4 drive, the 4x4 is engaged by an
electrical switch.
Brand/Model:
-
Toyota, Land Cruiser, Double Cabin Pick-Up,HZJ79L-DKMRS,
Left-hand drive (LHD), UNHCR Item ID: 00006800
-
Triangle caution plate
-
TVSS anti-theft system
Type: 4x4 double cabin pick-up, super long wheelbase, 4 doors,
6 seats, white colour
-
Owner’s manual (English)
-
Rear step bumper
Engine: Diesel 6 cyl, 4164 cc, 96 kW
Emission control: N/A, High-altitude compensator
Transmission:
gearbox High/Low range, one touch 2WD or 4WD push-button
selector
Dimensions/Weight: L: 5245 mm, W: 1790 mm, H: 1960 mm
Ground Clearance: 235 mm
GW: 3200 kg, Weight: 2270 kg, Payload: 930 kg
Ship. Vol.: 17 m3
Tank capacity: 130 litres
Accessories on Request Only
-
HF radio and VHF radio
-
Bull bar
Transport
off) depending on shipping route
Tyre size: 7.50R16-8
Note: last updated, December 2013
Page 241
TOYOTA LAND CRUISER DOUBLE CABIN
PICK-UP, HZJ79R/L-DKMRS, 4X4 4 DOOR
right-hand-drive
UNHCR Item ID: 00006797
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Vehicle is Fitted with
Terrain category: Heavy Duty
-
Global Tracking device (if from GFM stock)
-
-
Standard logos and stickers (if from GFM stock)
-
Tow rope, jump leads, gloves (if from GFM stock)
-
First Aid Kit (if from GFM stock)
-
AM/FM radio, digital clock, cigarette lighter, glove box
-
Snorkel intake on air cleaner, cyclone and pre-cleaner
-
Front and rear towing hooks
-
Front and rear mudguards
-
Air conditioning
-
Power steering
-
1 spare wheel, guard frame mounted with lock, mechanical jack
and toolkit
operations. Model offered with right-hand or left-hand drive to
-
Carries up to 6 passengers, recommended load capacity 800
kg, including passengers.
-
Since this vehicle is considered as heavy duty 4x4 drivers
should be experienced and/or trained.
-
With normal maintenance, this vehicle will last for a minimum of
150,000 km under rough conditions.
-
It is not a permanent 4x4 drive, the 4x4 is engaged by an
electrical switch.
Brand/Model:
-
Toyota, Land Cruiser, Double Cabin Pick-Up,HZJ79R-DKMRS,
Right-hand drive (RHD), UNHCR Item ID: 00006797
-
Triangle caution plate
-
TVSS anti-theft system
Type: 4x4 double cabin pick-up, super long wheelbase, 4 doors,
6 seats, white colour
-
Owner’s manual (English)
-
Rear step bumper
Engine: Diesel 6 cyl, 4164 cc, 96 kW
Emission control: N/A, High-altitude compensator
Transmission:
gearbox High/Low range, one touch 2WD or 4WD push-button
selector
Dimensions/Weight: L: 5245 mm, W: 1790 mm, H: 1960 mm
Ground Clearance: 235 mm
GW: 3200 kg, Weight: 2270 kg, Payload: 930 kg
Ship. Vol.: 17 m3
Tank capacity: 130 litres
Accessories on Request Only
-
HF radio and VHF radio
-
Bull bar
Transport
off) depending on shipping route
Tyre size: 7.50R16-8
Note: last updated, December 2013
Page 242
TOYOTA HILUX DOUBLE CABIN PICK-UP 2,5
TD, KUN25L/R-PRMDHN, 4X4 4-DOOR
left-hand-drive
UNHCR Item ID: 00006788
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Vehicle is Fitted with
Terrain category: Medium Duty
-
Global Tracking device (if from GFM stock)
-
-
Standard logos and stickers (if from GFM stock)
-
Tow rope, jump leads, gloves (if from GFM stock)
-
First Aid Kit (if from GFM stock)
-
AM/FM radio, digital clock, cigarette lighter, glove box
-
Front towing hooks
-
Front and rear mudguards
-
Air conditioning
-
Power steering
-
1 spare wheel, guard frame mounted with lock, mechanical jack
and toolkit
Model offered with right-hand or left-hand drive to meet in-
Medium-duty 4x4 vehicle. Carries up to 5 passengers,
recommended load capacity 700 kg, including passengers.
-
With normal maintenance, this vehicle will last for a minimum of
150,000 km under rough conditions.
Brand/Model:
Toyota, Hilux, Double Cabin Pick-Up, KUN25L-PRMDHN,
Left-hand drive (LHD), UNHCR Item ID: 00006788
-
Triangle caution plate
-
Owner’s manual (English)
Type: 4x4 double cabin pick-up, lightweight all-terrain, 4 doors,
5 seats, white colour
Engine: Diesel 4 cyl, Turbo, DOCH, 2494 cc, 75 kW
Emission control: N/A
Accessories on Request Only
-
HF radio and VHF radio
Transmission:
gearbox High/Low range
Dimensions/Weight: L: 5260 mm, W: 1760 mm, H: 1850 mm
Ground Clearance: 292 mm
GW: 3200 kg, Weight: 2095 kg, Payload: 1105 kg
Ship. Vol.: 16 m3
Transport
off) depending on shipping route
Tank capacity: 80 litres
Tyre size: 205R16C 7JJ Tubeless
Note: last updated, December 2013
Page 243
TOYOTA HILUX DOUBLE CABIN PICK-UP 2,5
TD, KUN25L/R-PRMDHN, 4X4 4-DOOR
right-hand-drive
UNHCR Item ID: 00006792
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Vehicle is Fitted with
Terrain category: Medium Duty
-
Global Tracking device (if from GFM stock)
-
-
Standard logos and stickers (if from GFM stock)
-
Tow rope, jump leads, gloves (if from GFM stock)
-
First Aid Kit (if from GFM stock)
-
AM/FM radio, digital clock, cigarette lighter, glove box
-
Front towing hooks
-
Front and rear mudguards
-
Air conditioning
-
Power steering
-
1 spare wheel, guard frame mounted with lock, mechanical jack
and toolkit
Model offered with right-hand or left-hand drive to meet in-
Medium-duty 4x4 vehicle. Carries up to 5 passengers,
recommended load capacity 700 kg, including passengers.
-
With normal maintenance, this vehicle will last for a minimum of
150,000 km under rough conditions.
Brand/Model:
Toyota, Hilux, Double Cabin Pick-Up, KUN25R-PRMDHN,
Right-hand drive (RHD), UNHCR Item ID: 00006792
-
Triangle caution plate
-
Owner’s manual (English)
Type: 4x4 double cabin pick-up, lightweight all-terrain, 4 doors,
5 seats, white colour
Engine: Diesel 4 cyl, Turbo, DOCH, 2494 cc, 75 kW
Emission control: N/A
Accessories on Request Only
-
HF radio and VHF radio
Transmission:
gearbox High/Low range
Dimensions/Weight: L: 5260 mm, W: 1760 mm, H: 1850 mm
Ground Clearance: 292 mm
GW: 3200 kg, Weight: 2095 kg, Payload: 1105 kg
Ship. Vol.: 16 m3
Transport
off) depending on shipping route
Tank capacity: 80 litres
Tyre size: 205R16C 7JJ Tubeless
Note: last updated, December 2013
Page 244
TOYOTA LAND CRUISER PRADO TX
LJ150L/R-GKMEE, 4x4 5-Door
left-hand-drive
UNHCR Item ID: 00006801
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Vehicle is Fitted with
Terrain category: Medium Duty
-
Global Tracking device (if from GFM stock)
-
Standard light 4x4 vehicle. Model offered with right-hand or left-
-
Standard logos and stickers (if from GFM stock)
airbags are standard.
-
Tow rope, jump leads, gloves (if from GFM stock)
-
Carries up to 7 passengers, load capacity 665 kg, including
passengers.
-
First Aid Kit (if from GFM stock)
-
AM/FM radio with CD player, digital clock, glove box
-
This vehicle is mainly meant to replace sedans in towns with
bad roads.
-
Front and rear towing hooks
-
With normal maintenance, this vehicle will last for a minimum of
150,000 km under rough conditions.
-
Front and rear mudguards
-
Air conditioning
-
Power steering
-
Power windows
-
Power door lock
-
1 spare wheel, mounted, mechanical jack and toolkit
Brand/Model:
Toyota, Land Cruiser Prado TX, LJ150L-GKMEE
Left-hand drive (LHD), UNHCR Item ID: 00006801
Type: 4x4 Station wagon, semi-long wheelbase, 5 doors, swing-out
backdoor, 7 seats, white colour
-
Triangle caution plate
-
Owner’s manual (English)
Engine: Diesel 4 cyl, 2986 cc, 70 kW
Transmission:
gearbox High/Low range
Dimensions/Weight: L: 4930 mm, W: 1885 mm, H: 1845 mm
Ground Clearance: 220 mm
GW: 2990 kg, Weight: 2325 kg, Payload: 665 kg
Ship. Vol.: 17.1 m3
Accessories on request only
-
HF radio and VHF radio
-
Bull bar
Transport
Tank capacity: 87 + 63 litres
Tyre size: 245/70R17
off) depending on shipping route
Note: last updated, December 2013
Page 245
TOYOTA LAND CRUISER PRADO TX
LJ150L/R-GKMEE, 4x4 5-Door
right-hand-drive
UNHCR Item ID: 00006783
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Vehicle is Fitted with
Terrain category: Medium Duty
-
Global Tracking device (if from GFM stock)
-
Standard light 4x4 vehicle. Model offered with right-hand or left-
-
Standard logos and stickers (if from GFM stock)
airbags are standard.
-
Tow rope, jump leads, gloves (if from GFM stock)
-
Carries up to 7 passengers, load capacity 665 kg, including
passengers.
-
First Aid Kit (if from GFM stock)
-
AM/FM radio with CD player, digital clock, glove box
-
This vehicle is mainly meant to replace sedans in towns with
bad roads.
-
Front and rear towing hooks
-
With normal maintenance, this vehicle will last for a minimum of
150,000 km under rough conditions.
-
Front and rear mudguards
-
Air conditioning
-
Power steering
-
Power windows
-
Power door lock
-
1 spare wheel, mounted, mechanical jack and toolkit
Brand/Model:
Toyota, Land Cruiser Prado TX, LJ150R-GKMEE
Right-hand drive (RHD), UNHCR Item ID: 00006783
Type: 4x4 Station wagon, semi-long wheelbase, 5 doors, swing-out
backdoor, 7 seats, white colour
-
Triangle caution plate
-
Owner’s manual (English)
Engine: Diesel 4 cyl, 2986 cc, 70 kW
Transmission:
gearbox High/Low range
Dimensions/Weight: L: 4930 mm, W: 1885 mm, H: 1845 mm
Ground Clearance: 220 mm
GW: 2990 kg, Weight: 2325 kg, Payload: 665 kg
Ship. Vol.: 17.1 m3
Accessories on request only
-
HF radio and VHF radio
-
Bull bar
Transport
Tank capacity: 87 + 63 litres
Tyre size: 245/70R17
off) depending on shipping route
Note: last updated, December 2013
Page 246
TOYOTA COROLLA SEDAN 1.8 GLI
ZRE142L/R-AEFNK
left-hand-drive
UNHCR Item ID: 00006787
Item application sample
General Information and Description
Vehicle is Fitted with
Terrain category: On road
-
Global Tracking device (if from GFM stock)
-
-
Tow rope, jump leads, gloves (if from GFM stock)
-
Standard logos and stickers (if from GFM stock)
-
First Aid Kit (if from GFM stock)
-
AM/FM radio with CD player, digital clock
-
Front and rear mudguards
-
Air conditioning
-
Power steering
-
Power window
-
Power door lock
-
1 spare wheel, mechanical jack and toolkit
-
Model offered with right-hand or left-hand drive to meet inCarries up to 5 passengers. Loading capacity is 500 kg
passengers included.
With normal maintenance, this vehicle will last for a minimum
of 150,000 km.
Brand/Model:
Toyota, Corolla Sedan 1.8 GLi, ZRE142L-AEFNK,
Left-hand drive (LHD), UNHCR Item ID: 00006787
Type: 4X2 Sedan GLI Grade, 4 doors, 5 seats, white colour
Engine: Petrol Unleaded, 4 cyl, 1798 cc, 16-Valve, 97 kW
Emission control: EUR 3
-
Triangle caution plate
-
Owner’s manual (English)
Accessories on Request Only
Transmission:
Dimensions/Weight: L: 4540 mm, W: 1760 mm, H: 1465 mm
Ground Clearance: 155 mm
GW: 1635 kg, Weight: 1195 kg, Payload: 440 kg
Ship. Vol.: 15.3 m3
HF radio and VHF radio
Transport
Tank capacity: 50 litres
Tyre size: 195/65R15
off) depending on shipping route
Note: last updated, December 2013
Page 247
TOYOTA COROLLA SEDAN 1.8 GLI
ZRE142L/R-AEFNK
right-hand-drive
UNHCR Item ID: 00006802
Item application sample
General Information and Description
Vehicle is Fitted with
Terrain category: On road
-
Global Tracking device (if from GFM stock)
-
-
Tow rope, jump leads, gloves (if from GFM stock)
-
Standard logos and stickers (if from GFM stock)
-
First Aid Kit (if from GFM stock)
-
AM/FM radio with CD player, digital clock
-
Front and rear mudguards
-
Air conditioning
-
Power steering
-
Power window
-
Power door lock
-
1 spare wheel, mechanical jack and toolkit
-
Model offered with right-hand or left-hand drive to meet inCarries up to 5 passengers. Loading capacity is 500 kg
passengers included.
With normal maintenance, this vehicle will last for a minimum
of 150,000 km.
Brand/Model:
Toyota, Corolla Sedan 1.8 GLi, ZRE142R-AEFNK,
Right-hand drive (RHD), UNHCR Item ID: 00006802
Type: 4X2 Sedan GLI Grade, 4 doors, 5 seats, white colour
Engine: Petrol Unleaded, 4 cyl, 1798 cc, 16-Valve, 97 kW
Emission control: EUR 3
-
Triangle caution plate
-
Owner’s manual (English)
Accessories on Request Only
Transmission:
Dimensions/Weight: L: 4540 mm, W: 1760 mm, H: 1465 mm
Ground Clearance: 155 mm
GW: 1635 kg, Weight: 1195 kg, Payload: 440 kg
Ship. Vol.: 15.3 m3
HF radio and VHF radio
Transport
Tank capacity: 50 litres
Tyre size: 195/65R15
off) depending on shipping route
Note: last updated, December 2013
Page 248
TOYOTA HIACE MINIBUS LH202L/RREMDE 3.0 DIESEL
left-hand-drive
UNHCR Item ID: 00006791
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Vehicle is Fitted with
Terrain category: On road
-
Global Tracking device (if from GFM stock)
-
-
Standard logos and stickers (if from GFM stock)
-
Tow rope, jump leads, gloves (if from GFM stock)
-
First Aid Kit (if from GFM stock)
-
AM/FM radio, Digital clock
-
Cyclone air cleaner
-
Air conditioning, dual
-
Airbags: driver and passenger side
-
Electrical windows
-
Power steering
-
1 spare wheel, mechanical jack and toolkit
-
Front and rear mudguards
Standard medium-sized bus for staff transport, airport shuttle,
transport of goods in small volumes etc. Used on roads and
good tracks. Model offered with right-hand or left-hand drive to
standard.
-
Carries up to 15 passengers. Recommended loading capacity is
1000 kg passengers included.
Brand/Model:
Toyota, Hiace mini-bus, 3.0 Diesel, LH202L-REMDE,
Left-hand drive (RHD), UNHCR Item ID: 00006791
Type: 4X2 long wheel base, 4 doors, 15 seats, white colour
Engine: Diesel, EFI 2986 cc, 4 cyl, 70 kW
High-altitude compensator
-
Triangle caution plate
-
TVSS anti-theft system
-
Owner’s manual (English)
Transmission: Manual 5-speed, center shift
Accessories on Request Only
Dimensions/Weight: L: 4695 mm, W: 1695 mm, H: 1980 mm
Ground Clearance: 180 mm
GW: 300 kg, Weight: 1790 kg, Payload: 1210 kg
Ship. Vol.: 16 m3
Tank capacity: 70 litres
HF radio and VHF radio
Transport
Tyre size: 195/R15C-8
off) depending on shipping route
Note: last updated, December 2013
Page 249
TOYOTA HIACE MINIBUS LH202L/RREMDE 3.0 DIESEL
right-hand-drive
UNHCR Item ID: 00006785
Item Application Sample
General Information and Description
Vehicle is Fitted with
Terrain category: On road
-
Global Tracking device (if from GFM stock)
-
-
Standard logos and stickers (if from GFM stock)
-
Tow rope, jump leads, gloves (if from GFM stock)
-
First Aid Kit (if from GFM stock)
-
AM/FM radio, Digital clock
-
Cyclone air cleaner
-
Air conditioning, dual
-
Airbags: driver and passenger side
-
Electrical windows
-
Power steering
-
1 spare wheel, mechanical jack and toolkit
-
Front and rear mudguards
Standard medium-sized bus for staff transport, airport shuttle,
transport of goods in small volumes etc. Used on roads and
good tracks. Model offered with right-hand or left-hand drive to
standard.
-
Carries up to 15 passengers. Recommended loading capacity is
1000 kg passengers included.
Brand/Model:
Toyota, Hiace mini-bus, 3.0 Diesel, LH202R-REMDE,
Right-hand drive (RHD), UNHCR Item ID: 00006785
Type: 4X2 long wheel base, 4 doors, 15 seats, white colour
Engine: Diesel, EFI 2986 cc, 4 cyl, 70 kW
High-altitude compensator
-
Triangle caution plate
-
TVSS anti-theft system
-
Owner’s manual (English)
Transmission: Manual 5-speed, center shift
Accessories on Request Only
Dimensions/Weight: L: 4695 mm, W: 1695 mm, H: 1980 mm
Ground Clearance: 180 mm
GW: 300 kg, Weight: 1790 kg, Payload: 1210 kg
Ship. Vol.: 16 m3
Tank capacity: 70 litres
HF radio and VHF radio
Transport
Tyre size: 195/R15C-8
off) depending on shipping route
Note: last updated, December 2013
Page 250
UNHCR SUPPLY CATALOGUE
W
UNHCR’s Supply Catalogue aims to be a useful tool for UNHCR operations and the humanitarian community as they endeavor to ensure the timely delivery of the highest quality of
assistance to persons of concern worldwide.
The UNHCR Supply Catalogue is available electronically on the internet (www.unhcr.org/
United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees
Case Postale 250 0
CH-1211 Genève 2 Dépôt
Page 251
Annex K, RFP/2014/602
Updated version dated 22.10.2014
Visual Inspection Parameters
1. Family Tent for Cold Weather Item
No. 05353
2. Family Tent for Hot Climate
Item No. 07242
3. UNHCR Family Tent for Hot
Climate
Item No. 07242
4. UNHCR Family Tent for Hot
Climate with Fire Retardant
5. UNHCR Framed Tent
Item No. 07282
Item No 06642
a. Family tent identification
a. Framed
b. Bag dimensions
b. Bag dimensions
8. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin with
eyelets (sheet 4x5 m)
Item No. 02617
9. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin with
eyelets and fire retardant (sheet 4x5 m)
Item No. 07197
10. Reinforced Plastic Sheet (4x50 m)
Item No. 03153
11. Reinforced Plastic Sheet with fire
retardant (4x50 m)
Item No. 07186
12. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin with
reinforced bands (sheet 4x6 m)
Item No. 07188
13. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin with
a. Bale identification
b. Bale dimensions
6. Shade Net for the standard Family
Tent
7. Winterization Kit for Family Tent
Item No. 07223
Item No. 06648
a. Weight and volume
a. Packaging
b. Manufacturer marking
b. Floor Protection
17. Canvas Roll Material for Hot and
Dry Climate Conditions
Item No. 07072
a. Weight and volume
b. Manufacturer marking
16. Shelter Tool Kit
Item No. 06640
a. Content
b. Weight and volume
c. Marking on the bag
c. Marking on the bag
c. Packing dimensions
c. Inner Liner dimensions
c. Marking on the bale
c. Manufacturer marking
c. Packing dimensions
d. Bag general aspect
d. Bag general aspect
d. Color
d. Bale strapping
d. UNHCR logo
d. UNHCR Logo
e. Bag content
e. Bag content
e. Dimensions
e. Bale bag protection
e. Rope dimensions
f. Accessories bag content
f. Accessories bag content
d. General shape of inner liner
e. Chimney sleeve shape and
dimensions
f. Insulating floor mat layers
f. Number of Tarpaulins per bale
f. Handsaw dimensions
g. Insulating floor mat dimensions
g. Tarpaulin weight
g. Nails weight
h. Tarpaulin dimension: width
i. Tarpaulin dimension: length
h. Shears dimensions
i. Tie wire dimensions
j. Claw hammer weight
5
7
g. Bag containing the poles
h. Two upright poles 2.2m
g. Bag containing the poles
h. Two central poles 2.39m
i. One central upright poles 2.17m
i. Two awning poles 1.56m
j. Identification
j. One ridge pipe 4m in two pieces
j. Six foot poles 1.39m
k. Reinforcement bands
k. Four door poles 1.4m
k. Twelve roof poles 1.79m
l. Tarpaulin edges finishing
l. Six sides poles 1.25m
l. One door ridge 1.60m)
m. Tarpaulin colors
m. Dimensions
n. Ropes
o. Reinforcement
m. Four vestibule poles 1.55m
n. Dimensions
o. Ropes
n. Tears, holes
e. Fibers missing
f. Yarn color in plain sheet
p. General shape of the outer tent
p. Reinforcement
g. Yarn color in reinforcement bands
q. Windows, ventilation and
chimney hole of the outer tent
q. General shape of the outer tent
h. Peeling test of the coating
r. Dimension of the inner tent
r. Windows, ventilation and chimney
hole of the outer tent
i. Reinforcement bands welding
s. General shape of the inner tent
s. Dimension of the inner tent
j. Central welding
t. Doors, windows, ventilation,
ground sheet, partition of the inner
tent
t. General shape of the inner tent
k. Tear test in the plain tarpaulin.
u. Bag Weight
21
4
18. Kitchen Set Type B
Item No. 06933
a. Kitchen set dimensions
a.1. Parcel general aspect
115
a.2. Parcel sealing
a.3. Carton box material
a.4. Marking on the parcel
b. Cooking pot 7L
b.1. Cooking Pot 7 liters Thickness bottom
b.2. Cooking pot, 7 liters Thickness wall
b.3. Cooking pot, 7 liters Capacity
b.4. Cooking pot, 7 liters Internal diameter
10
b.5. Cooking pot, 7 liters Handles strength test
b.6. Cooking pot, 7 liters Handles bar test
b.7.Cooking pot, 7 liters Material
b.8. Cooking pot, 7 liters Quantity
b.9. Cooking pot, 7 liters Finishing
c. Frying Pan
c.1. Frying pan 2.5 liters Capacity
c.2. Frying pan 2.5 liters Handle strength
c.3. Frying pan 2.5 liters Internal Diameter
c.4. Frying pan 2.5 liters Material
c.5. Frying pan 2.5 liters Quantity
u. Doors, windows, ventilation,
ground sheet, partition of the inner
tent
v. Bag Weight
22
l. Tear test in the bands.
22
c.6. Frying pan 2.5 liters Finishing
d. Cooking Pot 5 liters
d.1. Cooking pot, 5 liters Thickness bottom
d.2. Cooking pot, 5 liters Thickness wall
d.3. Cooking pot, 5 liters Capacity
d.4. Cooking pot, 5 liters Internal diameter
d.5. Cooking pot, 5 liters Handles strength test
d.6. Cooking pot, 5 liters Handles bar test
d.7. Cooking pot, 5 liters Material
d.8. Cooking pot, 5 liters Quantity
d.9. Cooking pot, 5 liters Finishing
d.10. Lid for Cooking pot , 5 l Thickness
d.11. Lid for Cooking pot , 5 l Handle strength test
d.12. Lid for Cooking pot , 5 l Diameter
d.13. Lid for Cooking pot , 5 l Material
d.14. Lid for Cooking pot , 5 l Quantity
d.15. Lid for Cooking pot , 5 l Finishing
continued:
16. Kitchen Set Type B
Item No. 06933
e. Bowls
e.1 Bowls, 1 litre Thickness
e.2. Bowls, 1 litre Capacity
e.3. Bowls, 1 litre Internal height
e.4. Bowls, 1 litre Material
e.5. Bowls, 1 litre Quantity
e.6 Bowls, 1 litre Finishing
f. Plates
f.1. Plates, 0.75 litre Thickness
f.2. Plates, 0.75 litre Capacity
f.3. Plates, 0.75 litre External diameter
f.4. Plates, 0.75 litre Material
f.5. Plates, 0.75 litre Quantity
f.6. Plates, 0.75 litre Finishing
g. Cups
g.1. Cups, 0.3 litre Thickness bottom
g.2. Cups, 0.3 litre Thickness wall
g.3. Cups, 0.3 litre Capacity
g.4. Cups, 0.3 litre Handle strength test
g.5. Cups, 0.3 litre Material
g.6. Cups, 0.3 litre Quantity
g.7. Cups, 0.3 litre Finishing
h. Table spoons
h.1. Table spoon Thickness
h.2. Table spoon Length
h.3. Table spoon Capacity
h.4. Table spoon Material
h.5. Table spoon Quantity
h.6. Table spoon Finishing
i. Forks
i.1. Forks Thickness
i.2. Forks Length
i.3. Forks Material
i.4. Forks Quantity
i.5. Forks Finishing
j. Table kives
j.1. Table knives thickness blade
j.2. Table knives thickness handle
j.3. Table knives Length
j.4. Table knives Material
j.5. Table knives Quantity
j.6. Table knives Finishing
k. Kitchen knife
k.1. Kitchen knife Thickness blade
k.2. Kitchen knife Blade length
k.3. Kitchen knife Material
k.4. Kitchen knife
k.5. Kitchen knife Quantity
k.6. Kitchen knife Finishing
l. Wooden spoon
l.1. Wooden spoon Thickness
l.2. Wooden spoon Length
l.3. Wooden spoon Material
l.4. Wooden spoon Quantity
l.5. Wooden spoon Finishing
m. Serving spoons
m.1. Serving spoon Thickness
m.2. Serving spoon Capacity
m.3. Serving spoon Length
m.4. Serving spoon Material
m.5. Serving spoon Quantity
m.6. Serving spoon Finishing
n. Serving ladle
n.1. Serving ladle Thickness
n.2. Serving ladle Capacity
n.3. Serving ladle Length
n.4. Serving ladle Handle strength
n.6. Serving ladle Material
n.7. Serving ladle Quantity
n.8. Serving ladle Finishing
o. Scouring pad
o.1. Scouring pad Material
o.2. Scouring pad Quantity
o.3. Average weight
P. General Kitchen Set
P.1 The product must be washed and polished
and should not contain any residuals, dust and it
must be clean.
P.2 The manufacturer of the kitchen sets ensures
that the raw material used radioactivity content
was below the values provided in the tables 1
and 2 of the IAEA Safety Standards Series Safety
Guide Nº RS-G-1.7 "Application of the Concepts
of exclusion, Exemption and Clearance" and
certifies that the items manufactured were
radiation checked prior to shipment and were
found free from radioactivity. A certificate will
have to be issued for each lot supplied. This
testing can be done by using Thermo detector
with an extended arm to facilitate the work and
would check the most suspicious places.
19. Heavy Duty Plastic Bucket 14L
Item No. 07071
a. Marking on the parcel
b. Parcel closing/general quality
20. Semi-Collapsible Jerry Can 10L
Item No. 00096
a. Marking on the parcel
b. Parcel closing
22. Blanket, Synthetic (Fleece)
Medium Thermal
Item No. 05787
23. Blanket, Synthetic (Fleece) High
Thermal
Item No. 05786
24. Blanket, Woolen, Medium
Thermal
Item No. 06720
a. Bale dimensions
b. Marking on the bale
21. Stove/Heater for Family Tent
Item No. 06649
a. Material
b. Manufacturer marking
25. Synthetic Sleeping Mat
Item No. 02020
a. Bale Weight
b. Bale Strapping
26. Mosquito Nets - LLIN
Item No. 01998
a. Label
b. Manufacturer marking
c. Buckets in polybag
c. Parcels general quality
c. Packing
c. Bale strapping
c. Quantity of Sleeping Mats per Bale
d. Quantity of buckets per parcel
d. Quantity of jerry Cans per parcel
d. Content/Accessories
d. Bale bag protection
d. Sleeping Mat Dimensions
e. Weight with lid 810g
e. Jerrycans Weight in g
e. Logo and shipping marking
e. Number of blankets per bale
e. Weight per Mat
f. Height 295 mm
f. Screw caps Int diameter in mm
f. Blanket weight
f. Manufacturer Marking
g. Top Diam 295mm
g. Plastic translucent
g. Blanket dimension: Width
g. UNHCR Logo
h. Bottom Diam 240mm
i. Opening 50mm
h. Jerrycan protection
i. Handles
j. Reinforced ridge on the base
j. Jerrycans general quality
h. Blanket dimension: Length
i. Blanket thickness
j. Blanket smell, skin irritation and
dust
k. Reinforced top to prevent ovaling
k. Injection moulded screw cap
k. Blanket Colour
l. Rounded inside walls/bottom
l. Volume in litres
m. Flat handle well fixed
m. Drop test
l. Blanket homogeneous quality
m. Blanket stitching & finishing of
edges
5
13
n. Clip-on cover & cap
o. White bucket & red lid/handle
p. Heavy duty plastic
q. General quality
r. Handle test in kg
s. Flexibility test
t. Drop test
20
27. Cloth for Sanitary Material
Item No. 02098
a. Material
b. Dimensions
28. Soap - Body and Laundry
Item No. 01511
a. Weight
b. Packing
c. Color
c. Dimensions
3
30. Rope 8mm Diameter
Item No. 06644
31. Rope 6mm Diameter
Item No. 06643
a. Packing
b. Type of making
29. Carrying Bag for Personal items
Item No. 06641
a. Carrying capacity
b. Material
c. Make
c. Dimensions
c. LED documentation
d. Design
d. Content
d. Color
d. Light color
e. Packing dimensions
e. Dimensions
e. Manufacturer marking
e. Weight
2
5
7
5
f. Weight
39. EuroPallet
40. CRI Pallet
We have developed a pallet (CRI Pallet) that has
similar characteristics as the EuroPallet.
Parameters of EuroPallet should be checked for
both.
f. Certifications
g. Color
g. Fixation/Hanging and security system
h. Alternative feature
i. UNHCR logo
h. Required documentation
i. Drop test
9
13
32. UNHCR Solar Lamp with
integrated design
Item No. 07192
33. UNHCR Solar Lamp with
separated charging device
Item No. 07221
34. UNHCR Solar Street Light
Item No. 07190
35. UNHCR Street Light with mobile
phone charger hub
Item No. 07222
36. UNHCR Solar Personal Light with
integrated design
Item No. 07191
37. UNHCR Solar Personal Light with
a. Manufacturer marking
b. Design
9
Annex L, RFP/2014/602
ANNEX L
Product Groups
This list indicates the most frequently purchased items of UNHCR.
The items that are most frequently inspected are marked with a YES in the table below. The items that are marked with a
NO in the table are usually not inspected below however they may be requested to be inspected; therefore we include
them in the Product Groups Table below.
Product Group &
Product
I. Shelter Items
1. UNHCR Family Tent for Cold Weather
Item No. 05353
2. UNHCR Family Tent for Cold Weather with Fire
Retardant
Item No. 07283
3. UNHCR Family Tent for Hot Climate
Item No. 07242
4. UNHCR Family Tent for Hot Climate with Fire
Retardant
Item No. 07282
5. Framed Tent
Item No. 06642
6. Shade Net for the standard Family Tent
Item No. 07223
7. Winterization Kit for Family Tent
Item No. 06648
8. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin with eyelets (sheet 4x5
m)
Item No. 02617
9. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin with eyelets and fire
retardant (sheet 4x5 m)
Item No. 07197
10. Reinforced Plastic Sheet (4x50 m)
Item No. 03153
11. Reinforced Plastic Sheet with fire retardant (4x50
m)
Item
No. 07186
12. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin with reinforced bands
(sheet 4x6 m)
Item No. 07188
13. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin with reinforced bands
and fire retardant (sheet 4x6 m)
Item No. 07189
14. Reinforced Plastic Sheet with reinforced bands
(4x60 m)
Item No. 07185
15. Reinforced Plastic Sheet with reinforced bands and
fire retardant (4x60 m)
Item No. 07187
16. Shelter Tool Kit
Item No. 06640
17. Canvas Roll Material for Hot and Dry Climate
Conditions
Item No. 07072
Visual Inspection Loading Inspection Laboratory Testing
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
No
Page 1 of 3
II. Domestic Items
18. Kitchen Set Type B
Item No. 06933
19. Heavy Duty Plastic Bucket 14L
Item No. 07071
20. Semi-Collapsible Jerry Can 10L
Item No. 00096
21. Stove/Heater for Family Tent
Item No. 06649
22. Blanket, Synthetic (Fleece) Medium Thermal
Item No. 05787
23. Blanket, Synthetic (Fleece) High Thermal
Item No. 05786
24. Blanket, Woolen, Medium Thermal
Item No. 06720
25. Synthetic Sleeping Mat
Item No. 02020
26. Mosquito Nets - LLIN
Item No. 01998
27. Cloth for Sanitary Material
Item No. 02098
28. Soap - Body and Laundry
Item No. 01511
29. Carrying Bag for Personal items
Item No. 06641
30. Rope 8mm Diameter
Item No. 06644
31. Rope 6mm Diameter
Item No. 06643
III. Solar Items
32. UNHCR Solar Lamp with integrated design
Item No. 07192
33. UNHCR Solar Lamp with separated charging
device
Item No. 07221
34. UNHCR Solar Street Light
Item No. 07190
35. UNHCR Street Light with mobile phone charger hub
Item No. 07222
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
36. UNHCR Solar Personal Light with integrated design
Item No. 07191
X
37. UNHCR Solar Personal Light with separated
charging device
Item No. 07220
X
38. UNHCR Solar Mobile Phone Charger
Item No. 07193
X
IV. Pallet Information
39. EuroPallet
X
40. CRI Pallet
X
V. Agricultural hand tools, machinery and engineering products
Electrical and Mechanical Equipment
Generators
Hand Tools
Water Equipment and Supplies
Pumps
Telecom Equipment
Agricultural and Fishery Equipment and Tools
Solar and Meteorological Equipment and Supplies
Marine Equipments and Supplies
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Page 2 of 3
VI. Food Commodities
Therapeutic Foods
VII. Fuels and Lubricants
Diesel
Petrol
Kerosene
Fuel
Handling Equipment
VIII. Medicines, Medical Equipment
Medical drugs
Vaccines/Immunoglobulin’s
Therapeutic Feeding
Medical Equipment and Supplies
Laboratory Equipment
X-Ray Equipment
Medical Kits
IX. Office, Educational Equipment and Supplies
Office equipment
Stationary and office consumables
Office furniture
Computers
Servers
Printers
IT spare parts and accessories
Supplies and Software
Promotional items
X.Construction Materials
Building materials
Heavy prefabricated structures
XI. Vehicles, Trucks and Spare Parts
Passenger, Light and Heavy Commercial & Agricultural
Vehicles
Equipment for construction
Motorcycles
Tires
Spare parts
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Page 3 of 3
Annex O, RFP/2014/602
Updated version dated 22/10/2014
ANNEX M
Laboratory Testing Parameters
Product
1. UNHCR Family Tent for Cold Weather
Item No. 05353
2. UNHCR Family Tent for Cold Weather with Fire
Retardant
Item No. 07283
3. UNHCR Family Tent for Hot Climate
Item No. 07242
4. UNHCR Family Tent for Hot Climate with Fire
Retardant
Item No. 07282
5. Framed Tent
Item No. 06642
Type of Test
A. Outer Roof Canvas
A.1 Composition
A.2 Specific Weight
A.3 Colour
A.4 Water vapor permeability
A.5 Tensile strength on 10 test pieces of plain canvas
A.6 Tensile strength on 5 test pieces with seam
A.7 Tear resistance
A.8 Water penetration resistance of plain canvas
A.9 Rain penetration resistance on complete outer tent
A.10 Dimensional variation when soaking in water
A.11 Resistance to micro-organisms on tensile strength after soil burial (28 days)
A.12 Tensile tests on 10 pieces of plain canvas and 10 pieces with seam
A.13 Efficiency of water-repellent treatments after soaking in water
A.14 Efficiency of fungicides product after soaking in water
A.15 Tensile strength after exposure of UV and moisturizing (exposure for 360 hours in
climatic chamber, UVA)
A.16 Tensile test on 3 pieces in warp and 3 pieces in weft
B. Outer Wall Canvas
B.1 Composition
B.2 Specific Weight
B.3 Colour
B.4 Water vapor permeability
B.5 Tensile strength on 10 test pieces of plain canvas
B.6 Tensile strength on 5 test pieces with seam
B.7 Tear resistance
B.8 Water penetration resistance of plain canvas
B.9 Dimensional variation when soaking in water
B.10 Resistance to micro-organisms on tensile strength after soil burial (28 days)
B.11 Tensile tests on 10 pieces of plain canvas and 10 pieces with seam
B.12 Efficiency of water-repellent treatments after soaking in water
B.13 Efficiency of fungicides product after soaking in water
B.14 Tensile strength after exposure of UV and moisturizing (exposure for 360 hours in
climatic chamber, UVA)
B.15 Tensile test on 3 pieces in warp and 3 pieces in weft
C. Inner Canvas
C.1 Composition
C.2 Specific Weight
C.3 Colour
C.4 Water vapor permeability
C.5 Tensile strength
C.6 Tear resistance
C.7 Resistance to micro-organisms on tensile strength after soil burial (14 days)
Standard
ISO 1833
ISO3801
ISO17229
ISO13934-1
ISO13934-1
ISO9037-4
ISO811
ISO5912
ISO7771
BS6085
ISO13934-1
ISO811
BS6085
ISO4892-2
ISO13934-1
ISO 1833
ISO3801
ISO17229
ISO13934-1
ISO13934-1
ISO9037-4
ISO811
ISO7771
BS6085
ISO13934-1
ISO811
BS6085
ISO4892-2
ISO13934-1
ISO 1833
ISO3801
ISO17229
ISO13934-1
ISO9073-4
BS6085
Page 1 of 10
Annex O, RFP/2014/602
6. Shade Net for the standard Family Tent
Item No. 07223
C.8 Tensile tests on 10 pieces of plain canvas and 10 pieces with seam
D. PE Mud Flaps
D.1 Composition
D.2 Specific Weight
D.3 Tensile strength on PE fabric: 10 pieces (5 warp, 5 weft) of plain PE fabric
ISO13934-1
D.4 Tensile strength on PE fabric: 5 test pieces with seams, perpendicular to the seam
D.5 Tear resistance
D.6 Resistance to micro-organisms
ISO13934-1
ISO 9073-4
D.7 Resistance to UV in percentage of tensile strength loss after 1500 hours UVB 313 nm
D.8 Tensile test (5 pieces in warp and 5 pieces in weft)
D.9 Colour
E. PE Ground Sheet
E.1 Composition
E.2 Specific Weight
E.3 Tensile Strength
E.4 Tear resistance
E.5 Resistance to micro-organisms
E.6 Water penetration resistance of plain canvas
E.7 Resistance to UV in percentage of tensile strength loss after 300 hours UVB 313 nm (5
pieces in warp and 5 pieces in weft)
E.8 Tensile strength of 5 pieces in warp and 5 pieces in weft
E.9 Color
F. Mosquito Nets
F.1 Material
F.2 Fabric
F.3 Denier
F.4 Filament
F.5 Mesh size
F.6 Weight
F.7 Shrinkage
F.8 Bursting strength
F.9 Insecticide
G. Guying Points Outer Tent
G.1 Material
G.2 Tensile strength
G.3 UV resistance : 360 hours of ISO 4892-2, Type A
G.4 UV resistance: stregth loss
H Hammer
H.1 Type of hammer
H.2 Handle
H.3 Pull apart test
A. Material
B. Weight
C. Shade Rate
D. Color
E. Tensile strength
ASTM G53/94
ISO1421
ISO 1833
ISO3801
ISO13934-1
ISO3801
ISO 1421
ISO 4674 (A2)
ISO811
ASTMG53/94
ISO 1421
ISO1833
ISO8388
ISO5077
ISO1833
ISO13934
ISO4892-2
ISO13934
ISO15601
ISO3130
Page 2 of 10
Annex O, RFP/2014/602
7. Winterization Kit for Family Tent
Item No. 06648
F. Tear resistance
A. Insulating Mat
A.1 Length of the insulating mat (cm)
A.2 Witdh of the insulating mat (cm)
A.3 Visual inspection
B. First Layer, Plastic Mat
B.1 Weave - woven twill structure, double thickness 3/1
B.2 Warp material
B.3 Weft material
B.4 Yarn numbering in warp
Page 3 of 10
Annex O, RFP/2014/602
Page 4 of 10
Annex O, RFP/2014/602
B.6 Weight of the plastic mat (Kg/sqm)
B.7 Color
B.8 CPA84 section 5 as received
B.9 CPA84 section 5 after leaching
B.10 Fireproof agents
B.11 Fireproof agents
B.12 Cadmium on polymers
B.13 Lead chromate content
C. Second Layer, Aluminised canvas
C.1 Warp material
C.2 Weft material
C.3 Weave - plain weave
C.4 CPA84 section 5 as received
C.5 CPA84 section 5 after leaching
D. Third Layer, Fleece Blanket
D.1 Content
D.2 Weight
D.3 Thickness
D.4 Tensile Strength
D.5 Tensile Strength loss after washing
D.6 Shrinkage
D.7 Weight loss after washing
D.8 Thermal resistance
D.9 Resistance to air flow
D.10 PH Organoleptic test
D.11 CPA84 section 5 as received
D.12 CPA84 section 5 after leaching
D.13 Colors
D.14 Fireproof agents
D.15 Fireproof agents
D.16 Dimethylfumarate
D.17 Allergic dyes
D.18 Azo dye
E. Floor Protective
E.1 Number of plaques
E.2 Total surface
E.3 Material
F. Flue Pipe Protective Sleeve
F.1 Dimension
F.2 Material
F.3 Tear Resistance
F.4 Tensile strength of the seams
F.5 Waterproof canvas
F.6 CPA84 section 6 as received
F.7 CPA84 section 6 after leaching
G. Inner Liner
G.1 Dimension
G.2 Visual Inspection
REACH 1907-2006 Annex XIV
REACH 1907-2006 Annex XVII
EN 1122
ISO 1833
ISO 5048
ISO 13934-1
ISO 13934-1, ISO 6330
ISO 6330
ISO 5085-1
ISO9237
REACH 1907-2006 Annex XIV
REACH 1907-2006 Annex XVII
Regulation 2001-95-CE
REACH 1907-2006 Annex XVII
ISO 9073-4
ISO 13935-1
Page 5 of 10
Annex O, RFP/2014/602
G.3 Material weight
G.4 Tensile strength
G.5 Tear resistance
G.6 Color
G.7 CPA84 section 6 as received
G.8 CPA84 section 6 after leaching
G.9 Fireproof agents
G.10 Fireproof agents
G.11 Dimethylfumarate
G.12 PFOS/PFOA
8. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin with eyelets (sheet A. Material
B. Dimensions
4x5 m)
C. Weight
Item No. 02617
9. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin with eyelets and fire D. Tensile Strength
E. Tear Strength
retardant (sheet 4x5 m)
F. UV Resistance (Tensile strength after 1500 hours of UV-ageing)
Item No. 07197
G. Welding Strength
10. Reinforced Plastic Sheet (4x50 m)
Item No. 03153
H. Flammability (CPAI-84,1995, section 6) before and after UV-ageing (1500 hours)
11. Reinforced Plastic Sheet with fire retardant
(4x50 m)
Item No. 07186
12. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin with reinforced
bands (sheet 4x6 m)
Item No. 07188
13. Reinforced Plastic Tarpaulin with reinforced
bands and fire retardant (sheet 4x6 m)
Item No. 07189
14. Reinforced Plastic Sheet with reinforced bands
(4x60 m)
Item
No. 07185
15. Reinforced Plastic Sheet with reinforced bands
and fire retardant (4x60 m)
Item No. 07187
17. Canvas Roll Material for Hot and Dry Climate
Conditions
Item No. 07072
A. Composition
B. Canvas sheet size
C. Weight (g/m2)
D. Weave density
E. Color
F. Water vapor permeability
G. Tensile strength (N)
H. Tear resistance (N)
I. Water penetration resistance
J. Resistance to micro-organisms on tensile strength
K Efficiency of water-repellent treatments after soaking in water
L. Efficiency of fungicides product after soaking in water
ISO 3801
ISO13934-1
ISO9073-4
REACH 1907-2006 Annex XIV
REACH 1907-2006 Annex XVII
ISO1833
NF_EN_ISO_1421
ISO_4674-A2
ASTM_G53/94
ISO1421
ISO 1833
ISO 7771
ISO 3801
ISO17229
ISO 13934-1 (BS 13934-1)
ISO 9073-4
ISO 811
ISO 13934-1 after BS6085 (soil burial 12 days)
Page 6 of 10
Annex O, RFP/2014/602
18. Kitchen Set Type B
Item No. 06933
M. Tensile strength after exposure to UV and moisturizing (climatic simulation)
A. Cooking Pot
A.1 Material (%)
A.2 Capacity (l)
A.3 Diameter (cm)
A.4 Thickness (mm): Bottom/walls
A.5 Design/Finishing
B. Frying Pan
B.1 Material (%)
B.2 Capacity (l)
B.3 Thickness (mm): Bottom
B.4 Design/Finishing
C. Handle Frying Pan
C.1 Material (%)
C.2 Design/Finishing
D. Cooking Pot
D.1 Material (%)
D.2 Capacity (l)
D.3 Diameter (cm)
D.4 Thickness (mm): Bottom/walls
D.5 Design/Finishing
E. Lid Cooking Pot 5L
E.1 Material (%)
E.2 Thickness (mm): Bottom
E.3 Design/Finishing
F. Bowl
F.1 Material (%)
F.2 Capacity (l)
F.3 Height (cm)
F.4 Thickness (mm): Bottom
F.5 Design/Finishing
G. Plate
G.1 Material (%)
G.2 Capacity (l)
G.3 Diameter (cm)
G.4 Thickness (mm): Bottom
G.5 Design/Finishing
H. Cup
H.1 Material (%)
H.2 Capacity (l)
H.3 Thickness (mm): Bottom
H.4 Design/Finishing
I. Table Spoon
I.1 Material (%)
I.2 Capacity (ml)
Exposure in a climatic chamber under
ISO 4892-2, type A, 360 hours, followed
by tensile test under ISO 13934-1.
Page 7 of 10
Annex O, RFP/2014/602
I.3 Length (cm)
I.4 Thickness (mm)
I.5 Design/Finishing
J. Table Fork
J.1 Material (%)
J.2 Length (cm)
J.3 Thickness (mm)
J.4 Design/Finishing
K. Table Knife
K.1 Material (%)
K.2 Length (cm)
K.3 Thickness (mm): blade/handle
K.4 Design/Finishing
L. Kitchen Knife
L.1 Material (%): blade/handle
L.2 Length (cm): blade
L.3 Thickness (mm): blade/handle
L.4 Design/Finishing
M. Wooden Spoon
M.1 Material (%)
M.2 Length (cm)
M.3 Thickness (mm): handle
M.4 Design/Finishing
N. Serving Spoon
N.1 Material (%)
N.2 Capacity (ml)
N.3 Length (cm)
N.4 Thickness (mm):
N.5 Design/Finishing
O. Scouring Pad
O.1 Material
P. General conditions of the Kitchen Set
P.1 The manufacturer of the kitchen sets ensures that the raw material used radioactivity
content was below the values provided in the tables 1 and 2 of the IAEA Safety Standards
Series Safety Guide Nº RS-G-1.7 "Application of the Concepts of exclusion, Exemption and
Clearance" and certifies that the items manufactured were radiation checked prior to
shipment and were found free from radioactivity. A certificate will have to be issued for each
lot supplied.
19. Heavy Duty Plastic Bucket 14L
Item No. 07071
P.2 Item finishing (this applies to every single item of the Kitchen Set) – The product must be
washed and polished and should not contain any residuals, dust and it must be clean.
P.3 Bending test (for spoons, forks, knives, serving spoon, kitchen knife and ladle): Put a
weight of 4kg, at the middle of the item. Additionally for forks: The distance between the
point where the tines rest on their support and the point where the handle rest on its
support must be 170mm.
A. Material
B. Food Grade/no toxic components
EN 1186-3-9
C. Weight and capacity
Page 8 of 10
Annex O, RFP/2014/602
20. Semi-Collapsible Jerry Can 10L
Item No. 00096
22. Blanket, Synthetic (Fleece) Medium Thermal
Item No. 05787
23. Blanket, Synthetic (Fleece) High Thermal
Item No. 05786
24. Blanket, Woolen, Medium Thermal
Item No. 06720
25. Synthetic Sleeping Mat
Item No. 02020
26. Mosquito Nets - LLIN
Item No. 01998
25. Cloth for Sanitary Material
Item No. 02098
D. Droptest
E. Handle and lid
A. Material
B. Food Grade/no toxic components
C. Weight and capacity
D. Droptest
E. Stability
F. Temperature range
G. Thickness
H. Handle and cap
A. Content
B. Dimensions and Weight
C. Thickness
D. Tensile Strength
E. Tensile Strength loss after washing
F. Shrinkage
G. Weight loss after washing
H. Thermal resistance
I. Resistance to air flow
J. Finish
K. Organoleptic test
L. Fire Resistance
M. Dimensional change to washing
N. PH of the aqueous extract
O. Ignition test by smouldering cigarette for bedding items
P. Ignition test by small open flame for bedding items
A. Identification of materials
B. Visual inspection (identification of structure of warp, weft, weave, bias-binding tape)
C. Determination of g/m2
D. Determination of dimensions
A. Composition
B. Size and Weight
C. Construction, denier, filament, mesh size
D. Shrinkage after laundering
E. Bursting strength of net and seam
F. Fire safety
G. Insecticide
H. Determination of the knitting bonding
I. Yarn count
J. Normal surface density
K. Washing
A. Material
B. Weight
C. Thickness
D. Width
E. Number threads per unit lentgh (warp and weft)
F. Yarn count
G. pH
EN 1186-3-9
ISO 1833
ISO 5048
ISO 13934-1
ISO 13934-1, ISO 6330
ISO 6330
ISO 6330
ISO 5085-1
ISO9237
ISO12952-1 and ISO12952-2
NF_EN_ISO_5077
NF_EN_ISO_3071
NF_EN_ISO_12952-2
NF_EN_ISO_12952-4
ISO 1833
ISO3801-5
ISO3932
ISO1833
NF_EN_ISO_5077
NF_EN_ISO_13938-1
16 CFRpart 1610
ISO7211/5
ISO_3801
NF_EN_ISO_6330+A1
ISO1833
ISO3081-5
ISO5084
ISO_7211/2
ISO_7211/5
ISO3071
Page 9 of 10
Annex O, RFP/2014/602
27. Soap - Body and Laundry
Item No. 01511
32. UNHCR Solar Lamp with integrated design
Item No. 07192
33. UNHCR Solar Lamp with separated charging
device
Item No. 07221
34. UNHCR Solar Street Light
Item No. 07190
35. UNHCR Street Light with mobile phone charger
hub
Item No. 07222
36. UNHCR Solar Personal Light with integrated
design
Item No. 07191
37. UNHCR Solar Personal Light with separated
charging device
Item No. 07220
38. UNHCR Solar Mobile Phone Charger
Item No. 07193
H. Normal surface density of fabric
A. Fatty Acid %
B. Moisture %
C. NaOH content
D. NaCI content
E. Mercury content
A. Battery type
B. Light output (Lux/distance)
C. Autonomous time
D. Viewing angle
E. Light color
F. Operational conditions (IP certificate)
G. Working temperature
H. Drop test
ISO_3801
Page 10 of 10
Annex N, RFP/2014/602
Statistics
The statistical data provided is based on data abstracted from Purchase Orders placed world-wide for the purchase of UNHCR inventory items1, hereafter
named “products” or “core relief items” in this Annex N. The data only represents the quantities of such products purchased and illustrate core ship-from
and ship-to locations and do not represent data in relation to actual inspection services performed. The figures provided do not represent a commitment
that UNHCR will purchase similar quantity of products nor that it shall request inspection/laboratory services for similar figures. Quantities vary and depend
on the actual requirements and funds available.
Table 1 provides an overview of the expenditure of some of the products ordered world-wide during a specific year. The figures provided are per product
category. A product category contains numerous different products, product category blanket e.g. contains fleece blankets, wool blankets etc.
Table 2 provides an impression of the top 10 ship-from locations for core relief items. The percentages are based on total expenditure.
Table 3 provides an impression of the top 10 ship-to locations for core relief items. The percentages are based on total expenditure. Shipments from the
UNHCR emergency stockpiles to operations are not included in the percentages, for example from emergency stockpile in Dubai to Central African and
Great Lakes region.
1
Inventory items are also called distribution items or Core Relief items.
1
Annex N, RFP/2014/602
Table 1:
2
Annex N, RFP/2014/602
Table 2
3
Annex N, RFP/2014/602
Table 3
4
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement